Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 28, 2015

Registration No. 333-201322


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



Amendment No. 2
to

FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
Under
The Securities Act of 1933



AVINGER, INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)



Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  3841
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  20-8873453
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

400 Chesapeake Drive
Redwood City, California 94063
(650) 241-7900

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
area code, of Registrant's principal executive offices)



Jeffrey M. Soinski
Chief Executive Officer
Avinger, Inc.
400 Chesapeake Drive
Redwood City, CA 94063
(650) 241-7900
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)



Copies to:

Philip H. Oettinger
Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati
Professional Corporation
650 Page Mill Road
Palo Alto, California 94304
(650) 493-9300

 

Timothy R. Curry
Ruben A. Garcia
Jones Day
1755 Embarcadero Road
Palo Alto, CA 94303
(650) 739-3939



Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

          If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.     o

          If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

          If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

          If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer  o   Accelerated filer  o   Non-accelerated filer  o
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company  ý



           The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission acting pursuant to said Section 8(a) may determine.

   


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is declared effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion, dated January 28, 2015

LOGO

4,615,384 Shares

Avinger, Inc.

Common Stock



       We are offering 4,615,384 shares of common stock. This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our common stock. We anticipate the initial public offering price will be between $12 and $14 per share.

       We expect our common stock to be quoted on The NASDAQ Stock Market under the symbol "AVGR."



        We are an "emerging growth company" and a "smaller reporting company" as defined under the federal securities laws. Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Please see the section entitled "Risk Factors" starting on page 11 to read about risks you should consider carefully before buying shares of our common stock.

        Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.



 
  Per Share   Total  

Initial Public Offering Price

  $     $    

Underwriting Discount (1)

  $     $    

Proceeds to Avinger, Inc. 

  $     $    

(1)
See the section titled "Underwriting" for a description of the compensation payable to the underwriters.

       We have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional 692,307 shares of common stock at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discount, to cover over-allotments.

       The underwriters expect to deliver the shares on or about            , 2015.




Joint Book-Running Managers

Canaccord Genuity   Cowen and Company


Co- Managers

Oppenheimer & Co.   BTIG   Stephens Inc.

   

The date of this prospectus is        , 2015


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


Table of Contents


TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section
  Page

Prospectus Summary

  1

Risk Factors

  11

Cautionary Notes Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

  42

Market, Industry and Other Data

  44

Use of Proceeds

  45

Dividend Policy

  46

Capitalization

  47

Dilution

  49

Selected Financial Data

  52

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

  54

Business

  73

Management

  101

Executive Compensation

  113

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

  126

Principal Stockholders

  130

Underwriting

  133

Description of Capital Stock

  141

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

  147

Material U.S. Federal Income and Estate Tax Consequences for Non-U.S. Holders of Our Common Stock

  150

Legal Matters

  154

Experts

  154

Where You Can Find More Information

  154

Index to Financial Statements

  F-1



        You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or contained in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the securities offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of its date regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of securities.

       For investors outside the United States, neither we nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the U.S. Persons who come into possession of this prospectus and any free writing prospectus related to this offering in jurisdictions outside the U.S. are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions as to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus and any such free writing prospectus applicable to that jurisdiction.

        Until                         , all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions .

i


Table of Contents

 


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

        This summary highlights selected information contained in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our common stock, you should carefully read the entire prospectus, including "Risk Factors" beginning on page 11 and the financial statements and related notes. As used in this prospectus, references to "we," "our," "us" and "Avinger" refer to Avinger, Inc. unless the context requires otherwise.

       We are a commercial-stage medical device company that designs, manufactures and sells image-guided, catheter-based systems that are used by physicians to treat patients with peripheral arterial disease, or PAD. Patients with PAD have a build-up of plaque in the arteries that supply blood to the arms and legs. Our mission is to dramatically improve the treatment of vascular disease through the introduction of products based on our lumivascular platform, the only intravascular image-guided system available in this market. We manufacture and sell a suite of products in the United States and select European markets. Our current products include our Lightbox imaging console, as well as our Wildcat, Kittycat, and the Ocelot family of catheters, which are designed to allow physicians to penetrate a total blockage in an artery, known as a chronic total occlusion, or CTO. We are also developing Pantheris, our image-guided atherectomy device, designed to allow physicians to remove arterial plaque in PAD patients with precision. Pantheris is currently undergoing a U.S. clinical trial intended to support a 510(k) submission in the second half of 2015 to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA. We believe that Pantheris, if cleared by FDA, will significantly enhance our market opportunity within PAD and can expand the overall addressable market for PAD endovascular procedures.

       Current treatments for PAD, including bypass surgery, can be costly and may result in complications, high levels of post-surgery pain and lengthy hospital stays and recovery times. Minimally invasive, or endovascular, treatments include stents, angioplasty, and atherectomy devices, which are catheter-based products for the removal of plaque. These treatments also have limitations in their safety or efficacy profiles and frequently result in recurrence of the disease, also known as restenosis. We believe one of the main contributing factors to high restenosis rates for PAD patients treated with endovascular technologies is the amount of vascular injury that occurs during an intervention. Specifically, these treatments often disrupt the membrane between the outermost layers of the artery, which we refer to as the black line.

       Our lumivascular platform is the only technology that offers real-time visualization of the inside of the artery during PAD treatment. We believe this approach will significantly improve patient outcomes by providing physicians with a clearer picture of the artery using radiation-free image guidance during treatment, enabling them to better differentiate between plaque and healthy arterial structures. Our lumivascular platform is designed to improve patient safety by enabling physicians to direct treatment towards the plaque, while avoiding healthy portions of the artery.

       During the third quarter of 2014, we began enrolling, and we are continuing to enroll, patients in VISION, a clinical trial designed to support a filing with FDA for our Pantheris atherectomy device. VISION is designed to evaluate the safety and efficacy of Pantheris to perform atherectomy using intravascular imaging. Data collection from the VISION trial is ongoing and data monitoring and auditing of the acute procedural data and 30-day follow-up data is currently underway. As of January 12, 2015, preliminary acute procedural data were available for 116 patients, and 30-day follow-up data were available for 35 of these patients, and results reviewed by an independent core lab are available for 113 lesions. Based on the currently available data, we believe that we are on track to meet or exceed the requirements necessary to meet the trial's primary efficacy endpoint.

 

1


Table of Contents

Within the 116-patient group, we are aware of four potential material adverse events, or MAEs, consisting of two emboli and two target lesion revascularizations, or TLRs. We believe the final data from VISION will also allow us to demonstrate that avoiding the black line reduces the likelihood of restenosis in these patients. We expect to complete the VISION trial and submit for 510(k) clearance from FDA during the second half of 2015. If Pantheris is cleared by FDA, we plan to commercialize it as part of our lumivascular platform in the United States and in select European countries after obtaining any required marketing authorizations.

       We have assembled a team with extensive medical device development and commercialization capabilities, including our founder, John B. Simpson, Ph.D., M.D., who founded Advanced Cardiovascular Systems, FoxHollow Technologies and Perclose, among other vascular medical device companies. We design, develop and manufacture all of our products in-house at our headquarters in Redwood City, California using some components and sub-assemblies provided by third party suppliers. As of December 31, 2014, we had 116 employees.

Market Overview

       According to an article published in The Lancet, the global prevalence of PAD was estimated at 202 million people in 2010. The prevalence of PAD in the United States alone was estimated at 18 million people in 2010 and is projected to grow to 21 million people by 2020 according to the Sage Group. Despite its prevalence, PAD is underdiagnosed and undertreated relative to many other serious vascular conditions, including coronary artery disease, or CAD, in part because many PAD patients are asymptomatic or dismiss their symptoms as normal signs of aging. Despite the relative undertreatment of PAD, Millennium Research Group estimates that over 570,000 catheter-based PAD procedures in the pelvis and legs were performed in the United States in 2013, which corresponded to a $1.0 billion market. Millennium Research Group also estimates that the number of catheter-based PAD procedures will grow to 700,000 in 2017, representing a $1.2 billion market in the United States. Higher diagnosis and intervention rates resulting from greater physician and patient awareness of PAD, as well as higher prevalence, may significantly expand the market opportunity for PAD treatments, according to Millennium Research Group.

Current Treatments and Their Limitations

       Physicians currently have the following options available to treat PAD:

    Medical Management —The large majority of cases of diagnosed PAD in the United States are medically managed through lifestyle changes and drug treatment. Although these measures can be effective, many people are unable to sustain them and will ultimately require more aggressive treatments.

    Bypass Surgery —This procedure entails using a synthetic graft or harvesting a healthy vessel from another area of the body and grafting it around a blocked portion of an artery. General anesthesia and the potential for surgical infections make this approach less suitable for patients with conditions such as high blood pressure, heart failure, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease or poor kidney function.

    Amputation Physicians may recommend full or partial amputation of the leg or foot for patients with critical limb ischemia, or CLI. The Transatlantic Intersociety Consensus for the Management of Peripheral Arterial Disease estimates that 30% of patients with CLI will require an amputation within one year of diagnosis.

    Balloon Angioplasty —In an angioplasty procedure, a miniature balloon attached to the tip of the treatment catheter opens the blood vessel by expanding the vessel and compressing

 

2


Table of Contents

      plaque against the arterial wall. While angioplasty catheters are relatively easy to use, they stretch the arterial wall, often leading to dissections of, and damage to, the black line.

    Stenting —A stent is a wire-mesh tube that acts as a scaffold inside the artery to maintain adequate blood flow. Since stents rely on a similar expansion mechanism as balloons, we believe they also cause injury to the arterial wall and disrupt the black line during placement. Once a stent is implanted, it cannot be removed, which may limit future treatment options.

    Atherectomy —Atherectomy is a procedure in which plaque is cleared from the arterial walls using a catheter-based technology with a mechanism to remove or displace diseased tissue. Current atherectomy technologies can damage the black line, which we believe increases the risk of restenosis.

Our Solution

       We believe the combination of enhanced visualization and the ability to precisely target the diseased portion of an artery will allow physicians to access difficult to treat areas and significantly improve the safety and efficacy of endovascular procedures for patients. We believe that our lumivascular platform provides the following benefits to physicians, hospitals and patients:

    Improved efficacy through reduced risk of restenosis.   Our lumivascular platform is designed to provide physicians with a clear picture from inside the artery during treatment. This visualization helps physicians to avoid disrupting the black line during an intervention, which we believe reduces the risk of restenosis.

    Safety of endovascular procedures.   Serious adverse events such as perforations and dissections may be reduced during endovascular procedures using our lumivascular platform.

    Expanded patient population eligible for endovascular treatment of PAD.   Our lumivascular platform is designed to allow physicians to treat complex PAD cases due to our increased CTO crossing success rates. Due to improved safety of our lumivascular platform products, we believe physicians will be more likely to use our products to treat patients who would otherwise be medically managed.

    Decreased radiation exposure for physicians and patients.   Our lumivascular platform, which utilizes radiation-free OCT imaging, provides real-time visualization from the inside of the artery. When using our lumivascular platform, physicians may elect to use less fluoroscopy during a procedure as a result of having an additional means of visualization that does not involve radiation.

    Reduced use of balloons and stents and preservation of future treatment options.   Pantheris, if cleared by FDA, is designed to enable physicians to successfully perform atherectomy procedures and remove plaque blockages in PAD patients using fewer balloons and stents. By avoiding the use of stents in atherectomy procedures, we believe that Pantheris better preserves future treatment options.

    Lumivascular platform designed for ease of adoption by physicians and hospitals.   Our lumivascular platform products, while providing image-guided assistance to physicians, are used in a similar fashion to traditional catheters. We believe the more than 10,000 interventional cardiologists, vascular surgeons and interventional radiologists in the United States that are trained in endovascular techniques can generally adopt our lumivascular platform and products without extensive training.

       Risks of using the lumivascular platform include the risks that are common to endovascular procedures and generally may include perforation, dissection, embolization, bleeding, infection,

 

3


Table of Contents

restenosis and limb loss. We are aware of certain characteristics and features of our lumivascular platform that may prevent widespread market adoption, including that the current model of Pantheris may require two physicians to operate the catheter and that training for technicians and physicians will be required to enable them to effectively operate our lumivascular platform products. Our Pantheris product is not cleared or approved by FDA for commercial sale. Pantheris may not be sold in the United States without clearance from FDA. Our current products are contraindicated, and therefore should not be used, in the iliac, coronary, cerebral, renal and carotid arteries.

Our Strategy

       Our goal is to become the leading provider of image-guided medical devices for physicians to treat vascular diseases. The key elements of our strategy are to:

    Successfully complete the Pantheris VISION clinical trial.   We are currently enrolling patients in the VISION clinical trial to evaluate the safety and effectiveness of Pantheris in performing atherectomy procedures. We intend to use the data from our VISION trial to support an FDA 510(k) submission in the second half of 2015 for Pantheris.

    Increase the installed base and penetration of our lumivascular platform.   Our current sales efforts focus on establishing new lumivascular platform sites by marketing our products to physicians and hospital administrators. Additionally, we seek to increase the use of our lumivascular platform products by our current customers through case coverage, clinical training and other programs. We expect to grow our sales force in preparation for the commercial launch of Pantheris in order to increase the base of customers using our lumivascular platform products.

    Perform additional post-market studies to demonstrate the clinical and economic benefits of our lumivascular platform . We intend to initiate post-market studies that will examine clinical outcomes of our lumivascular platform products compared to other endovascular treatments for PAD, and demonstrate the benefits of our lumivascular platform. We plan to conduct studies comparing the safety, efficacy and cost of our lumivascular platform products to competitive products and may also conduct studies to gain additional clinical indications.

    Assist hospitals in raising awareness of our lumivascular platform for patients suffering from PAD . We work with our hospital customers to build a lumivascular platform-based program through clinical training, public relations and physician education. The main focus of our clinical value proposition is to demonstrate how the lumivascular platform allows physicians to avoid injury to the black line during intervention, while addressing the other limitations of competing endovascular approaches.

    Leverage our technology platform to develop new products and further enhance our intellectual property portfolio . We intend to continue to invest in initiatives to improve the safety, efficacy and ease of use of our lumivascular platform, as well as to reduce costs and procedure times. We have also identified a number of future expansion opportunities, including within the coronary artery market, to position our lumivascular platform as the standard of care for vascular disease. We believe we have a strong intellectual property portfolio and will continue to enhance this portfolio as we develop new technologies.

    Optimize our manufacturing operations to achieve cost and production efficiencies while maintaining quality . We design, develop and manufacture all of our products in-house at our headquarters using some components and sub-assemblies provided by third party suppliers. We believe that controlling the manufacturing and assembly of our products allows us to innovate more quickly and produce higher quality products than if we outsourced manufacturing. We have the capacity to significantly increase our manufacturing volume within our current facilities and improve our gross margins.

 

4


Table of Contents

Risks Associated with Our Business

       Our business is subject to numerous risks, as more fully described in the section entitled "Risk Factors" immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include, among others:

    We have a history of net losses and we may not be able to achieve or sustain profitability.

    Our limited commercialization experience and number of approved products makes it difficult to evaluate our current business, predict our future prospects and forecast our financial performance and growth.

    Our success depends in large part on our ability to obtain FDA clearance for, and successfully commercialize, Pantheris. This device is still in clinical trials, has been used in only a limited number of procedures and there is no long-term data on its safety and efficacy.

    We may not be able to secure additional financing on favorable terms, or at all, to meet our future capital needs and our failure to obtain additional financing when needed could force us to delay, reduce or eliminate our product development programs and commercialization efforts.

    We have a significant amount of debt, which may affect our ability to operate our business and secure additional financing in the future.

    We depend on a limited number of products, which we only recently introduced in the United States. If these products fail to gain, or lose, market acceptance, our business will suffer.

    We compete against companies that have longer operating histories, more established products and greater resources, which may prevent us from achieving significant market penetration, increasing our revenues or becoming profitable.

    We may in the future be a party to intellectual property litigation or administrative proceedings that could be costly and could interfere with our ability to sell our lumivascular platform products.

Company Information

       We were incorporated in Delaware on March 8, 2007. Our principal executive offices are located at 400 Chesapeake Drive, Redwood City, CA 94063, and our telephone number is (650) 241-7900. Our website address is www.avinger.com. The information on, or that may be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and should not be considered a part of this prospectus.

       We are an "emerging growth company," as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012. As such, we are eligible for exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (2) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of at least $1.0 billion, (3) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th, and (4) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period. We are also a "smaller reporting company," as defined by applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. We will remain eligible for the exemptions from various reporting requirements available to emerging growth companies, other than with respect to stockholder approval of golden

 

5


Table of Contents

parachute payments, after we are no longer an emerging growth company for as long as we remain a smaller reporting company. We will remain a smaller reporting company until we have a public float, or value attributable to stock held by non-affiliates, of at least $75 million, as measured on the prior June 30 th .

        "Avinger" and "Pantheris" are trademarks of our company. Our logo and our other trade names, trademarks and service marks appearing in this prospectus are our property. Other trade names, trademarks and service marks appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, our trademarks and tradenames referred to in this prospectus appear without the ™ symbol, but those references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights, or the right of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and tradenames. Certain market and industry data used in this prospectus, where noted, is attributable to Millennium Research Group, Inc. Millennium Research Group asserts copyright protection over the use of such information and reserves all rights with respect to its use. This information has been reprinted with Millennium Research Group's permission and the reproduction, distribution, transmission or publication of such information is prohibited without its consent.

 

6


Table of Contents

 


THE OFFERING

Common stock offered by us

 

4,615,384 shares

Common stock outstanding prior to the offering

 

5,229,806 shares

Common stock outstanding after this offering

 

9,845,190 shares

Underwriters over-allotment option

 

692,307 shares

Estimated initial public offering price per share

 

$12.00 to $14.00

Directed Share Program

 

The underwriters have reserved, at the initial public offering price, up to 5% of the shares of our common stock in this offering for sale to our directors, officers, employees, consultants and other parties related to us as part of a directed share program. We will offer these shares to the extent permitted under applicable regulations. The number of shares available for sale in this offering will be reduced to the extent these persons purchase reserved shares. Any reserved shares not purchased will be offered by the underwriters on the same terms as the other shares in this offering.

Use of proceeds

 

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including payment of scheduled interest and principal on our credit facility with PDL Biopharma. See "Use of Proceeds."

Risk Factors

 

See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 11 and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.

Proposed NASDAQ Stock Market symbol

 

AVGR

       The number of shares of common stock that will be outstanding prior to and after this offering is based on 5,229,806 shares outstanding as of September 30, 2014 (including preferred stock then outstanding on an as-converted basis), and excludes:

    1,050,971 shares of common stock underlying warrants that are exercisable at $12.60 per share and outstanding as of September 30, 2014;

    746,593 shares of common stock underlying warrants that are exercisable at $12.60 per share that were issued between November 2014 and January 2015 in connection with our Series E preferred stock financing;

    632,381 shares of common stock underlying warrants that are exercisable at $12.60 per share that were issued in connection with an amendment to the terms of our Series E preferred stock financing in January 2015;

    1,123,649 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of principal and accrued interest of approximately $12.4 million underlying outstanding convertible promissory notes as

 

7


Table of Contents

      of September 30, 2014, which are convertible at the option of the holders of such notes into shares of our common stock at a price equal to 85% of the initial public offering price;

    316,733 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of September 30, 2014 under our 2009 Stock Plan at a weighted-average exercise price of approximately $16.15 per share;

    1,874,160 and 838,250 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted on December 31, 2014 at an exercise price of $4.50 and $4.95 per share, respectively. We are in the process of obtaining an external valuation report related to our stock option grants made on December 31, 2014 in connection with preparing our year-end financial statements. If there is a difference between the grant date exercise price of the options and their fair market value on the grant date, additional stock-based compensation will be recorded and amortized to expense ratably on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, which is generally four years. For example, based on an assumed fair value of $13.00 per share as of December 31, 2014, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range in this offering, we would record stock-based compensation charges of $26.7 million ratably over the vesting period of four years.;

    1,139,530 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of 1,139,530 shares of Series E preferred stock issued between November 2014 and January 2015;

    487,992 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock as a result of anti-dilution adjustments resulting from issuances of Series E preferred stock between November 2014 and January 2015;

    1,320,000 shares of common stock to be reserved for future issuance upon the exercise of options available for grant under our 2015 Equity Incentive Plan; and

    500,000 shares to be reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

       Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes:

    a 1-for-45 reverse split of our common stock to be effected prior to this offering;

    the conversion, in accordance with our existing amended and restated certificate of incorporation, of all shares of preferred stock outstanding as of September 30, 2014 into 4,986,823 shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering;

    the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option;

    we price our offering at the mid-point of the price range on the front cover of this prospectus; and

    the adoption of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws upon the completion of this offering.

 

8


Table of Contents

 


SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

       The following table presents summary historical, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted financial data. We derived the summary statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012 and 2013, from our audited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary statements of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, and the balance sheet data as of September 30, 2014, are derived from our unaudited interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited interim financial statements on the same basis as the audited financial statements and have included, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements. You should read this data together with our audited financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under the captions "Selected Financial Data" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations." The summary financial data included in this section are not intended to replace the financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future results and our interim results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full year ending December 31, 2014, or any other period.

 
  Years Ended
December 31,
  Nine Months
Ended September 30,
 
 
  2012   2013   2013   2014  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands, except per share data)
 

Statements of Operations Data:

                         

Revenues

  $ 8,560   $ 12,964   $ 9,568   $ 8,140  

Cost of revenues

    4,151     8,205     5,860     4,941  
                   

Gross profit

    4,409     4,759     3,708     3,199  
                   

Operating expenses:

                         

Research and development

    15,416     15,973     12,664     8,350  

Selling, general and administrative

    22,848     25,758     20,578     12,900  
                   

Total operating expenses

    38,264     41,731     33,242     21,250  
                   

Loss from operations

    (33,855 )   (36,972 )   (29,534 )   (18,051 )

Interest income (expense), net

    19     (2,923 )   (1,763 )   (4,904 )

Other income (expense), net

    (19 )   5     8     (837 )
                   

Loss before provision for income taxes

    (33,855 )   (39,890 )   (31,289 )   (23,792 )

Provision for income taxes

    9     11     12     37  
                   

Net loss and comprehensive loss

  $ (33,864 ) $ (39,901 ) $ (31,301 ) $ (23,829 )
                   
                   

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

  $ (162.03 ) $ (170.52 ) $ (134.92 ) $ (98.88 )
                   
                   

Weighted average common shares used to compute net loss per share, basic and diluted

    209     234     232     241  
                   
                   

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited) (1)

        $ (14.12 )       $ (7.74 )
                       
                       

Weighted average common shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited) (1)

          2,825           3,077  
                       
                       

 

9


Table of Contents


 
   
   
  As of September 30, 2014  
 
  As of December 31,  
 
   
   
  Pro Forma
As Adjusted (2)
 
 
  2012   2013   Actual   Pro Forma (1)  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands)
   
 

Balance Sheet Data:

                               

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 20,617   $ 12,221   $ 12,213   $ 12,213   $ 64,459  

Working capital

    22,462     15,874     13,271     13,271     65,838  

Total assets

    30,324     25,008     23,064     23,064     74,973  

Borrowings

        20,052     20,323     20,323     20,323  

Convertible notes and accrued interest

        13,731     12,416     12,416     12,416  

Convertible preferred stock

    99,659     99,654     119,769          

Accumulated deficit

    (74,668 )   (114,569 )   (138,398 )   (138,398 )   (138,398 )

Total stockholders' equity (deficit)

    (73,644 )   (112,782 )   (135,915 )   (16,146 )   36,084  

(1)
Reflects (i) the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, (ii) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 4,986,823 shares of our common stock, and (iii) a 1-for-45 reverse split of our common stock to be effected prior to this offering;

(2)
Reflects (i) the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, (ii) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 4,986,823 shares of common stock, (iii) a 1-for-45 reverse split of our common stock to be effected prior to this offering and (iv) the sale by us of 4,615,384 shares of common stock at an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share less the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

10


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

        Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including the financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before deciding whether to invest in shares of our common stock. If any of the following risks or other risks actually occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects could be materially harmed. In that event, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment. Please also see "Cautionary Notes Regarding Forward-Looking Statements."


Risks Related to Our Business

Our quarterly and annual results may fluctuate significantly, may not fully reflect the underlying performance of our business and may result in decreases in the price of our common stock.

       Our quarterly and annual results of operations, including our revenues, profitability and cash flow, may vary significantly in the future and period-to-period comparisons of our operating results may not be meaningful. Accordingly, the results of any one quarter or period should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance. Our quarterly and annual financial results may fluctuate as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are outside our control and, as a result, may not fully reflect the underlying performance of our business. Fluctuation in quarterly and annual results may decrease the value of our common stock. Factors that may cause fluctuations in our quarterly and annual results include, without limitation:

11


Table of Contents

We have a history of net losses and we may not be able to achieve or sustain profitability.

       We have incurred significant losses in each period since our inception in 2007. We incurred net losses of $33.9 million in 2012, $39.9 million in 2013 and $23.8 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2014. As of September 30, 2014, we had an accumulated deficit of approximately $138.4 million. These losses and our accumulated deficit reflect the substantial investments we have made to develop our lumivascular platform and acquire customers.

       We expect our costs and expenses to increase in the future due to anticipated increases in cost of revenues, sales and marketing expenses, research and development expenses and general and administrative expenses and, therefore, we expect our losses to continue for the foreseeable future as we continue to make significant future expenditures to develop and expand our business. In addition, as a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that we will achieve profitability in the future or that, if we do become profitable, we will sustain profitability. Our failure to achieve and sustain profitability would negatively impact the market price of our common stock.

Our limited commercialization experience and number of approved products makes it difficult to evaluate our current business, predict our future prospects and forecast our financial performance and growth.

       We were incorporated in 2007, began commercializing our initial non-lumivascular platform products in 2009 and introduced our first lumivascular platform products in the United States in late 2012. Our limited commercialization experience and number of approved products make it difficult to evaluate our current business and predict our future prospects. We have encountered and will continue to encounter risks and difficulties frequently experienced by companies in rapidly-changing industries. These risks and uncertainties include the risks inherent in clinical trials and increasing and unforeseen expenses as we continue to attempt to grow our business.

       Our short commercialization experience and limited number of approved products also make it difficult for us to forecast our future financial performance and growth and such forecasts are limited and subject to a number of uncertainties, including our ability to successfully complete our VISION clinical trial and obtain FDA clearance for, and successfully commercialize, Pantheris in the United States. If our assumptions regarding the risks and uncertainties we face, which we use to plan our business, are incorrect or change due to circumstances in our business or our markets, or if we do not address these risks successfully, our operating and financial results could differ materially from our expectations and our business could suffer.

Our success depends in large part on our ability to obtain FDA clearance for, and successfully commercialize, Pantheris. This device is still in clinical trials, has been used in only a limited number of procedures and there is no long-term data on its safety and efficacy.

       The long-term viability of our company is largely dependent on the successful development and commercialization of Pantheris. We are currently enrolling patients in a clinical study called VISION that will be used to support regulatory clearance of Pantheris, and we do not have significant long term data on Pantheris' safety and efficacy. While we expect to successfully complete the on-going study and file our 510(k) submission for Pantheris in the second half of 2015 with FDA, there can be no guarantee that the study will be completed, that the primary endpoints will be achieved, or that we will receive regulatory clearance for the sale and marketing of Pantheris in the United States. Although we have collected preliminary data for our VISION trial, this preliminary data may not be predictive of its final results and failure of the trial can occur at any time. A number of companies in the medical device field have suffered significant setbacks during clinical trials due to lack of efficacy

12


Table of Contents

or unacceptable safety issues, notwithstanding promising preliminary results. Because we are depending heavily on sales of Pantheris to achieve our revenue goals, failure to successfully complete the study and receive FDA clearance, in a timely manner or at all, will harm our financial results and ability to become profitable. Even if we obtain regulatory clearance, our ability to successfully market this product will be limited due to a number of factors including regulatory restrictions in our labeling. In addition, there can be no guarantee that Pantheris will be accepted by the medical community as a valid alternative to currently available devices. If we cannot sell Pantheris as planned, our financial results will be harmed.

       Failure to successfully complete our Pantheris clinical study would significantly impair our financial results. Such a failure could (i) delay or prevent Pantheris from obtaining regulatory clearance, (ii) require us to perform another clinical trial, which will be expensive, may not be successful and will significantly delay our ability to commercialize Pantheris and (iii) impair our ability to convince hospitals and physicians of the benefits of our lumivascular platform products.

We may not be able to secure additional financing on favorable terms, or at all, to meet our future capital needs and our failure to obtain additional financing when needed could force us to delay, reduce or eliminate our product development programs and commercialization efforts.

       We believe that the net proceeds from this offering together with our cash and cash equivalents at September 30, 2014, total cash proceeds of $14.4 million from our Series E preferred stock financing in December 2014 and January 2015 and expected revenues from operations will be sufficient to satisfy our capital requirements and fund our operations for at least 18 months following this offering. We will likely need additional funds to meet our operational needs and capital requirements for product development, clinical trials and commercialization.

       To date, we have financed our operations primarily through sales of our products, net proceeds from the issuance of our preferred stock and debt financings. We do not know when or if our operations will generate sufficient cash to fund our ongoing operations. In the future, we may require additional capital in order to (i) continue to conduct research and development activities, (ii) conduct post-market clinical studies, as well as clinical trials to obtain regulatory clearances and approvals necessary to commercialize our lumivascular platform products, (iii) expand our sales and marketing infrastructure and (iv) acquire complementary business technology or products; or (v) respond to business opportunities, challenges, a decline in sales, increased regulatory obligations or unforeseen circumstances. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including:

13


Table of Contents

       We may raise funds in equity or debt financings following our initial public offering or enter into credit facilities in order to access funds for our capital needs. Any debt financing obtained by us in the future would cause us to incur additional debt service expenses and could include restrictive covenants relating to our capital raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and pursue business opportunities. If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution in their percentage ownership of our company, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of holders of our common stock. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us when we require it, we may terminate or delay the development of one or more of our products, delay clinical trials necessary to market our products, or delay establishment of sales and marketing capabilities or other activities necessary to commercialize our products. If this were to occur, our ability to continue to grow and support our business and to respond to business challenges could be significantly limited.

We have a significant amount of debt, which may affect our ability to operate our business and secure additional financing in the future.

       As of September 30, 2014, we had $21.4 million in principal and interest outstanding under our credit facility, or the credit agreement, with PDL Biopharma, or PDL, and $12.4 million in principal plus interest outstanding under convertible promissory notes, or the notes. We must make significant annual debt payments under the credit agreement, which diverts resources from other activities. Our debt with PDL is collateralized by substantially all of our assets and contains customary financial and operating covenants limiting our ability to, among other things, dispose of assets, undergo a change in control, merge or consolidate, enter into certain transactions with affiliates, make acquisitions, incur debt, incur liens, pay dividends, repurchase stock and make investments, in each case subject to certain exceptions. In addition to the interest and principal payments due under the credit agreement, we are obligated to pay PDL a royalty at the rate of 1.8% of our quarterly revenues through the maturity date of April 18, 2018. To the extent that we prepay the borrowings under the credit agreement, our royalty obligations will continue and will be payable through the maturity date at the higher of a reduced rate of 0.9% of our quarterly revenues or certain minimum amounts. During this period, we must continue to comply with covenants limiting our ability to, among other things, undergo a change in control and dispose of assets, in each case subject to certain exceptions. These covenants may make it difficult to operate our business. We are also subject to standard event of default provisions both under the credit agreement and the notes that, if triggered, would allow the debt to be accelerated, which could significantly deplete our cash resources, cause us to raise additional capital at unfavorable terms, require us to sell portions of our business or result in us becoming insolvent. The existing collateral pledged under the credit agreement, the covenants to which we are bound and the obligation to pay a certain percentage of our future revenues to PDL, even after the PDL debt is repaid, may prevent us from being able to secure additional debt or equity financing on favorable terms, or at all, or to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. In addition, we are obligated to pay our former financial advisor a transaction fee of $650,000 plus $35,000 for reimbursement of their out-of-pocket expenses.

14


Table of Contents

We depend on a limited number of products, which we only recently introduced in the United States. If these products fail to gain, or lose, market acceptance, our business will suffer.

       Ocelot, Ocelot PIXL, Ocelot MVRX, Lightbox, Wildcat and Kittycat 2 are our only products currently cleared for sale, and our current revenues are wholly dependent on them. Sales of Wildcat and Kittycat 2 have declined and are continuing to decline as we focus on the promotion of our lumivascular platform products. We expect that sales of our current and future lumivascular platform products in the United States will account for substantially all of our revenues for the foreseeable future. Because of their recent commercial introduction, our lumivascular platform products have limited product and brand recognition. We do not know if our lumivascular platform products will be successful over the long term and market acceptance may be hindered if physicians are not presented with compelling data from long-term studies of the safety and efficacy of our lumivascular platform products compared to alternative procedures, such as angioplasty, stenting, bypass surgery or other atherectomy procedures. For example, if patients undergoing treatment with our lumivascular platform products have retreatment rates higher than or comparable with the retreatment rates of alternative procedures, it will be difficult to demonstrate the value of our lumivascular platform products. Any studies we may conduct comparing our lumivascular platform with alternative procedures will be expensive, time consuming and may not yield positive results. Physicians will also need to appreciate the value of real-time imaging in improving patient outcomes in order to change current methods for treating PAD patients. In addition, demand for our lumivascular platform products may decline or may not increase as quickly as we expect. Failure of our lumivascular platform products to significantly penetrate current or new markets would harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

       We are also aware of certain characteristics and features of our lumivascular platform that may prevent widespread market adoption. For example, the current model of Pantheris may require two physicians to operate the catheter and a technician to operate the Lightbox, making it less financially attractive for physicians. It may take significant time and expense to modify our products to allow a single physician to operate the entire system and we can provide no guarantee that we will be able to make such modifications, or obtain any additional and necessary regulatory clearances for such modifications. Also, although the OCT images created by our Lightbox may make it possible for physicians to reduce the degree to which fluoroscopy and contrast dye are used when using our lumivascular platform products compared to competing endovascular products, physicians are still using both fluoroscopy and contrast dye, particularly with Pantheris. As a result, risks of complications from radiation and contrast dye are still present and may limit the commercial success of our products. Finally, it will require training for technicians and physicians to effectively operate our lumivascular platform products, including interpreting the OCT images created by our Lightbox, which may affect adoption of our products by physicians. These or other characteristics and features of our lumivascular platform may cause our products not to be widely adopted and harm our business, financial condition and results of operation.

Our ability to compete is highly dependent on demonstrating the benefits of our lumivascular platform to physicians, hospitals and patients.

       In order to generate sales, we must be able to clearly demonstrate that our lumivascular platform is both a more effective treatment system and less costly than the alternatives offered by our competitors. If we are unable to convince physicians that our lumivascular platform leads to significantly lower restenosis, or narrowing of the artery, rates and fewer adverse events during surgery than those using competing technologies, our business will suffer. In order to use our Ocelot family of catheters or, if cleared, Pantheris, hospitals must make an investment in our Lightbox.

15


Table of Contents

Accordingly, we must convince hospitals and physicians that our lumivascular platform results in significantly better patient outcomes at a competitive overall cost. For example, we may need to demonstrate that the investment hospitals must make when purchasing our Lightbox and the incremental costs of having up to two physicians operate Pantheris can be justified based on the benefits to patients, physicians and hospitals. If we are unable to develop robust clinical data to support these claims we will be unable to convince hospitals and third party payors of these benefits and our business will suffer.

       Our value proposition to physicians and hospitals is largely dependent upon our contention that the rate of disruption of the black line when physicians are using our products is lower than with competing products. If minimizing disruption to the black line does not significantly impact patient outcomes, meaning either (i) that restenosis is often triggered without disrupting the black line, or (ii) the black line can often be disrupted without triggering restenosis, then we may be unable to demonstrate our lumivascular platform's benefits are any different than competing technologies. Furthermore, physicians may find our imaging system difficult to use and we may not provide physicians with adequate training to be able to realize the benefits of our lumivascular platform. If physicians do not value the benefits of on-board imaging and the enhanced visualization enabled by our products during an endovascular intervention as compared to our competitor's products, or do not believe that such benefits improve clinical outcomes, our lumivascular platform products may not be widely adopted.

The use, misuse or off-label use of the products in our lumivascular platform may result in injuries that lead to product liability suits, which could be costly to our business.

       We require limited training in the use of our lumivascular platform products because we market primarily to physicians who are experienced in the interventional techniques required to use our device. If demand for our lumivascular platform continues to grow, less experienced physicians will likely use the device, potentially leading to more injury and an increased risk of product liability claims. The use or misuse of our lumivascular platform products has in the past resulted, and may in the future result, in complications, including damage to the treated artery, infection, internal bleeding, and limb loss, potentially leading to product liability claims. Our lumivascular platform products are not FDA-cleared or approved for use in the carotid, cerebral, coronary, iliac, or renal arteries. Our sales force does not promote the use of our products for off-label indications, and our U.S. instructions for use specify that our lumivascular platform products are not intended for use in the carotid, cerebral, coronary, iliac or renal arteries. However, we cannot prevent a physician from using our lumivascular platform products for these off-label applications. The application of our lumivascular platform products to coronary arteries, as opposed to peripheral arteries, is more likely to result in complications that have serious consequences. For example, if excised plaque were not captured properly in our device, it could be carried by the bloodstream to a more narrow location, blocking a coronary artery, leading to a heart attack, or blocking an artery to the brain, leading to a stroke. If our lumivascular platform products are defectively designed, manufactured or labeled, contain defective components or are misused, we may become subject to costly litigation initiated by our customers or their patients. Product liability claims are especially prevalent in the medical device industry and could harm our reputation, divert management's attention from our core business, be expensive to defend and may result in sizable damage awards against us. Although we maintain product liability insurance, the amount or breadth of our coverage may not be adequate for the claims that are made against us.

16


Table of Contents

The expense and potential unavailability of insurance coverage for liabilities resulting from our products could harm us and our ability to sell our lumivascular platform products.

       We may not have sufficient insurance coverage for future product liability claims. We may not be able to obtain insurance in amounts or scope sufficient to provide us with adequate coverage against all potential liabilities. Any product liability claims brought against us, with or without merit, could increase our product liability insurance rates or prevent us from securing continuing coverage, harm our reputation in the industry, significantly increase our expenses, and reduce product sales. Product liability claims in excess of our insurance coverage would be paid out of cash reserves, harming our financial condition and operating results.

       Some of our customers and prospective customers may have difficulty in procuring or maintaining liability insurance to cover their operations and use of our lumivascular platform products. Medical malpractice carriers are withdrawing coverage in certain states or substantially increasing premiums. If this trend continues or worsens, our customers may discontinue using our lumivascular platform products and potential customers may opt against purchasing our lumivascular platform products due to the cost or inability to procure insurance coverage.

Our ability to compete depends on our ability to innovate successfully.

       The market for medical devices in general, and in the PAD market in particular, is highly competitive, dynamic, and marked by rapid and substantial technological development and product innovation. There are few barriers that would prevent new entrants or existing competitors from developing products that compete directly with ours. Demand for our lumivascular platform products could be diminished by equivalent or superior products and technologies offered by competitors. If we are unable to innovate successfully, our lumivascular platform products could become obsolete and our revenues would decline as our customers purchase our competitors' products.

       The medical device market is characterized by extensive research and development and rapid technological change. Technological progress or new developments in our industry could harm sales of our products. Our products could be rendered obsolete because of future innovations in the treatment of PAD. In order to remain competitive, we must continue to develop new product offerings and enhancements to our existing lumivascular platform products. Maintaining adequate research and development personnel and resources to meet the demands of the market is essential. If we are unable to develop products, applications or features due to certain constraints, such as insufficient cash resources, inability to raise sufficient cash in future equity or debt financings, high employee turnover, inability to hire sufficient research and development personnel or a lack of other research and development resources, we may miss market opportunities. Furthermore, many of our competitors expend a considerably greater amount of funds on their research and development programs than we do, and those that do not may be acquired by larger companies that would allocate greater resources to our competitors' research and development programs. Our failure or inability to devote adequate research and development resources or compete effectively with the research and development programs of our competitors could harm our business.

We compete against companies that have longer operating histories, more established products and greater resources, which may prevent us from achieving significant market penetration, increasing our revenues or becoming profitable.

       Our products compete with a variety of products and devices for the treatment of PAD, including other CTO crossing devices, stents, balloons and atherectomy catheters, as well as products used in vascular surgery. Large competitors in the CTO crossing, stent and balloon markets include Abbott

17


Table of Contents

Laboratories, BARD, Boston Scientific, Cook Medical, Covidien, Johnson & Johnson and Medtronic. Competitors in the atherectomy market include Boston Scientific, Cardiovascular Systems, Covidien, Spectranetics and Volcano. Some competitors have previously attempted to combine intravascular imaging with atherectomy and may have current programs underway to do so. These and other companies may attempt to incorporate on-board visualization into their products in the future and may remain competitive with us in marketing traditional technologies. Other competitors include pharmaceutical companies that manufacture drugs for the treatment of symptoms associated with mild to moderate PAD and companies that provide products used by surgeons in peripheral and coronary bypass procedures. These competitors and other companies may introduce new products that compete with our products. Many of our competitors have significantly greater financial and other resources than we do and have well-established reputations, as well as broader product offerings and worldwide distribution channels that are significantly larger and more effective than ours. Competition with these companies could result in price-cutting, reduced profit margins and loss of market share, any of which would harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

       Our ability to compete effectively depends on our ability to distinguish our company and our lumivascular platform from our competitors and their products, and includes such factors as:

       In addition, competitors with greater financial resources than ours could acquire other companies to gain enhanced name recognition and market share, as well as new technologies or products that could effectively compete with our existing products, which may cause our revenues to decline and would harm our business.

If our clinical trials are unsuccessful or significantly delayed, or if we do not complete our clinical trials, our business may be harmed.

       Clinical development is a long, expensive, and uncertain process and is subject to delays and the risk that products may ultimately prove unsafe or ineffective in treating the indications for which they are designed. Completion of clinical trials may take several years or more. We cannot provide any assurance that we will successfully, or in a timely manner, enroll our clinical trials, that our clinical trials will meet their primary endpoints or that such trials or their results will be accepted by the FDA or foreign regulatory authorities. Even if we achieve positive early or preliminary results in clinical trials, these results do not necessarily predict final results, and positive results in early trials may not indicate success in later trials. Many companies in the medical device industry have suffered significant setbacks in late-stage clinical trials, even after receiving promising results in earlier trials or in the preliminary results from these late-stage clinical trials.

18


Table of Contents

       We may experience numerous unforeseen events during, or because of, the clinical trial process that could delay or prevent us from receiving regulatory clearance or approval for new products or modifications of existing products, including new indications for existing products, including:

       Failures or perceived failures in our clinical trials will delay and may prevent our product development and regulatory approval process, damage our business prospects and negatively affect our reputation and competitive position.

From time to time, we engage outside parties to perform services related to certain of our clinical studies and trials, and any failure of those parties to fulfill their obligations could increase costs and cause delays.

       From time to time, we engage consultants to help design, monitor, and analyze the results of certain of our clinical studies and trials. The consultants we engage interact with clinical investigators to enroll patients in our clinical trials. We depend on these consultants and clinical investigators to help facilitate the clinical studies and trials and monitor and analyze data from these studies and trials under the investigational plan and protocol for the study or trial and in compliance with applicable regulations and standards, commonly referred to as good clinical practices. We may face delays in our regulatory approval process if these parties do not perform their obligations in a timely, compliant or competent manner. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their duties or meet expected deadlines, or if the quality, completeness or accuracy of the data they obtain is compromised due to the failure to adhere to our clinical trial protocols or for other reasons, our clinical studies or trials

19


Table of Contents

may be extended, delayed or terminated or may otherwise prove to be unsuccessful, and we may have to conduct additional studies, which would significantly increase our costs, in order to obtain the regulatory clearances that we need to commercialize our products.

We have no long-term data regarding the safety and efficacy of our lumivascular platform products. Any long-term data that is generated by clinical trials involving our lumivascular platform may not be positive or consistent with our short-term data, which would harm our ability to obtain clearance to market and sell our products.

       Our lumivascular platform is a novel system, and our success depends on its acceptance by the medical community as being safe and effective, and improving clinical outcomes. Important factors upon which the efficacy of our lumivascular platform products will be measured are long-term data on the rate of restenosis following our procedure, and the corresponding duration of patency, or openness of the artery, and publication of that data in peer-reviewed journals. Another important factor that physicians will consider is the rate of reintervention, or retreatment, following the use of our lumivascular platform products. The long-term clinical benefits of procedures that use our lumivascular platform products are not known.

       The results of short-term clinical experience of our lumivascular platform products do not necessarily predict long-term clinical benefit. Restenosis rates typically increase over time. We believe that physicians will compare the rates of long-term restenosis and reintervention for procedures using our lumivascular platform products against alternative procedures, such as angioplasty, stenting, bypass surgery and other atherectomy procedures. If the long-term rates of restenosis and reintervention do not meet physicians' expectations, our lumivascular platform products may not become widely adopted and physicians may recommend alternative treatments for their patients. Another significant factor that physicians will consider is acute safety data on complications that occur during the use of our lumivascular platform products. If the results obtained from our VISION trial or any post-market studies that we conduct or post-clearance surveillance indicate that the use of our lumivascular platform products are not as safe or effective as other treatment options or as current short-term data would suggest, adoption of our product may suffer and our business would be harmed. Even if we believe the data collected from clinical studies or clinical experience indicate positive results, each physician's actual experience with our products will vary. Physicians who are technically proficient participate in our clinical trials and are high-volume users of our lumivascular platform products. Consequently, the results of our clinical trials and their experiences using our products may lead to better patient outcomes than those of physicians that are less proficient, perform fewer procedures or who use our products infrequently.

Our ability to market our current products in the United States is limited to use in peripheral vessels, and if we want to market our products for other uses, we will need to file for FDA clearances or approvals and may need to conduct trials in addition to VISION to support expanded use, which would be expensive, time-consuming and may not be successful.

       Our current products are cleared in the United States solely for crossing sub-total and chronic total occlusions in the peripheral vasculature. This clearance prohibits our ability to market or advertise our products for any other indication within the peripheral vasculature, which restricts our ability to sell these products and could affect our growth. Additionally, our products are contraindicated for use in the cerebral, carotid, coronary, iliac, and renal arteries. While off-label uses of medical devices are common and FDA does not regulate physicians' choice of treatments, FDA does restrict a manufacturer's communications regarding such off-label use. We are not allowed to actively promote or advertise our products for off-label uses. In addition, we cannot make

20


Table of Contents

comparative claims regarding the use of our products against any alternative treatments without conducting head-to-head comparative clinical studies, which would be expensive and time consuming. If our promotional activities fail to comply with FDA's regulations or guidelines, we may be subject to FDA warnings or enforcement action by FDA and other government agencies. In the future, if we want to market a variation of Ocelot or Pantheris in the United States for use in coronary arteries, we will need to make modifications to these products, conduct further clinical trials and obtain new clearances or approvals from FDA. There can be no assurance that we will successfully develop these modifications, that future clinical studies will be successful or that the expense of these activities will be offset by additional revenues.

The continuing development of many of our products, including Pantheris, depends upon maintaining strong working relationships with physicians.

       The development, marketing, and sale of our products, including Pantheris, depends upon our ability to maintain strong working relationships with physicians. We rely on these professionals to provide us with considerable knowledge and experience regarding the development, marketing and sale of our products. Physicians assist us in clinical trials and as researchers, marketing and product consultants and public speakers. If we cannot maintain our strong working relationships with these professionals and continue to receive their advice and input, the development and marketing of our products could suffer, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. The medical device industry's relationship with physicians is under increasing scrutiny by the Health and Human Services Office of Inspector General, or OIG, the Department of Justice, or DOJ, state attorneys general, and other foreign and domestic government agencies. Our failure to comply with laws, rules and regulations governing our relationships with physicians, or an investigation into our compliance by the OIG, DOJ, state attorneys general and other government agencies, could significantly harm our business.

If we fail to grow our sales and marketing capabilities and develop widespread brand awareness cost effectively, our growth will be impeded and our business may suffer.

       We plan to continue to expand and optimize our sales infrastructure in order to grow our customer base and our business. Identifying and recruiting qualified personnel and training them in the use of our lumivascular platform, and on applicable federal and state laws and regulations and our internal policies and procedures, requires significant time, expense and attention. It can take several months before our sales representatives are fully trained and productive. Our business may be harmed if our efforts to expand and train our sales force do not generate a corresponding increase in revenues. In particular, if we are unable to hire, develop and retain talented sales personnel or if new sales personnel are unable to achieve desired productivity levels in a reasonable period of time, we may not be able to realize the expected benefits of this investment or increase our revenues.

       Our ability to increase our customer base and achieve broader market acceptance of our lumivascular platform will depend to a significant extent on our ability to expand our marketing operations. We plan to dedicate significant financial and other resources to our marketing programs. Our business will be harmed if our marketing efforts and expenditures do not generate an increase in revenue.

21


Table of Contents

       In addition, we believe that developing and maintaining widespread awareness of our brand in a cost-effective manner is critical to achieving widespread acceptance of our lumivascular platform and attracting new customers. Brand promotion activities may not generate customer awareness or increase revenues, and even if they do, any increase in revenues may not offset the costs and expenses we incur in building our brand. If we fail to successfully promote, maintain and protect our brand, we may fail to attract or retain the customers necessary to realize a sufficient return on our brand-building efforts, or to achieve the widespread brand awareness that is critical for broad customer adoption of our lumivascular platform.

If we are unable to manage the anticipated growth of our business, our future revenues and operating results may be harmed.

       Any growth that we experience in the future could provide challenges to our organization, requiring us to expand our sales personnel and manufacturing operations and general and administrative infrastructure. We expect to grow our sales force in anticipation of obtaining marketing clearance for Pantheris. Rapid expansion in personnel could mean that less experienced people produce and sell our products, which could result in inefficiencies and unanticipated costs and disruptions to our operations. We noted a material weakness in our internal controls in connection with our December 31, 2012 and 2013 audits. The material weakness that was identified was that we did not maintain a sufficient complement of resources with an appropriate level of accounting knowledge, experience and training commensurate with our structure and financial reporting requirements. If we do not effectively remediate this weakness or if we or our auditors identify additional material weaknesses in the future, it could result in restatements of our financial statements and a decrease in the value of our stock due to a loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements.

We have limited experience manufacturing our lumivascular platform products in commercial quantities, which could harm our business.

       Because we have only limited experience in manufacturing our lumivascular platform products in commercial quantities, we may encounter production delays or shortfalls. Such production delays or shortfalls may be caused by many factors, including the following:

       If we are unable to keep up with demand for our lumivascular platform products, our revenues could be impaired, market acceptance for our lumivascular platform products could be harmed and

22


Table of Contents

our customers might instead purchase our competitors' products. Our inability to successfully manufacture our lumivascular platform products would materially harm our business.

       Our manufacturing facilities and processes and those of our third party suppliers are subject to unannounced FDA and state regulatory inspections for compliance with Quality System regulations. Developing and maintaining a compliant quality system is time consuming and expensive. Failure to maintain, or not fully comply with the requirements of, a quality system could result in regulatory authorities initiating enforcement actions against us and our third party suppliers, which could include the issuance of warning letters, seizures, prohibitions on product sales, recalls and civil and criminal penalties, any one of which could significantly impact our manufacturing supply and impair our financial results.

If our manufacturing facility becomes damaged or inoperable, or we are required to vacate the facility, our ability to manufacture and sell our lumivascular platform products and to pursue our research and development efforts may be jeopardized.

       We currently manufacture and assemble our lumivascular platform products in-house. Our products are comprised of components sourced from a variety of contract manufacturers, with final assembly completed at our facility in Redwood City, California. Our facility and equipment, or those of our suppliers, could be harmed or rendered inoperable by natural or man-made disasters, including fire, earthquake, terrorism, flooding and power outages. Any of these may render it difficult or impossible for us to manufacture products for some period of time. If our facility is inoperable for even a short period of time, the inability to manufacture our current products, and the interruption in research and development of any future products, may result in harm to our reputation, increased costs, lower revenues and the loss of customers. Furthermore, it could be costly and time-consuming to repair or replace our facilities and the equipment we use to perform our research and development work and manufacture our products.

We depend on third party vendors to manufacture some of our components and sub-assemblies, which could make us vulnerable to supply shortages and price fluctuations that could harm our business.

       We currently manufacture some of our components and sub-assemblies at our Redwood City facility and rely on third party vendors for other components and sub-assemblies used in our lumivascular platform. Our reliance on third party vendors subjects us to a number of risks that could impact our ability to manufacture our products and harm our business, including:

23


Table of Contents

       Any significant delay or interruption in the supply of components or sub-assemblies, or our inability to obtain substitute components, sub-assemblies or materials from alternate sources at acceptable prices in a timely manner, could impair our ability to meet the demand of our customers and harm our business.

We depend on single and limited source suppliers for some of our product components and sub-assemblies, and if any of those suppliers are unable or unwilling to produce these components and sub-assemblies or supply them in the quantities that we need, we would experience manufacturing delays.

       We rely on single and limited source suppliers for several of our components and sub-assemblies. For example, we rely on single vendors for our optical fiber and drive cables, that are key components of our catheters, and we rely on a single vendor for our data acquisition card in Lightbox. These components are critical to our products and there are relatively few alternative sources of supply. We do not carry a significant inventory of these components. Identifying and qualifying additional or replacement suppliers for any of the components or sub-assemblies used in our products could involve significant time and cost. Any supply interruption from our vendors or failure to obtain additional vendors for any of the components or sub-assemblies incorporated into our products would limit our ability to manufacture our products and could therefore harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our future growth depends on physician adoption of our lumivascular platform products, which may require physicians to change their current practices.

       We intend to educate physicians on the capabilities of our lumivascular platform products and advances in treatment for PAD patients. We target our sales efforts to interventional cardiologists, vascular surgeons and interventional radiologists because they are often the physicians diagnosing and treating both coronary artery disease and PAD. However, the initial point of contact for many patients may be general practitioners, podiatrists, nephrologists and endocrinologists, each of whom commonly treat patients experiencing complications or symptoms resulting from PAD. If these physicians are not made aware of our lumivascular platform products, they may not refer patients to interventional cardiologists, vascular surgeons and interventional radiologists for treatment using our lumivascular platform procedure, and those patients may instead be surgically treated or treated with an alternative interventional procedure. In addition, there is a significant correlation between PAD and coronary artery disease, and many physicians do not routinely screen for PAD while screening for coronary artery disease. If we are not successful in educating physicians about screening for PAD and about the capabilities of our lumivascular platform products, our ability to increase our revenues may be impaired.

We depend on our senior management team and the loss of one or more key employees or an inability to attract and retain highly skilled employees could harm our business.

       Our success largely depends upon the continued services of our executive management team and key employees and the loss of one or more of our executive officers or key employees could harm us and directly impact our financial results. Our employees may terminate their employment with us at any time. Changes in our executive management team resulting from the hiring or departure of executives, including the recent addition of our chief executive officer, could disrupt our business. In particular, our founder, Dr. John Simpson, is the visionary behind many of our product development activities and he actively supports our clinical trials and physician education and training efforts. If

24


Table of Contents

Dr. Simpson was no longer working at our company, our industry credibility, product development efforts and physician relationships would be harmed. We do not currently maintain key person life insurance policies on any of our employees, including Dr. Simpson.

       Our officers and directors could become distracted by other activities that would prevent them from devoting their full time and attention to our company. For example, John D. Simpson, our Vice President of Sales, is also the Chief Executive Officer of Recreation, Inc., a full service creative, digital and media agency focused on brand strategy and implementation. Periodically, Mr. Simpson may have obligations to Recreation which interfere with his obligations to the Company.

       To execute our growth plan, we must attract and retain highly qualified personnel. Competition for skilled personnel is intense, especially for engineers with high levels of experience in designing and developing medical devices and for sales executives. We have, from time to time, experienced, and we expect to continue to experience, difficulty in hiring and retaining employees with appropriate qualifications. Many of the companies with which we compete for experienced personnel have greater resources than we have. If we hire employees from competitors or other companies, their former employers may attempt to assert that these employees or we have breached legal obligations, resulting in a diversion of our time and resources and, potentially, damages. In addition, job candidates and existing employees, particularly in the San Francisco Bay Area, often consider the value of the stock awards they receive in connection with their employment. If the perceived value of our stock awards declines, either because we are a public company or otherwise, it may harm our ability to recruit and retain highly skilled employees. In addition, we invest significant time and expense in training our employees, which increases their value to competitors who may seek to recruit them. If we fail to attract new personnel or fail to retain and motivate our current personnel, our business and future growth prospects would be harmed.

We do not currently intend to devote significant additional resources in the near-term to market our lumivascular platform internationally, which will limit our potential revenues from our lumivascular platform products.

       Marketing our lumivascular platform outside of the United States would require substantial additional sales and marketing, regulatory and personnel expenses. As part of our product development and regulatory strategy, we plan to expand into select European markets, but we do not currently intend to devote significant additional resources to market our lumivascular platform internationally in order to focus our resources and efforts on the U.S. market. Our decision to market our products primarily in the United States in the near-term will limit our ability to reach all of our potential markets and will limit our potential sources of revenue. In addition, our competitors will have an opportunity to further penetrate and achieve market share outside of the United States until such time, if ever, that we devote significant additional resources to market our lumivascular platform products or other products internationally.

Our ability to utilize our net operating loss carryovers may be limited.

       As of December 31, 2013, we had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs, due to prior period losses of $104.5 million and $99.7 million, respectively, which if not utilized will begin to expire in 2027 for federal purposes and 2014 for state purposes. We may use these NOLs to offset against taxable income for U.S. federal income tax purposes. However, Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, may limit the NOLs we may use in any year for U.S. federal income tax purposes in the event of certain changes in ownership of our company. A Section 382 "ownership change" generally occurs if one or more stockholders or groups of

25


Table of Contents

stockholders who own at least 5% of our stock increase their ownership by more than 50 percentage points over their lowest ownership percentage within a rolling three-year period. Similar rules may apply under state tax laws. This offering or future issuances or sales of our stock (including certain transactions involving our stock that are outside of our control) could cause an "ownership change." If an "ownership change" occurs, Section 382 would impose an annual limit on the amount of pre-ownership change NOLs and other tax attributes we can use to reduce our taxable income, potentially increasing and accelerating our liability for income taxes, and also potentially causing those tax attributes to expire unused. Any limitation on using NOLs could (depending on the extent of such limitation and the NOLs previously used) result in our retaining less cash after payment of U.S. federal income taxes during any year in which we have taxable income (rather than losses) than we would be entitled to retain if such NOLs were available as an offset against such income for U.S. federal income tax reporting purposes, which could harm our profitability.

The forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus may prove to be inaccurate, and even if the markets in which we compete achieve the forecasted growth, our business may not grow at similar rates, if at all.

       Growth forecasts are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may not prove to be accurate. The forecasts in this prospectus relating to, among other things, the expected growth in PAD prevalence, diagnosis and endovascular PAD procedures and the markets therefor and increased awareness, higher diagnosis, and intervention rates, may prove to be inaccurate.

       Even if these markets experience the forecasted growth described in this prospectus, we may not grow our business at similar rates, or at all. Our growth is subject to many factors, including whether the market for PAD treatments continues to grow, our ability to successfully complete the VISION trial, obtain 510(k) clearance for Pantheris and commercialize Pantheris, the rate of market acceptance of our lumivascular platform products versus the products of our competitors and our success in implementing our business strategies, each of which is subject to many risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, the forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus should not be taken as indicative of our future growth.

We may acquire other companies or technologies, which could divert our management's attention, result in additional dilution to our stockholders and otherwise disrupt our operations and harm our operating results.

       We may in the future seek to acquire or invest in businesses, applications or technologies that we believe could complement or expand our lumivascular platform, enhance our technical capabilities or otherwise offer growth opportunities. The pursuit of potential acquisitions may divert the attention of management and cause us to incur various costs and expenses in identifying, investigating and pursuing suitable acquisitions, whether or not they are consummated. We may not be able to identify desirable acquisition targets or be successful in entering into an agreement with any particular target or obtain the expected benefits of any acquisition or investment.

       To date, the growth in our business has been organic, and we have no experience in acquiring other businesses. In any acquisition, we may not be able to successfully integrate acquired personnel, operations and technologies, or effectively manage the combined business following the acquisition. Acquisitions could also result in dilutive issuances of equity securities, the use of our available cash, or the incurrence of debt, which could harm our operating results. In addition, if an acquired business fails to meet our expectations, our operating results, business and financial condition may suffer.

26


Table of Contents

We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012 and 2013, and may identify additional material weaknesses in the future that may cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations or result in material misstatements of our financial statements. If we fail to remedy any material weakness, or if we fail to establish and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, our ability to accurately and timely report our financial results could be harmed.

       Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. During the course of preparing for this offering, we determined that material adjustments to various accounts were necessary for our financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013. These adjustments led us to conclude that we had a material weakness in internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012 and 2013. A "material weakness" is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The material weakness that we identified was that we did not maintain a sufficient complement of resources with an appropriate level of accounting knowledge, experience and training commensurate with our structure and financial reporting requirements. This material weakness contributed to adjustments to our financial statements in the following principal areas, among others: accounting for debt issuances, stock-based compensation, and accounting for inventory costs and fixed assets. There can be no assurance that we will be able to hire sufficient personnel with the required skills to remediate this weakness, which could impair our ability to accurately and timely report our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. Competition to hire such personnel is intense, and we will incur significant additional compensation expense in connection with the hiring and retention of these additional employees. If we are unable to successfully remediate this material weakness, and if we are unable to produce accurate and timely financial statements, our stock price may be adversely affected, our reputation may be harmed and we may be unable to maintain compliance with applicable NASDAQ Stock Market listing requirements.

If we are unable to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock may decrease.

       As a public company, we will be required to maintain internal control over financial reporting and to report any material weaknesses in such internal controls. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, requires that we evaluate and determine the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and, beginning with our annual report for the year ending December 31, 2015, provide a management report on our internal control over financial reporting, which must be attested to by our independent registered public accounting firm to the extent we are no longer an "emerging growth company," as defined by the Jumpstart Our Businesses Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, or a smaller reporting company under the Securities Act.

       Currently and in the future, if we have material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we may not detect errors on a timely basis and our financial statements may be materially misstated. We are in the process of designing and implementing our internal control over financial reporting, which process will be time consuming, costly and complicated. Until such time as we are no longer an "emerging growth company" or a smaller reporting company, our auditors will not be required to attest as to our internal control over financial reporting. If we continue to identify material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, if we are unable to comply with

27


Table of Contents

the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner, if we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective or, once required, if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to attest that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock could decrease. We could also become subject to stockholder or other third party litigation as well as investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources and could result in fines, trading suspensions or other remedies.

The report of our independent registered public accounting firm on our 2013 financial statements contains an explanatory paragraph regarding our ability to continue as a going concern, and we will need additional financing to execute our business plan, to fund our operations and to continue as a going concern.

       Since inception, we have experienced recurring operating losses and negative cash flows and we expect to continue to generate operating losses and consume significant cash resources for the foreseeable future. These conditions raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern without additional financing. As a result, our independent registered public accounting firm included an explanatory paragraph in its report on our 2013 financial statements with respect to this uncertainty. Substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern may materially and adversely affect the price per share of our common stock and we may have a more difficult time obtaining financing.

       We have prepared our financial statements on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities and commitments in the normal course of business. Our 2013 financial statements do not include any adjustment to reflect the possible future effects on the recoverability and classification of assets or the amounts and classification of liabilities that may result from the outcome of this uncertainty.


Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

We may in the future be a party to intellectual property litigation or administrative proceedings that could be costly and could interfere with our ability to sell our lumivascular platform products.

       The medical device industry has been characterized by extensive litigation regarding patents, trademarks, trade secrets, and other intellectual property rights, and companies in the industry have used intellectual property litigation to gain a competitive advantage. It is possible that U.S. and foreign patents and pending patent applications or trademarks controlled by third parties may be alleged to cover our products, or that we may be accused of misappropriating third parties' trade secrets. Additionally, our products include hardware and software components that we purchase from vendors, and may include design components that are outside of our direct control. Our competitors, many of which have substantially greater resources and have made substantial investments in patent portfolios, trade secrets, trademarks, and competing technologies, may have applied for or obtained or may in the future apply for or obtain, patents or trademarks that will prevent, limit or otherwise interfere with our ability to make, use, sell and/or export our products or to use product names. We may become a party to patent or trademark infringement or trade secret claims and litigation as a result of these and other third party intellectual property rights being asserted against us. The defense and prosecution of these matters are both costly and time consuming. Vendors from whom we purchase hardware or software may not indemnify us in the event that such hardware or software is accused of infringing a third party's patent or trademark or of misappropriating a third party's trade secret.

28


Table of Contents

       Further, if such patents, trademarks, or trade secrets are successfully asserted against us, this may harm our business and result in injunctions preventing us from selling our products, license fees, damages and the payment of attorney fees and court costs. In addition, if we are found to willfully infringe third party patents or trademarks or to have misappropriated trade secrets, we could be required to pay treble damages in addition to other penalties. Although patent, trademark, trade secret, and other intellectual property disputes in the medical device area have often been settled through licensing or similar arrangements, costs associated with such arrangements may be substantial and could include ongoing royalties. We may be unable to obtain necessary licenses on satisfactory terms, if at all. If we do not obtain necessary licenses, we may not be able to redesign our lumivascular platform products to avoid infringement.

       Similarly, interference or derivation proceedings provoked by third parties or brought by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, may be necessary to determine the priority of inventions or other matters of inventorship with respect to our patents or patent applications. We may also become involved in other proceedings, such as re-examination, inter partes review, or opposition proceedings, before the USPTO or other jurisdictional body relating to our intellectual property rights or the intellectual property rights of others. Adverse determinations in a judicial or administrative proceeding or failure to obtain necessary licenses could prevent us from manufacturing and selling our lumivascular platform products or using product names, which would have a significant adverse impact on our business.

       Additionally, we may need to commence proceedings against others to enforce our patents or trademarks, to protect our trade secrets or know-how, or to determine the enforceability, scope and validity of the proprietary rights of others. These proceedings would result in substantial expense to us and significant diversion of effort by our technical and management personnel. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. We may not be able to stop a competitor from marketing and selling products that are the same or similar to our products or from using product names that are the same or similar to our product names, and our business may be harmed as a result.

We are aware of patents held by third parties that may be asserted against us in litigation that could be costly and could limit our ability to sell our lumivascular platform products.

       We are aware of patent families related to catheter positioning, optical coherence tomography, occlusion cutting and atherectomy owned by third parties. With regard to atherectomy patents, one of our founders, Dr. John Simpson, founded FoxHollow Technologies prior to founding our company. FoxHollow Technologies developed an atherectomy device that is currently sold by Covidien, and Dr. Simpson and our Chief Technology Officer, Himanshu Patel, are listed as inventors on patents covering that device that are now held by Covidien. We are not currently aware of any claims Covidien has made or intends to make against us with respect to Pantheris or any other product or product under development. Because of a doctrine known as "assignor estoppel," if any of Dr. Simpson's earlier patents are asserted against us by Covidien, we may be prevented from asserting an invalidity defense regarding those patents, and our defense may be compromised. Covidien has significantly greater financial resources than we do to pursue patent litigation and could assert these patent families against us at any time. Adverse determinations in any such litigation could prevent us from manufacturing or selling Pantheris or other products or products under development, which would significantly harm our business.

29


Table of Contents

Intellectual property rights may not provide adequate protection, which may permit third parties to compete against us more effectively.

       In order to remain competitive, we must develop and maintain protection of the proprietary aspects of our technologies. We rely on a combination of patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secret laws and confidentiality and invention assignment agreements to protect our intellectual property rights. As of December 31, 2014, we held five issued U.S. patents and had 14 U.S. utility patent applications and 8 PCT applications pending. As of December 31, 2014, we also had one issued patent from the Japan Patent Office, one issued patent from the Chinese patent office, and one European patent which has been nationalized in Germany, France, Great Britain, Italy and Ireland. As of December 31, 2014, we had 29 pending patent applications outside of the United States, including in Australia, Canada, Europe, India and Japan. Our patents and patent applications include claims covering key aspects of the design, manufacture and therapeutic use of OCT imaging catheters, occlusion-crossing catheters, atherectomy devices and our imaging console. Our patent applications may not result in issued patents and our patents may not be sufficiently broad to protect our technology. Any patents issued to us may be challenged by third parties as being invalid, or third parties may independently develop similar or competing technology that avoids our patents. Should such challenges be successful, competitors might be able to market products and use manufacturing processes that are substantially similar to ours. We may not be able to prevent the unauthorized disclosure or use of our technical knowledge or other trade secrets by consultants, vendors or former or current employees, despite the existence generally of confidentiality agreements and other contractual restrictions. Monitoring unauthorized use and disclosure of our intellectual property is difficult, and we do not know whether the steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property will be adequate. In addition, the laws of many foreign countries will not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. Consequently, we may be unable to prevent our proprietary technology from being exploited abroad, which could affect our ability to expand to international markets or require costly efforts to protect our technology. To the extent our intellectual property protection is incomplete, we are exposed to a greater risk of direct competition. In addition, competitors could purchase our products and attempt to replicate some or all of the competitive advantages we derive from our development efforts or design around our protected technology. Our failure to secure, protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could substantially harm the value of our lumivascular platform, brand and business.

       We use certain open source software in Lightbox. We may face claims from companies that incorporate open source software into their products or from open source licensors, claiming ownership of, or demanding release of, the source code, the open source software or derivative works that were developed using such software, or otherwise seeking to enforce the terms of the applicable open source license. These claims could result in litigation and could require us to cease offering Lightbox unless and until we can re-engineer it to avoid infringement. This re-engineering process could require significant additional research and development resources, and we may not be able to complete it successfully. These risks could be difficult to eliminate or manage, and, if not addressed, could harm our business, financial condition and operating results.


Risks Related to Government Regulation

Failure to comply with laws and regulations could harm our business.

       Our business is subject to regulation by various federal, state, local and foreign governmental agencies, including agencies responsible for monitoring and enforcing employment and labor laws, workplace safety, environmental laws, consumer protection laws, anti-bribery laws, import/export controls, federal securities laws and tax laws and regulations. In certain jurisdictions, these regulatory

30


Table of Contents

requirements may be more stringent than those in the United States and in other circumstances these requirements may be more stringent in the United States. Noncompliance with applicable regulations or requirements could subject us to investigations, sanctions, mandatory recalls, enforcement actions, adverse publicity, disgorgement of profits, fines, damages, civil and criminal penalties or injunctions and administrative actions. If any governmental sanctions, fines or penalties are imposed, or if we do not prevail in any possible civil or criminal litigation, our business, operating results and financial condition could be harmed. In addition, responding to any action will likely result in a significant diversion of management's attention and resources and substantial costs. Enforcement actions and sanctions could further harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

If we fail to obtain and maintain necessary regulatory clearances or approvals for our lumivascular platform products, or if clearances or approvals for future products and indications are delayed or not issued, our commercial operations would be harmed.

       Our lumivascular platform products are medical devices that are subject to extensive regulation by FDA in the United States and by regulatory agencies in other countries where we do business. Government regulations specific to medical devices are wide-ranging and govern, among other things:

       Before a new medical device, or a new intended use for, an existing product can be marketed in the United States, a company must first submit and receive either 510(k) clearance or premarketing approval from FDA, unless an exemption applies. Either process can be expensive, lengthy and unpredictable. We may not be able to obtain the necessary clearances or approvals or may be unduly delayed in doing so, which could harm our business. Furthermore, even if we are granted regulatory clearances or approvals, they may include significant limitations on the indicated uses for the product, which may limit the market for the product. Although we have obtained 510(k) clearance to market our Ocelot family of catheters for crossing sub and total occlusions in the peripheral vasculature, our clearance can be revoked if safety or efficacy problems develop. To market Pantheris in the United States, we must successfully complete a clinical trial, submit an application to FDA for 510(k) clearance and obtain such clearance. Therefore, even if we believe we have successfully developed Pantheris, we may not be permitted to market Pantheris in the United States if we do not obtain FDA regulatory clearance to market the product. Delays in obtaining clearance or approval could increase our costs and harm our revenues and growth.

       In addition, we are required to timely file various reports with the FDA, including reports required by the medical device reporting regulations, or MDRs, that require that we report to the regulatory authorities if our devices may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if the malfunction were to recur. If these reports are not filed timely, regulators may impose sanctions and sales of our products may suffer, and we may be subject to product liability or regulatory enforcement actions, all of which could harm our business. For example, we have submitted to the FDA five MDRs regarding our Ocelot family of catheters, which included four for perforations and one related to removal of the guidewire coating.

31


Table of Contents

       If we initiate a correction or removal for one of our devices to reduce a risk to health posed by the device, we would be required to submit a publically available Correction and Removal report to the FDA and in many cases, similar reports to other regulatory agencies. This report could be classified by the FDA as a device recall which could lead to increased scrutiny by the FDA, other international regulatory agencies and our customers regarding the quality and safety of our devices. Furthermore, the submission of these reports has been and could be used by competitors against us in competitive situations and cause customers to delay purchase decisions or cancel orders and would harm our reputation.

       The FDA and the Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, also regulate the advertising and promotion of our products to ensure that the claims we make are consistent with our regulatory clearances, that there are adequate and reasonable data to substantiate the claims and that our promotional labeling and advertising is neither false nor misleading in any respect. If the FDA or FTC determines that any of our advertising or promotional claims are misleading, not substantiated or not permissible, we may be subject to enforcement actions, including Warning Letters, and we may be required to revise our promotional claims and make other corrections or restitutions.

       FDA and state authorities have broad enforcement powers. Our failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements could result in enforcement action by FDA or state agencies, which may include any of the following sanctions:

       If any of these events were to occur, our business and financial condition would be harmed.

Material modifications to our lumivascular platform products may require new 510(k) clearances or premarket approvals or may require us to recall or cease marketing our lumivascular platform products until clearances are obtained.

       Material modifications to the intended use or technological characteristics of our lumivascular platform products will require new 510(k) clearances or premarket approvals or require us to recall or cease marketing the modified devices until these clearances or approvals are obtained. Based on FDA published guidelines, FDA requires device manufacturers to initially make and document a determination of whether or not a modification requires a new approval, supplement or clearance; however, FDA can review a manufacturer's decision. Any modification to an FDA-cleared device that would significantly affect its safety or efficacy or that would constitute a major change in its intended use would require a new 510(k) clearance or possibly a premarket approval. We may not be able to obtain additional 510(k) clearances or premarket approvals for new products or for modifications to, or additional indications for, our lumivascular platform products in a timely fashion, or at all. Delays in obtaining required future clearances would harm our ability to introduce new or enhanced products in a timely manner, which in turn would harm our future growth. We have made modifications to our lumivascular platform products in the past and will make additional modifications in the future that we believe do not or will not require additional clearances or approvals. If FDA disagrees and

32


Table of Contents

requires new clearances or approvals for the modifications, we may be required to recall and to stop selling or marketing our lumivascular platform products as modified, which could harm our operating results and require us to redesign our lumivascular platform products. In these circumstances, we may be subject to significant enforcement actions. We have made minor modifications and may make further modifications to the design of Pantheris prior to widespread commercialization, which could require regulatory clearances or approvals.

If we or our suppliers fail to comply with FDA's Quality System Regulation, our manufacturing operations could be delayed or shut down and lumivascular platform sales could suffer.

       Our manufacturing processes and those of our third party suppliers are required to comply with FDA's Quality System Regulation, which covers the procedures and documentation of the design, testing, production, control, quality assurance, labeling, packaging, storage and shipping of our lumivascular platform products. We are also subject to similar state requirements and licenses. In addition, we must engage in extensive recordkeeping and reporting and must make available our manufacturing facilities and records for periodic unannounced inspections by governmental agencies, including FDA, state authorities and comparable agencies in other countries. If we fail a Quality System inspection, our operations could be disrupted and our manufacturing interrupted. Failure to take adequate corrective action in response to an adverse Quality System inspection could result in, among other things, a shut-down of our manufacturing operations, significant fines, suspension of marketing clearances and approvals, seizures or recalls of our device, operating restrictions and criminal prosecutions, any of which would cause our business to suffer. Furthermore, our key component suppliers may not currently be or may not continue to be in compliance with applicable regulatory requirements, which may result in manufacturing delays for our product and cause our revenues to decline.

       We have registered with FDA as a medical device manufacturer and have obtained a manufacturing license from the California Department of Health Services, or CDHS. FDA has broad post-market and regulatory enforcement powers. We are subject to unannounced inspections by FDA and the Food and Drug Branch of CDHS to determine our compliance with the QSR and other regulations, and these inspections may include the manufacturing facilities of our suppliers. Our current facility has been inspected by FDA in 2009, 2011 and 2013, and two, three and zero observations, respectively, were noted during those inspections. BSI, our European Notified Body, inspected our facility in 2013 and found zero non-conformances. We can provide no assurance that we will continue to remain in compliance with the QSR. If FDA, CDHS or BSI inspect our facility and discover compliance problems, we may have to shut down our facility and cease manufacturing until we can take the appropriate remedial steps to correct the audit findings. Taking corrective action may be expensive, time consuming and a distraction for management and if we experience a shutdown or delay at our manufacturing facility we may be unable to produce our lumivascular platform products, which would harm our business.

Our lumivascular platform products may in the future be subject to product recalls that could harm our reputation.

       FDA and similar governmental authorities in other countries have the authority to require the recall of commercialized products in the event of material regulatory deficiencies or defects in design or manufacture. A government mandated or voluntary recall by us could occur as a result of component failures, manufacturing errors or design or labeling defects. Recalls of our lumivascular platform products would divert managerial attention, be expensive, harm our reputation with

33


Table of Contents

customers and harm our financial condition and results of operations. A recall announcement would negatively affect our stock price.

Changes in coverage and reimbursement for procedures using our lumivascular platform products could affect the adoption of our lumivascular platform and our future revenues.

       Currently, our lumivascular platform procedure is typically reimbursed by third party payors, including Medicare and private healthcare insurance companies, under existing reimbursement codes. These payors may change their coverage and reimbursement policies, as well as payment amounts, in a way that would prevent or limit reimbursement for our products, which would significantly harm our business. Also, healthcare reform legislation or regulation may be proposed or enacted in the future, which may adversely affect such policies and amounts. We cannot predict whether and to what extent existing coverage and reimbursement will continue to be available. If physicians, hospitals and other providers are unable to obtain adequate coverage and reimbursement for procedures performed using our lumivascular platform products, they are significantly less likely to use our lumivascular platform products and our business would be harmed.

Healthcare reform measures could hinder or prevent our planned products' commercial success.

       In the United States, there have been, and we expect there will continue to be, a number of legislative and regulatory changes to the healthcare system in ways that could harm our future revenues and profitability and the future revenues and profitability of our potential customers. Federal and state lawmakers regularly propose and, at times, enact legislation that would result in significant changes to the healthcare system, some of which are intended to contain or reduce the costs of medical products and services. For example, one of the most significant healthcare reform measures in decades, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act, or Affordable Care Act, was enacted in 2010. The Affordable Care Act contains a number of provisions, including those governing enrollment in federal healthcare programs, reimbursement changes and fraud and abuse measures, all of which will impact existing government healthcare programs and will result in the development of new programs. The Affordable Care Act, among other things, imposes an excise tax of 2.3% on the sale of most medical devices, including ours, and any failure to pay this amount could result in the imposition of an injunction on the sale of our products, fines and penalties.

       It remains unclear whether changes will be made to the Affordable Care Act. We cannot assure you that the Affordable Care Act, as currently enacted or as amended in the future, will not harm our business and financial results and we cannot predict how future federal or state legislative or administrative changes relating to healthcare reform will affect our business.

       There likely will continue to be legislative and regulatory proposals at the federal and state levels directed at containing or lowering the cost of health care. We cannot predict the initiatives that may be adopted in the future or their full impact. The continuing efforts of the government, insurance companies, managed care organizations and other payors of healthcare services to contain or reduce costs of health care may harm:

34


Table of Contents

If we fail to comply with healthcare regulations, we could face substantial penalties and our business, operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

       Even though we do not and will not control referrals of healthcare services or bill directly to Medicare, Medicaid or other third party payors, certain federal and state healthcare laws and regulations pertaining to fraud and abuse and patients' rights are and will be applicable to our business. We could be subject to healthcare fraud and abuse and patient privacy regulation by both the federal government and the states in which we conduct our business. The regulations that will affect how we operate include:

       The Affordable Care Act, among other things, amends the intent requirement of the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute and criminal healthcare fraud statutes. A person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of this statute or specific intent to violate it. In addition, the Affordable Care Act provides that the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the False Claims Act.

       Efforts to ensure that our business arrangements will comply with applicable healthcare laws may involve substantial costs. It is possible that governmental and enforcement authorities will conclude that our business practices do not comply with current or future statutes, regulations or case law interpreting applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business, including the imposition of civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, disgorgement, monetary fines, possible exclusion from

35


Table of Contents

participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, and curtailment of our operations, any of which could harm our ability to operate our business and our results of operations. In addition, the clearance or approval and commercialization of any of our products outside the United States will also likely subject us to foreign equivalents of the healthcare laws mentioned above, among other foreign laws.

Compliance with environmental laws and regulations could be expensive. Failure to comply with environmental laws and regulations could subject us to significant liability.

       Our research and development and manufacturing operations involve the use of hazardous substances and are subject to a variety of federal, state, local and foreign environmental laws and regulations relating to the storage, use, discharge, disposal, remediation of, and human exposure to, hazardous substances and the sale, labeling, collection, recycling, treatment and disposal of products containing hazardous substances. In addition, our research and development and manufacturing operations produce biological waste materials, such as human and animal tissue, and waste solvents, such as isopropyl alcohol. These operations are permitted by regulatory authorities, and the resultant waste materials are disposed of in material compliance with environmental laws and regulations. Liability under environmental laws and regulations can be joint and several and without regard to fault or negligence. Compliance with environmental laws and regulations may be expensive and non-compliance could result in substantial liabilities, fines and penalties, personal injury and third part property damage claims and substantial investigation and remediation costs. Environmental laws and regulations could become more stringent over time, imposing greater compliance costs and increasing risks and penalties associated with violations. We cannot assure you that violations of these laws and regulations will not occur in the future or have not occurred in the past as a result of human error, accidents, equipment failure or other causes. The expense associated with environmental regulation and remediation could harm our financial condition and operating results.


Risks Related to This Offering

Our common stock has never been publicly traded, and we expect that the price of our common stock will fluctuate substantially.

       Before this initial public offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations between the underwriters and us and may vary substantially from the market price of our common stock following this offering. An active public trading market may not develop after completion of this offering or, if developed, may not be sustained. The public trading price for our common stock after this offering will be affected by a number of factors, including:

36


Table of Contents

       In addition, the stock prices of many companies in the medical device industry have experienced wide fluctuations that have often been unrelated to the operating performance of those companies. In the past, stockholders have instituted securities class action litigation following periods of market volatility. If we were to become involved in securities litigation, it could subject us to substantial costs, divert resources and the attention of management from our business and harm our business, results of operations, financial condition, reputation and cash flows. These factors may materially and adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or publish negative reports about our business, our share price and trading volume could decline.

       The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business, our market and our competitors. We do not have any control over these analysts. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our shares or change their opinion of our shares, our share price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause our share price or trading volume to decline.

New investors purchasing our common stock will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

       Our initial public offering price is substantially higher than the book value per share of our common stock. If you purchase common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate dilution of $9.33 in net tangible book value per share of common stock, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share. In addition, the number of shares available for issuance under our stock option and employee stock purchase plans will increase annually without further stockholder approval. Investors will incur additional dilution upon the exercise of stock options and warrants. See "Dilution."

A sale of a substantial number of shares of our common stock may cause the price of our common stock to decline; holders of promissory notes may elect to convert such notes into shares of our common stock at a 15% discount to the initial public offering price.

       If our stockholders sell substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after this offering, the market price of our common stock could decline. There will be approximately 12,670,141 shares of common stock, including shares issuable upon the exercise of options or warrants outstanding as of January 15, 2015, eligible for sale beginning 181 days after the date of this prospectus. Sales of these shares could make it more difficult for us to sell equity or equity-related securities in the future at a time and price that we deem reasonable or appropriate. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" and "Underwriting."

       After this offering, the holders of an aggregate of 6,968,017 shares of our outstanding common stock as of January 15, 2015 will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file

37


Table of Contents

registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or our stockholders. We also intend to register shares of common stock that we may issue under our employee equity incentive plans. Once we register these shares, they will be able to be sold freely in the public market upon issuance, subject to existing market stand-off and/or lock-up agreements.

       As of September 30, 2014, we had outstanding $12.4 million in aggregate principal amount and accrued interest under convertible promissory notes, which may, at the option of each holder thereof, convert into shares of our common stock upon completion of this offering, at a conversion price equal to 85% of the initial public offering price. Assuming an initial public offering price of $13.00, the principal amount and interest accrued as of September 30, 2014, under the convertible promissory notes, would be convertible into 1,123,649 shares of our common stock.

Our directors, officers and principal stockholders have significant voting power and may take actions that may not be in the best interests of our other stockholders.

       After this offering, our directors, officers and each stockholder holding more than 5% of our common stock will collectively control approximately 36.8% of our outstanding common stock, assuming the exercise of all options and warrants held by such persons and without giving effect to the purchase of shares by any such persons in this offering. As a result, these stockholders, if they act together, would be able to exert significant influence over the management and affairs of our company and most matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions. This concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control, might adversely affect the market price of our common stock and may not be in the best interests of our other stockholders.

We have broad discretion in the use of proceeds from this offering.

       The net proceeds of this offering will be allocated to sales and marketing initiatives, research and development activities, and general corporate purposes, including potential acquisitions of complementary products, technologies or businesses. Within those categories, our management will have broad discretion over the use and investment of the net proceeds of this offering, and accordingly investors in this offering will need to rely upon the judgment of our management with respect to the use of proceeds with only limited information concerning management's specific intentions.

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management's attention and affect our ability to attract and retain executive management and qualified board members.

       As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Act, the listing requirements of The NASDAQ Stock Market and other applicable securities laws, rules and regulations. Compliance with these laws, rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly and increase demand on our systems and resources, particularly after we are no longer an "emerging growth company." The Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and operating results. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. In order to maintain and, if required, improve our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting to meet this standard, significant resources and management oversight may be required. As a result, management's attention may be diverted from other business

38


Table of Contents

concerns and our costs and expenses will increase, which could harm our business and operating results. We may need to hire more employees in the future or engage outside consultants to comply with these requirements, which will increase our costs and expenses.

       In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management's time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to their application and practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be harmed.

       We will incur additional compensation costs in the event that we decide to pay our executive officers cash compensation closer to that of executive officers of other public medical device companies, which would increase our general and administrative expense and could harm our profitability. Any future equity awards will also increase our compensation expense. We also expect that being a public company and compliance with applicable rules and regulations will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified executive officers and members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee and compensation committee.

       As a result of disclosure of information in this prospectus and in filings required of a public company, our business and financial condition will become more visible, which could be advantageous to our competitors and clients and could result in threatened or actual litigation, including by competitors and other third parties. If such claims are successful, our business and operating results could be harmed, and even if the claims are resolved in our favor, these claims, and the time and resources necessary to resolve them, could divert the resources of our management and harm our business and operating results.

We are an emerging growth company and a smaller reporting company and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies and smaller reporting companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

       We are an emerging growth company and a smaller reporting company. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We will remain eligible for these exemptions, other than with respect to stockholder approval of golden parachute payments, after we are no longer an emerging growth company for as long as we remain a smaller reporting company. We cannot predict if investors will find our common

39


Table of Contents

stock less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile or decline.

       We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (i) the end of the fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates is at least $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, (ii) the end of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of $1 billion or more during such fiscal year, (iii) the date on which we issue more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt in a three-year period or (iv) the end of the fiscal year in which the fifth anniversary of the date of this prospectus occurs. We will remain a smaller reporting company until we have a public float, or value attributable to stock held by non-affiliates, of at least $75 million, as measured on the prior June 30th.

Anti-takeover provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws and Delaware law could discourage a takeover.

       Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as amended and restated in connection with this offering, will contain provisions that might enable our management to resist a takeover. These provisions include:

       These provisions might discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company or a change in our management. The existence of these provisions could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which generally prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with any

40


Table of Contents

"interested" stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder became an "interested" stockholder. See "Description of Capital Stock."

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders' ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

       Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective prior to the completion of this offering, provides that, unless we consent to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or to our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law or our certificate of incorporation or bylaws (iv) any action to interpret apply, enforce or determine the validity of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws or (v) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. The choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder's ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

We have not paid dividends in the past and do not expect to pay dividends in the future, and any return on investment may be limited to the value of our stock.

       We have never paid cash dividends and do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. The payment of dividends will depend on our earnings, capital requirements, financial condition, prospects and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, our credit agreement prohibits us from, among other things, paying any dividends or making any other distribution or payment on account of our common stock. If we do not pay dividends, our stock may be less valuable because a return on your investment will only occur if you sell our common stock after our stock price appreciates.

41


Table of Contents


CAUTIONARY NOTES REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

       This prospectus contains forward-looking statements concerning our business, operations and financial performance and condition, as well as our plans, objectives and expectations for our business, operations and financial performance and condition. Any statements contained herein that are not statements of historical facts may be deemed to be forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as "anticipate," "assume," "believe," "contemplate," "continue," "could," "due," "estimate," "expect," "goal," "intend," "may," "objective," "plan," "predict," "potential," "positioned," "seek," "should," "target," "will," "would" and other similar expressions that are predictions of or indicate future events and future trends, or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about:

       We believe that it is important to communicate our future expectations to our investors. However, there may be events in the future that we are not able to accurately predict or control and that may cause our actual results to differ materially from the expectations we describe in our forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are based on management's current expectations, estimates, forecasts and projections about our business and the industry in which we operate and management's beliefs and assumptions and are not guarantees of future performance or development and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that are in some cases beyond our control. As a result, any or all of our forward-looking statements in this prospectus may turn out to be inaccurate. Factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from current expectations include, among other things, those listed under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus. Potential investors are urged to consider these factors carefully in evaluating the forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus. We assume

42


Table of Contents

no obligation to update or revise these forward-looking statements for any reason, even if new information becomes available in the future.

       You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee that the future results, levels of activity, performance or events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur. We undertake no obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements for any reason after the date of this prospectus to conform these statements to actual results or to changes in our expectations.

       You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance and events and circumstances may be materially different from what we expect.

43


Table of Contents


MARKET, INDUSTRY AND OTHER DATA

       This prospectus contains estimates and information concerning our industry, including market size and growth rates of the markets in which we participate, that are based on industry publications and reports. We relied on industry, market and similar data from Millennium Research Group, the Sage Group, peer reviewed journals, formal presentations at medical society meetings and other sources. We also rely on our own research and estimates in this prospectus. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to these estimates. We have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of the data contained in these industry publications and reports. The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the section entitled "Risk Factors." These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in these publications and reports.

       Information that is based on estimates, forecasts, projections, market research or similar methodologies is inherently subject to uncertainties and actual events or circumstances may differ materially from events and circumstances that are assumed in this information. In some cases, we do not expressly refer to the sources from which this data is derived. In that regard, when we refer to one or more sources of this type of data in any paragraph, you should assume that other data of this type appearing in the same paragraph is derived from the same sources, unless otherwise expressly stated or the context otherwise requires.

44


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

       We estimate that the net proceeds from our sale of shares of common stock in this offering will be approximately $52.2 million, or approximately $60.6 million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, assuming an initial public offering price of $13.00 per share and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $4.3 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us, together with a $1.00 increase in the assumed offering price of $13.00 per share, would increase the net proceeds to us from this offering by $17.3 million. Similarly, each decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us, together with a $1.00 decrease in the assumed offering price of $13.00 per share, would decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by $15.5 million.

       We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including payment of scheduled interest and principal on our credit facility with PDL Biopharma, or the credit agreement. As of September 30, 2014, we had $21.4 million in principal and interest outstanding under the credit agreement. The interest rate under the credit agreement is 12.0% per annum plus a 1.8% royalty on net revenues and the interest rate under the notes is equal to the 30-day LIBOR plus 6% per annum. During 2015 we expect to use $2.0 million to make scheduled principal payments under the credit agreement. As of September 30, 2014, we had $12.4 million in principal plus accrued interest outstanding under the convertible promissory notes. While we do not have any current plans to allocate the net proceeds of this offering for the redemption of these notes, if we do redeem the notes we would pay each holder an amount equal to the greater of (i) 125% of the principal, and accrued and unpaid interest, or (ii) the principal plus an amount equivalent to a 20% annual return on investment under such notes. Please read "Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Contractual Obligations."

       This expected use of net proceeds of this offering represents our current intentions based upon our present plans and business conditions. The amounts we actually expend in these areas, and the timing thereof, may vary significantly from our current intentions and will depend upon a number of factors, including future sales growth, success of research and product development efforts, cash generated from future operations and actual expenses to operate our business. We may use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire complementary products, technologies or businesses; however, we currently have no agreements or commitments to complete any such transactions and are not involved in negotiations to do so.

       As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot specify with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to be received upon the completion of this offering. Accordingly, our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds, and investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the proceeds of this offering.

       Pending our use of the net proceeds from this offering, we intend to invest the net proceeds in a variety of capital preservation investments, including short-term, investment grade, interest bearing instruments such as money market funds, certificates of deposit, commercial paper and U.S. government securities.

45


Table of Contents


DIVIDEND POLICY

       We have never declared or paid, and do not anticipate declaring or paying, any cash dividends on any of our capital stock. We do not anticipate paying any dividends in the foreseeable future, and we currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and to finance the growth and development of our business. Future determinations as to the declaration and payment of dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on then existing conditions, including our operating results, financial condition, contractual restrictions, capital requirements, business prospects and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant. Our credit agreement prohibits us from paying any dividends or making any other distribution or payment on account of our common stock.

46


Table of Contents


CAPITALIZATION

       The following table sets forth our capitalization as of September 30, 2014:

 
  As of September 30, 2014  
 
  Actual   Pro Forma   Pro Forma
As Adjusted
 
 
  (unaudited)
(in thousands, except
share data)

 

Borrowings

  $ 20,323   $ 20,323   $ 20,323  

Convertible notes and accrued interest

    12,416     12,416     12,416  
               

Total

    32,739     32,739     32,739  
               

Convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 4,344,984 shares authorized, 4,259,998 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    119,769          
               

Stockholders' equity (deficit):

                   

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 5,000,000 shares authorized, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted; no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

             

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 7,111,111 shares authorized, actual, 242,983 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 100,000,000 shares authorized pro forma and pro forma as adjusted, 5,229,806 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; and 9,845,190 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

        5     10  

Additional paid-in capital

    2,483     122,247     174,472  

Accumulated deficit

    (138,398 )   (138,398 )   (138,398 )
               

Total stockholders' equity (deficit)

    (135,915 )   (16,146 )   36,084  
               

Total capitalization

  $ 16,593   $ 16,593   $ 68,823  
               
               

       In connection with the offering, we have requested written consent from the holders of our convertible preferred stock to convert into shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of the offering. This disclosure assumes we receive approval for such conversion from the holders of a majority of the convertible preferred stock, voting as a single class and on an as-converted basis.

47


Table of Contents

       Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, would increase (decrease) each of pro forma as adjusted additional paid-in capital, stockholders' equity (deficit) and total capitalization by approximately $4.3 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 in the number of shares we are offering would increase (decrease) each of pro forma as adjusted additional paid-in capital, stockholders' equity and total capitalization by approximately $12.1 million, assuming that the initial public offering price, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. The pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only, and we will adjust this information based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

       The table above excludes, as of September 30, 2014:

       The table should be read in conjunction with "Selected Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

48


Table of Contents


DILUTION

       If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted immediately to the extent of the difference between the assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering. Our net tangible book value as of September 30, 2014 was $(135.9) million. Our pro forma net tangible book value per share set forth below represents our total tangible assets less total liabilities and preferred stock, divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding on September 30, 2014, and assumes the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock into 4,986,823 shares of our common stock in connection with the closing of this offering.

       Dilution per share to new investors represents the difference between the amount per share paid by new investors who purchase shares of common stock in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of common stock immediately after the completion of this offering. Giving effect to the sale of shares of our common stock offered by us at the assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2014 would have been approximately $36.1 million. This amount represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $6.76 per share to our existing stockholders, and an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of $9.33 per share to new investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering. The following table illustrates this dilution:

Assumed initial public offering price per share

        $ 13.00  

Net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2014

  $ (559.36 )      

Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to conversion of all shares of preferred stock

  $ 556.27        

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2014

  $ (3.09 )      

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors in this offering

  $ 6.76        

Pro forma net tangible book value per share after the offering

        $ 3.67  
             

Dilution per share to new investors

        $ 9.33  
             
             

       In connection with the offering, we have requested written consent from the holders of our convertible preferred stock to convert into shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of the offering. This disclosure assumes we receive approval for such conversion from the holders of a majority of the convertible preferred stock, voting as a single class and on an as-converted basis.

       A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, would increase (decrease) our pro forma net tangible book value, as adjusted to give effect to this offering, by $0.44 per share and the dilution per share to new investors in this offering by $0.56 per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

       The following table sets forth, on a pro forma as adjusted basis, as of September 30, 2014, the differences between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration

49


Table of Contents

paid, and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders and new investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us at an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share.

 
   
   
  Total
Consideration
   
 
 
  Shares Purchased    
 
 
  Average Price
Per Share
 
 
  Number   Percent   Amount   Percent  

Existing stockholders

    5,229,806     53 % $ 115,383,532     66 % $ 22.06  

New investors

    4,615,384     47 %   59,999,992     34 % $ 13.00  
                       

Total

    9,845,190     100 % $ 175,383,524     100 % $ 17.81  
                       
                       

       Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors, total consideration paid by all stockholders and the average price per share paid by all stockholders by $4.3 million, $4.3 million and $0.44, respectively, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

       If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the percentage of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders will decrease to approximately 50% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and the number of shares held by new investors will be increased to 5,307,691, or approximately 50% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

       The tables above exclude, as of September 30, 2014:

50


Table of Contents

       The following table sets forth, as of September 30, 2014, the effect of the issuance of common stock resulting from the exercise of outstanding options and warrants, the conversion of preferred stock issued between October 2014 and January 2015, and the conversion of convertible notes, as described above, for which the exercise or conversion price is less than the assumed initial public offering price.

 
   
   
  Total
Consideration
   
 
 
  Shares Purchased    
 
 
  Average Price
Per Share
 
 
  Number   Percent   Amount   Percent  

Existing stockholders

    13,223,654     74 % $ 186,389,190     76 % $ 14.10  

New investors

    4,615,384     26     59,999,992     24   $ 13.00  
                       

Total

    17,839,038     100 % $ 246,389,182     100 % $ 13.81  
                       
                       

51


Table of Contents


SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

       We derived the selected statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012 and 2013, from our audited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected statements of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, and the balance sheet data as of September 30, 2014, are derived from our unaudited interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited interim financial statements on the same basis as the audited financial statements and have included, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements. You should read this data together with our audited and unaudited financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under the caption "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations." The selected financial data included in this section are not intended to replace the financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future results and our interim results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full year ending December 31, 2014, or any other period.

Statements of Operations Data:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2012   2013   2013   2014  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands, except per share data)
 

Revenues

  $ 8,560   $ 12,964   $ 9,568   $ 8,140  

Cost of revenues

    4,151     8,205     5,860     4,941  
                   

Gross profit

    4,409     4,759     3,708     3,199  
                   

Operating expenses:

                         

Research and development

    15,416     15,973     12,664     8,350  

Selling, general and administrative

    22,848     25,758     20,578     12,900  
                   

Total operating expenses

    38,264     41,731     33,242     21,250  
                   

Loss from operations

    (33,855 )   (36,972 )   (29,534 )   (18,051 )

Interest income (expense), net

    19     (2,923 )   (1,763 )   (4,904 )

Other income (expense), net

    (19 )   5     8     (837 )
                   

Loss before provision for income taxes

    (33,855 )   (39,890 )   (31,289 )   (23,792 )

Provision for income taxes

    9     11     12     37  
                   

Net loss and comprehensive loss

  $ (33,864 ) $ (39,901 ) $ (31,301 ) $ (23,829 )
                   
                   

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

  $ (162.03 ) $ (170.52 ) $ (134.92 ) $ (98.88 )
                   
                   

Weighted average common shares used to compute net loss per share, basic and diluted

    209     234     232     241  
                   
                   

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)

        $ (14.12 )       $ (7.74 )
                       
                       

Weighted average common shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited) (1)

          2,825           3,077  
                       
                       

52


Table of Contents

Balance Sheet Data:

 
  As of December 31,   September 30,
 
 
  2012   2013   2014  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 20,617   $ 12,221   $ 12,213  

Working capital

    22,462     15,874     13,271  

Total assets

    30,324     25,008     23,064  

Borrowings

        20,052     20,323  

Convertible notes and accrued interest

        13,731     12,416  

Convertible preferred stock

    99,659     99,654     119,769  

Accumulated deficit

    (74,668 )   (114,569 )   (138,398 )

Total stockholders' deficit

    (73,644 )   (112,782 )   (135,915 )

(1)
Reflects the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 4,986,823 shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

53


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

        The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with the section entitled "Selected Financial Data," should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and the related notes to those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical financial information, the following discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results and timing of selected events may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including those discussed under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

       We are a commercial-stage medical device company that designs, manufactures and sells image-guided, catheter-based systems that are used by physicians to treat patients with peripheral arterial disease, or PAD. Patients with PAD have a build-up of plaque in the arteries that supply blood to the arms and legs. Our mission is to dramatically improve the treatment of vascular disease through the introduction of products based on our lumivascular platform, the only intravascular image-guided system available in this market. We manufacture and sell a suite of products in the United States and select European markets. Our current products include our Lightbox imaging console, as well as our Wildcat, Kittycat, and the Ocelot family of catheters, which are designed to allow physicians to penetrate a total blockage in an artery, known as a chronic total occlusion, or CTO. We are also developing Pantheris, our image-guided atherectomy device, designed to allow physicians to remove arterial plaque in PAD patients with precision. Pantheris is currently undergoing a U.S. clinical trial intended to support a 510(k) submission in the second half of 2015 to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA. We believe that Pantheris, if cleared by FDA, will significantly enhance our market opportunity within PAD and can expand the overall addressable market for PAD endovascular procedures.

       During the third quarter of 2014, we began enrolling, and we are continuing to enroll, patients in VISION, a clinical trial designed to support a filing with FDA for our Pantheris atherectomy device. VISION is designed to evaluate the safety and efficacy of Pantheris to perform atherectomy using intravascular imaging. We believe the data from VISION will also allow us to demonstrate that avoiding the black line reduces the likelihood of restenosis in these patients. If Pantheris is cleared by FDA, we plan to commercialize it as part of our lumivascular platform in the United States and in select European countries after obtaining any required marketing authorizations.

       We focus our direct sales force, marketing efforts and promotional activities on interventional cardiologists, vascular surgeons and interventional radiologists in the United States and select European countries. We also work on developing strong relationships with physicians and hospitals that we have identified as key opinion leaders. Although our sales and marketing efforts are directed at these physicians because they are the primary users of our technology, we consider the hospitals and medical centers where the procedure is performed to be our customers, as they typically are responsible for purchasing our products. We are designing future products to be compatible with our lumivascular platform, which we expect to enhance the value proposition for hospitals to invest in our technology. We also expect that Pantheris will qualify for existing reimbursement codes currently utilized by other atherectomy products, further facilitating adoption of our products.

       Prior to the introduction of our lumivascular platform our non-imaging catheter products were manufactured by third parties. All of our products are now manufactured in-house using components

54


Table of Contents

and sub-assemblies manufactured both in-house at our facilities in Redwood City, California and by outside vendors. We expect our current manufacturing facility will be sufficient to meet our anticipated growth through at least 2016. We assemble all of our products at our manufacturing facility, but certain critical processes such as coating and sterilization are done by outside vendors.

       As of September 30, 2014, we had approximately $12.4 million in principal and accrued interest underlying outstanding promissory notes, or the notes, that are due and payable upon the earlier of October 29, 2018 or upon certain specified events. In November 2014, $3.8 million of principal and accrued interest outstanding under the notes was converted into shares of Series E preferred stock. These notes are convertible at the option of the holders of such notes into shares of our common stock in connection with this offering at a conversion price of 85% of the initial public offering price. We have also borrowed $20.0 million under our credit facility, or the credit agreement, with PDL Biopharma, or PDL. All outstanding amounts under this credit agreement must be repaid on April 18, 2018. We are required to make certain royalty payments on our net sales until April 18, 2018, regardless of whether we prepay the term loan, and we are required to pay an exit fee at maturity, or earlier prepayment in full, based on a percentage of the original principal amount borrowed.

       We began commercializing our initial non-lumivascular platform products in 2009 and introduced our lumivascular platform products in the United States in late 2012. We generated revenues of $8.6 million in 2012, $13.0 million in 2013 and $8.1 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2014. During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, our net loss was $33.9 million and $39.9 million, respectively, and during the nine months ended September 30, 2014, our net loss was $23.8 million. We have not been profitable since inception and as of September 30, 2014, our accumulated deficit was $138.4 million. Since inception, we have financed our operations primarily through private placements of our preferred securities and, to a lesser extent, debt financing arrangements.

       During the third and fourth quarters of 2013, we effected a reduction in force, lowering our total headcount from 168 employees at June 30, 2013 to 115 employees at December 31, 2013. We implemented this reduction to better align resource utilization with our corporate strategy as we transitioned our focus from non-imaging products to lumivascular platform products, including Pantheris.

Components of Our Results of Operations

Revenues

       All of our revenues are currently derived from sales of our Lightbox console and our various PAD catheters and related services in the United States and select European markets. We expect our revenues to increase as we continue to expand our sales and marketing infrastructure and introduce new lumivascular platform products including, if cleared by FDA, Pantheris. No single customer accounted for more than 10% of our revenues during 2012, 2013, or the first nine months of 2014.

       We expect our revenues to fluctuate from quarter-to-quarter due to a variety of factors. In the first quarter, our results can be harmed by adverse weather and by resetting of annual patient healthcare insurance plan deductibles, both of which may cause patients to delay elective procedures. In the third quarter, the number of elective procedures nationwide is historically lower than other quarters throughout the year, which we believe is primarily attributable to the summer vacations of physicians and their patients.

55


Table of Contents

Cost of Revenues and Gross Profit

       Cost of revenues consists primarily of costs related to manufacturing overhead, materials and direct labor. A significant portion of our cost of revenues currently consists of manufacturing overhead costs. These overhead costs include the cost of quality assurance, material procurement, inventory control, facilities, equipment and operations supervision and management. We expect overhead costs as a percentage of revenues to become less significant as our production volume increases. Cost of revenues also includes depreciation expense for production equipment, depreciation and related maintenance expense for leased equipment held by customers and certain direct costs such as those incurred for shipping our products. We expect cost of revenues to increase in absolute dollars to the extent our revenues grow.

       We calculate gross margin as gross profit divided by revenues. Our gross margin has been and will continue to be affected by a variety of factors, primarily production volumes, manufacturing costs, product yields, head count and cost-reduction strategies. We expect our gross margin to increase over the long term as our production volume increases and as we spread the fixed portion of our manufacturing overhead costs over a larger number of units produced, thereby reducing our per unit manufacturing costs. We intend to use our design, engineering and manufacturing capabilities to further advance and improve the efficiency of our manufacturing processes, which we believe will reduce costs and increase our gross margin. In the future, we may seek to manufacture certain of our products outside the United States to further reduce costs. Our gross margin will likely fluctuate from quarter-to-quarter as we continue to introduce new products and adopt new manufacturing processes and technologies.

Research and Development Expenses

       Research and development, or R&D, expenses consist primarily of engineering, product development, clinical and regulatory affairs, consulting services, materials, depreciation and other costs associated with products and technologies in development. These expenses include employee compensation, including stock-based compensation, supplies, materials, quality assurance expenses allocated to R&D programs, consulting, related travel expenses and facilities expenses. Clinical expenses include clinical trial design, clinical site reimbursement, data management, travel expenses and the cost of manufacturing products for clinical trials. In the future, we expect R&D expenses to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to develop new products and enhance existing products and technologies. However, we expect R&D expenses as a percentage of revenues to vary over time depending on the level and timing of our new product development efforts, as well as our clinical development, clinical trial and other related activities.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

       We have a direct sales organization that is divided into two distinct roles - sales of capital equipment, such as our Lightbox, and sales of disposable products, such as our catheters. Our current sales efforts focus on establishing new lumivascular platform sites by marketing our products to physicians and hospital administrators. Additionally, we seek to increase the use of our lumivascular platform products by our current customers through case coverage, clinical training and other programs.

       Selling, general and administrative, or SG&A, expenses consist primarily of compensation for personnel, including stock-based compensation, related to selling and marketing functions, physician education programs, business development, finance, information technology and human resource functions. Other SG&A expenses include commissions, training, travel expenses, educational and promotional activities, marketing initiatives, market research and analysis, conferences and trade

56


Table of Contents

shows, professional services fees, including legal, audit and tax fees, insurance costs, a 2.3% tax on U.S. sales of medical devices, general corporate expenses and allocated facilities-related expenses. We expect to grow our sales force in preparation for the commercial launch of Pantheris in order to increase the base of customers using our lumivascular platform products. We believe that expanding our U.S. sales infrastructure and establishing distributor relationships in select regions outside the United States will drive further adoption of our lumivascular platform. We expect SG&A expenses to continue to increase in absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenues through at least 2015 as we expand our infrastructure to both drive and support anticipated growth in revenues and due to additional legal, accounting, insurance and other expenses associated with being a public company.

Interest Income (Expense), net

       Interest income (expense), net consists primarily of interest incurred on our outstanding indebtedness, our royalty obligation to PDL and non-cash interest related to the amortization of debt discount and issuance costs associated with our various debt agreements. Due to the conversion of $7.8 million and $3.8 million in principal amount of the notes and related accrued interest into shares of our Series E preferred stock in September and November 2014, respectively, we expect that our interest expense will decrease.

Other Income (Expense), net

       Other income (expense), net primarily consists of gains and losses resulting from the remeasurement of the fair value of our common stock warrant liability and the compound embedded derivative instrument associated with the notes. We continued to record adjustments to the estimated fair value of the common stock warrants until the Series E preferred stock issuance in September 2014, upon which the common stock warrant exercise price was fixed at $12.60 per share. At this time we re-evaluated the terms of the common stock warrants and determined that the common stock warrants issued with the convertible notes met the requirements for equity classification and the fair value of the warrant liability was reclassified to additional paid-in capital. We will continue to record adjustments to the estimated fair value of the compound embedded derivative instrument associated with the notes until the notes are converted into shares of our capital stock or are repaid. Additionally, for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, other income (expense), net includes the loss on the extinguishment of our notes.

57


Table of Contents

Results of Operations:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2012   2013   2013   2014  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands, except percentages)
 

Revenues

  $ 8,560   $ 12,964   $ 9,568   $ 8,140  

Cost of revenues

    4,151     8,205     5,860     4,941  
                   

Gross profit

    4,409     4,759     3,708     3,199  

Gross margin

    52 %   37 %   39 %   39 %

Operating expenses:

                         

Research and development

    15,416     15,973     12,664     8,350  

Selling, general and administrative

    22,848     25,758     20,578     12,900  
                   

Total operating expenses

    38,264     41,731     33,242     21,250  
                   

Loss from operations

    (33,855 )   (36,972 )   (29,534 )   (18,051 )

Interest income (expense), net

    19     (2,923 )   (1,763 )   (4,904 )

Other income (expense), net

    (19 )   5     8     (837 )
                   

Loss before provision for income taxes

    (33,855 )   (39,890 )   (31,289 )   (23,792 )

Provision for income taxes

    9     11     12     37  
                   

Net loss and comprehensive loss

  $ (33,864 ) $ (39,901 ) $ (31,301 ) $ (23,829 )
                   
                   

Comparison of Nine Months Ended September 30, 2013 and 2014

       Revenues.     Revenues decreased $1.5 million, or 15%, to $8.1 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2014, compared to $9.6 million during the nine ended September 30, 2013. This decrease was attributable to a $1.8 million, or 50%, decrease in revenues from sales of our Wildcat and Kittycat non-imaging catheters from $3.5 million to $1.7 million. This decrease was partially offset by sales of our lumivascular platform products, which increased by $0.3 million, or 6%, to $6.4 million. Our average selling prices per unit were substantially consistent for both periods. The increase in sales of our lumivascular platform products was driven by the continued adoption by hospitals of our lumivascular platform and the associated use of our Ocelot family of catheters.

       Cost of Revenues and Gross Margin.     Cost of revenues decreased $1.0 million, or 16%, to $4.9 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2014, compared to $5.9 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2013. This decrease was attributable to the decrease in revenues from sales of our Wildcat and Kittycat non-imaging catheters, as well as a decrease in personnel-related expenses associated with our headcount reduction during the third and fourth quarters of 2013.

       Research and Development Expenses.     R&D expenses decreased $4.3 million, or 34%, to $8.4 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2014, compared to $12.7 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2013. This decrease was primarily due to a $1.8 million decrease in personnel-related expenses associated with our headcount reduction during the third and fourth quarters of 2013, a reduction of $1.2 million in outside services and a decrease of $1.0 million in product development materials and related costs, as we narrowed our research and development efforts to focus on our lumivascular platform products, particularly Pantheris.

       Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.     SG&A expenses decreased $7.7 million, or 37%, to $12.9 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2014, compared to $20.6 million during

58


Table of Contents

the nine months ended September 30, 2013. This decrease was primarily due to a $5.9 million decrease in personnel-related expenses associated with our headcount reduction during the third and fourth quarters of 2013, a reduction of $1.5 million in consulting, legal and professional fees and a reduction of $0.3 million in tradeshow and travel-related expenses associated with our reduction in headcount and cost reduction actions taken in the second half of 2013.

       Interest Income (Expense), Net.     Interest income (expense), net increased $3.1 million, or 178%, to an expense of $4.9 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2014, compared to an expense of $1.8 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2013. This increased expense was attributable to interest expense incurred on our credit agreement with PDL, entered into during the second quarter of 2013, and the notes issued during the fourth quarter of 2013, and non-cash interest related to the amortization of debt discount and issuance costs associated with the notes and the credit agreement.

       Other Income (Expense), Net.     Other income (expense), net decreased to an expense of $0.8 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2014, compared to income of $8,000 during the nine months ended September 30, 2013. The decrease in other income (expense) was primarily attributable to the $0.9 million loss on the extinguishment of our notes that were converted into Series E preferred stock in September 2014, partially offset by the remeasurement of the fair value of our common stock warrant liability through the issuance of the Series E preferred stock in September 2014, and the derivative instruments associated with our notes which are accounted for as a compound embedded derivative instrument and marked-to-market at each reporting date.

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2013

       Revenues.     Revenues increased $4.4 million, or 51%, to $13.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $8.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2012. $8.3 million of this increase was attributable to the U.S. launch of our lumivascular platform in December 2012, partially offset by a decrease in sales of our non-imaging catheters of $3.9 million. Our average selling prices per unit were substantially consistent for both periods.

       Cost of Revenues and Gross Margin.     Cost of revenues increased $4.0 million, or 98%, to $8.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $4.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase was primarily attributable to the growth in sales of our lumivascular platform products, which commenced in the United States in December 2012.

       Gross margin for the year ended December 31, 2013, decreased to 37%, compared to 52% for the year ended December 31, 2012. This decrease was primarily due to the costs associated with the introduction of a new manufacturing process related to the launch of our lumivascular platform and the transition of the manufacturing process of our non-imaging catheters in-house, as well as continued investments in our manufacturing infrastructure, primarily in personnel, which resulted in an increased allocation of facilities expense to cost of revenues.

       Research and Development Expenses.     R&D expenses increased $0.6 million, or 4%, to $16.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $15.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase was primarily due to an increase in personnel-related expenses.

       Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.     SG&A expenses increased $3.0 million, or 13%, to $25.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $22.8 million during the year

59


Table of Contents

ended December 31, 2012. This increase was primarily due to an increase of $3.4 million in employee-related expenses from an increase in headcount. SG&A expenses also increased $0.3 million due to the medical device tax, which became effective on January 1, 2013. These increases were partially offset by a decreased allocation of facilities expense to SG&A due to our decision to manufacture our lumivascular platform products in-house.

       Interest Income (Expense), Net.     Interest income (expense), net increased to an expense of $2.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to income of $19,000 during the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase in interest expense was attributable to interest expense incurred on our outstanding indebtedness, including the credit agreement, entered into during the second quarter of 2013, and the notes issued during the fourth quarter of 2013, and non-cash interest related to the amortization of debt discount and issuance costs associated with the notes and the credit agreement.

       Other Income (Expense), Net.     Other income (expense), net increased $24,000 to an income of $5,000 during the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to an expense of $19,000 during the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase in other income was attributable to the remeasurement of the fair value of our common stock warrant liability and the derivative instruments associated with the notes, which are accounted for as a compound embedded derivative instrument, and marked-to-market at each reporting date.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

       As of September 30, 2014, we had cash and cash equivalents of $12.2 million and an accumulated deficit of $138.4 million, compared to cash and cash equivalents of $12.2 million and an accumulated deficit of $114.6 million as of December 31, 2013. We currently believe that the net proceeds from this offering together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, total cash proceeds of $14.4 million from our Series E preferred stock financing in December 2014 and January 2015, and expected revenues, will be sufficient to meet our capital requirements and fund our operations for at least 18 months following this offering. If these sources are insufficient to satisfy our liquidity requirements, we may seek to sell additional equity or debt securities or obtain an additional credit facility. Our primary sources of capital have been private placements of preferred stock and debt financing agreements. In April 2013, we entered into a credit agreement with PDL, under which we could borrow up to $40.0 million, of which $20.0 million was immediately available and drawn by us. The remaining $20.0 million would have been available based upon the achievement of certain net revenue milestones prior to June 30, 2014. We did not achieve the net revenue milestones and, accordingly, cannot borrow additional funds under the credit agreement. As of September 30, 2014, we had $20.3 million outstanding under the credit agreement. See section titled —"Contractual Obligations—PDL Credit and Security Agreements."

       If we raise additional funds by issuing equity securities, our stockholders would experience dilution. Debt financing, if available, may involve covenants restricting our operations or our ability to incur additional debt. Any debt financing or additional equity that we raise may contain terms that are not favorable to us or our stockholders and require significant debt service payments, which diverts resources from other activities. Additional financing may not be available at all, or in amounts or on terms acceptable to us. If we are unable to obtain additional financing, we may be required to delay the development, commercialization and marketing of our products and scale back our business and operations.

60


Table of Contents

Cash Flows

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2012   2013   2013   2014  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Net cash (used in) provided by:

                         

Operating activities

  $ (35,234 ) $ (40,655 ) $ (33,439 ) $ (15,748 )

Investing activities

    (288 )   (496 )   (811 )   (37 )

Financing activities

    37,303     32,755     19,327     15,777  
                   

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

  $ 1,781   $ (8,396 ) $ (14,923 ) $ (8 )
                   
                   

Net Cash Used in Operating Activities

       During the nine months ended September 30, 2014, net cash used in operating activities was $15.7 million, consisting primarily of a net loss of $23.8 million, partially offset by a decrease in net operating assets of $2.5 million and by non-cash charges of $5.6 million. The decrease in net operating assets was primarily due to decreases in inventory, and an increase in accrued expenses and other current liabilities related to interest payable to PDL and transaction fees related to our Series E financing. The non-cash charges primarily consisted of depreciation, stock-based compensation, non-cash interest expense related to our credit agreement with PDL, and losses on the extinguishment of our notes.

       During the nine months ended September 30, 2013, net cash used in operating activities was $33.4 million, consisting primarily of a net loss of $31.3 million and an increase in net operating assets of $4.6 million, partially offset by non-cash charges of $2.5 million. The increase in net operating assets was primarily due to increases in accounts receivable and inventory as we expanded our sales and marketing organizations and manufacturing supply chain to support the ongoing commercialization of our lumivascular platform. The non-cash charges primarily consisted of depreciation, stock-based compensation and non-cash interest expense related to our credit agreement with PDL.

       Net cash used in operating activities for 2013 was $40.7 million, consisting primarily of a net loss of $39.9 million and an increase in net operating assets of $4.3 million, partially offset by non-cash charges of $3.6 million. The increase in net operating assets was primarily due to the expansion of our sales and marketing organizations to support the ongoing commercialization of our lumivascular platform resulting in increases in accounts receivable and inventory as well as a decrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities due to timing of payments. Non-cash charges consisted primarily of depreciation, stock-based compensation, and non-cash interest expense related to our credit agreement with PDL.

       Net cash used in operating activities for 2012 was $35.2 million, consisting primarily of a net loss of $33.9 million and an increase in net operating assets of $2.6 million, partially offset by non-cash charges of $1.3 million. The increase in net operating assets was primarily due to increases in inventory as we launched our lumivascular platform in late 2012, partially offset by an increase in accounts payables, accrued compensation and accrued expenses and other current liabilities related to expansion of our sales, and marketing and manufacturing supply chain to support the launch of our lumivascular platform. Non-cash charges consisted primarily of depreciation and stock-based compensation.

61


Table of Contents

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

       During the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, net cash used in investing activities was $0.8 million and $37,000, respectively, consisting of purchases of property and equipment.

       Net cash used in investing activities in 2012 and 2013 was $0.3 million and $0.5 million, respectively, consisting of purchases of property and equipment.

Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities

       During the nine months ended September 30, 2014, net cash provided by financing activities was $15.8 million, consisting of net proceeds of $4.7 million from the issuance of convertible notes and net proceeds of $11.1 million from the issuance of our Series E preferred stock. During the nine months ended September 30, 2013, net cash provided by financing activities was $19.3 million, consisting of net proceeds of $19.3 million from borrowings under our credit agreement with PDL.

       Net cash provided by financing activities in 2013 was $32.8 million, consisting primarily of net proceeds of $19.3 million under our credit agreement with PDL and net proceeds of $13.4 million from the issuance of convertible notes. Net cash provided by financing activities in 2012 was $37.3 million, consisting primarily of net proceeds of $37.1 million from the issuance of our Series D preferred stock.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

       We currently have no off-balance sheet arrangements, such as structured finance, special purpose entities, or variable interest entities.

Contractual Obligations

       Our principal obligations consist of the operating lease for our facilities, capital leases related to office equipment, the credit agreement with PDL, the notes and non-cancellable purchase commitments. The following table sets out, as of December 31, 2013, our contractual obligations due by period (in thousands):

 
  Payments Due by Period  
 
  Less Than
1 Year
  1 - 3 Years   3 - 5 Years   More Than
5 Years
  Total  

Operating lease obligations

  $ 1,092   $ 2,185   $   $   $ 3,277  

Capital lease obligations

    18     13             31  

Credit agreement with PDL

    2,129     23,658     2,122         27,909  

Convertible promissory notes

            33,468         33,468  

Noncancellable purchase commitments

    1,316                 1,316  
                       

  $ 4,555   $ 25,856   $ 35,590   $   $ 66,001  
                       
                       

       In addition to the interest and principal payments due under our credit agreement with PDL, we are obligated to pay PDL a royalty at the rate of 1.8% of our quarterly revenues through the maturity date of April 18, 2018. To the extent that we prepay the borrowings under our credit agreement, our royalty obligations will continue and will be payable through the maturity date at a reduced rate of the greater of 0.9% of our quarterly revenues or specified minimum payments. Because we are unable to estimate the actual royalty amounts payable under the PDL credit agreement, the table above excludes the minimum annual royalty payments and percentage-based royalties due thereunder.

62


Table of Contents

       In December 2014, we and our former financial advisor agreed to amend their engagement letter and terminate certain obligations thereunder, effective immediately. Pursuant to the terms of the amended engagement letter, we agreed to pay the former financial advisor a transaction fee of $650,000, which will be paid in four equal quarterly installments starting on December 31, 2014 and ending on September 30, 2015, and $35,000 for reimbursement of their out-of-pocket expenses, which were due upon execution of the amendment. We had accrued approximately $685,000 in our financial statements as of September 30, 2014 for this matter.

       We issued additional convertible notes in May and July of 2014 in an aggregate principal amount of $4.7 million. In September 2014, in connection with our Series E preferred stock financing, $7.8 million of principal and accrued interest outstanding under the notes was converted into shares of our Series E preferred stock. As of September 30, 2014, we had $12.4 million in principal and accrued interest outstanding under the notes. In November 2014, $3.8 million of principal and accrued interest outstanding under the notes was converted into shares of Series E preferred stock and as of December 31, 2014, we had $8.7 million in principal and accrued interest outstanding under the notes. Upon maturity in October 2018 and based on the amount outstanding as of December 31, 2014, an amount up to $17.5 million in principal and accrued interest may be due and payable under the notes, to the extent then still outstanding.

       Our contractual obligations as of September 30, 2014 have not otherwise significantly changed from December 31, 2013.

Convertible Promissory Notes

       On October 29, 2013, we entered into a Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement, or the Convertible Note Agreement, with certain existing preferred stockholders, third-parties and employees for the issuance of convertible notes up to an aggregate principal amount of $25.0 million. Under the terms of the Convertible Note Agreement, we issued convertible notes, or the notes, in October and November 2013 for total proceeds of $13.5 million, in May 2014 for $4.2 million in total proceeds and in July 2014 for $0.5 million in total proceeds. The notes bear interest equal to 30-day LIBOR, plus 6% per annum subject to a minimum internal rate of return of 20% per annum. The principal and accrued interest thereon will mature on the earlier of: (i) October 29, 2018, (ii) an event of default or (iii) a change of control event.

       The principal and the accrued interest on the notes is convertible, at the option of the holder, upon a future issuance of our preferred stock or common stock into that same stock at a conversion price equal to 85% of the price paid by other investors in the financing event. If the holder does not elect to convert the notes upon the closing of such a financing and such financing raises net proceeds of at least $20.0 million, we may repay the notes at 125% of the outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest. Upon a change of control, at the election of the holder, we are obligated to make a payment to such holder equal to the greater of (i) 125% of the outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest, (ii) an amount equal to the return the holders of Series D preferred stock would be entitled to receive in such change of control, or (iii) the amount providing the investor with an annual 20% minimum internal rate of return, provided that in the event that the change of control includes any contingent payments based on future performance, the amount due and payable under clause (ii) will be recalculated at the time each installment or contingent payment is made. In September 2014, in connection with the issuance of the Series E preferred stock, $7.8 million of principal and accrued interest outstanding under the notes was converted into shares of Series E preferred stock. Upon the conversion of the notes, we recorded a loss from the extinguishment of the debt in the amount of $0.9 million, which is reflected in other income (expense), net in the statement

63


Table of Contents

of operations and comprehensive loss. As of September 30, 2014, $12.4 million in principal and accrued interest remained outstanding under the notes. In November 2014, an additional $3.8 million of principal and accrued interest outstanding under the notes was converted into shares of Series E preferred stock.

       Upon completion of this offering, the outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest under the notes may, at the option of each holder thereof, convert into shares of our common stock at a conversion price equal to 85% of the initial public offering price. To date none of the note holders have indicated an intent to convert their notes in connection with the offering. Assuming an initial public offering price of $13.00, the principal amount and accrued interest under the notes as of September 30, 2014 would convert into 1,123,649 shares of our common stock. If holders of the notes elect not to convert the principal and accrued and unpaid interest under such notes into shares of our common stock in connection with this offering, we may, at our sole election, prepay such outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest under the notes by paying each holder an amount equal to 125% of the principal and accrued and unpaid interest under the notes at any time prior to their maturity date.

Lease Agreement

       We lease our headquarters in Redwood City, California pursuant to a lease agreement with HCP LS Redwood City dated July 30, 2010, or the 2010 Lease, as amended by the First Amendment to Lease dated September 30, 2011 and together with the 2010 Lease, the Amended Lease. The Amended Lease has a rental commencement date of December 1, 2011 and a term of five years and expires in November 2016. We have two options to extend the lease term for a period of three years each. Each option must be exercised no more than 12 months and no less than nine months prior to the expiration of the applicable term. The Amended Lease is for an aggregate of approximately 44,200 rentable square feet.

PDL Credit and Security Agreements

       On April 18, 2013, we, as borrower, entered into a credit agreement with PDL, as lender and agent. The credit agreement provided for an aggregate term loan facility of up to $40.0 million, available in two tranches of up to $20.0 million each. We borrowed $20.0 million as a term loan under tranche one of the credit agreement on April 18, 2013. We also paid closing fees to PDL of approximately $200,000, which were deducted from the tranche one funds we received, plus legal and brokerage fees. Tranche two of the credit agreement, the availability of which was conditioned on our satisfaction of certain milestones, never became available to us as we did not reach those milestones. The proceeds from tranche one were used for working capital, capital expenditures and general corporate purposes.

       The tranche one term loan bears interest at a rate equal to 12.0% per annum. Interest on the tranche one term loan is due and payable quarterly in arrears, provided that we may elect to add up to 1.5% percent of interest per annum to increase the outstanding principal balance of such loan for the first eight interest payment dates after the closing date with respect to the tranche one loan. Pursuant to this provision, we converted $452,000 of the interest on the tranche one loan amount into principal and, as of September 30, 2014, there was $20.3 million outstanding under the credit agreement. Principal is payable in equal quarterly installments beginning December 2015 or, if certain milestone conditions are met, June 2016. All outstanding amounts under the tranche one term loan must be repaid on April 18, 2018.

64


Table of Contents

       At maturity of the tranche one term loan, we are obligated to pay an exit fee equal to 1.0% of the original principal amount borrowed. Additionally, until April 18, 2018, even if the term loan is prepaid, we are obligated to pay to PDL a certain percentage of our net revenue each quarter. Until the end of the quarter in which prepayment occurs, we are required to pay to PDL a quarterly amount equal to 1.8% of our net revenues for such quarter. If we prepay the loan, we are still required to pay to PDL a quarterly amount equal to the greater of 0.9% of our net revenues for each calendar month during such quarter and certain minimum amounts, starting at $65,000 per quarter in 2013 and increasing annually to $310,000 per quarter in 2018. On April 18, 2013, we entered into a security agreement with PDL, as agent, pursuant to which we secured our obligations under the tranche one term loan by granting to PDL a security interest on substantially all of our assets.

       The credit agreement and the security agreement contain customary affirmative covenants and customary negative covenants limiting our ability to, among other things, dispose of assets, undergo a change in control, merge or consolidate with affiliates, make acquisitions, incur debt, incur liens, pay dividends, enter into restrictive agreements, repurchase stock and make investments, in each case subject to certain exceptions. Additionally, even if the term loan is prepaid, until there are no further obligations to periodically pay to lender a percentage of our net revenue, we must comply with certain affirmative covenants and negative covenants limiting our ability to, among other things, undergo a change in control or dispose of assets, in each case subject to certain exceptions. The credit agreement and the security agreement also contain customary events of default including, among others, payment defaults, breaches of covenants, bankruptcy and insolvency events, cross defaults with certain material indebtedness, judgment defaults, and breaches of representations and warranties. Upon an event of default, PDL may declare all or a portion of our outstanding obligations payable to be immediately due and payable and exercise other rights and remedies provided for under the credit agreement, the security agreement and any guaranty. Additionally, upon an event of default, the interest rate would likely be increased to a default rate of 14.0% per annum. We were in compliance with the covenants under the credit agreement and the notes as of September 30, 2014.

Indemnification

       In the normal course of business, we enter into contracts and agreements that contain a variety of representations and warranties and provide for indemnification of the counterparty. Our exposure under these agreements is unknown because it involves claims that may be made against us in the future, but have not yet been made. To date, we have not been subject to any claims or been required to defend any action related to our indemnification obligations. However, we may incur significant expense in the future as a result of these indemnification obligations.

       In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, we have indemnification obligations to our officers and directors, subject to some limits, with respect to their service in such capacities. We have also entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and certain of our officers. To date, we have not been subject to any claims, and we have director and officer insurance that may enable us to recover a portion of any amounts paid for future potential claims. However, we may incur significant expense in the future as a result of these indemnification obligations.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk

       The risk associated with fluctuating interest rates is primarily limited to our cash equivalents, which are carried at quoted market prices. Due to the short-term maturities and low risk profile of

65


Table of Contents

our cash equivalents, an immediate 100 basis point change in interest rates would not have a material effect on the fair value of our cash equivalents. We do not currently use or plan to use financial derivatives in our investment portfolio.

       We are also exposed to market risk related to fluctuations in interest rates indexed to LIBOR, which determines the variable interest payments we make on the notes, as they bear interest equal to 30-day LIBOR, plus 6% per annum. However, we do not believe we are subject to any material market risk exposure as the notes are subject to, and interest is accrued at, a minimum internal rate of return of 20%.

Credit Risk

       As of December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014, our cash and cash equivalents were maintained with one financial institution in the United States, and our current deposits are likely in excess of insured limits. We have reviewed the financial statements of this institution and believe it has sufficient assets and liquidity to conduct its operations in the ordinary course of business with little or no credit risk to us.

       Our accounts receivable primarily relate to revenues from the sale of our lumivascular platform products to hospitals and medical centers in the United States. Three and two customers represented more than 10% of our accounts receivable as of December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014, respectively.

Foreign Currency Risk

       Our business is primarily conducted in U.S. dollars. Any transactions that may be conducted in foreign currencies are not expected to have a material effect on our results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

Related Parties

       For a description of our related party transactions, see "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions."

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

       Management's discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions for the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and related disclosures. Our estimates are based on our historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions and any such differences may be material.

       While our significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note 2 of our financial statements included in this prospectus, we believe the following discussion addresses our most critical accounting policies, which are those that are most important to our financial condition and results of operations and require our most difficult, subjective and complex judgments.

66


Table of Contents

Revenue Recognition

       All of our revenues are currently derived from sales of our lumivascular platform products, various non-imaging PAD catheters and related services in the United States and select European markets. We recognize revenues when the following revenue recognition criteria are met:

    Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists. We consider this criterion satisfied when we have an agreement or contract in place with the customer.

    Delivery has occurred or services have been rendered. We principally determine this criterion to be satisfied as follows:

    Lightbox console:    upon our receipt of a form executed by the customer acknowledging that the training and installation process is complete.

    PAD catheters:    when the product has been shipped and risk of loss and title has passed to the customer.

    Service:    recognized ratably over the term of the service period. To date service revenues have been insignificant.

    The fee is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. We determine the satisfaction of these criteria based on our judgment regarding the nature of the fee charged for products, contractual agreements entered into, and the collectability of those fees under any contract or agreement.

       We offer our customers the ability to purchase or lease our Lightbox. When a customer leases the Lightbox, we recover the cost of providing the system by charging that customer a premium on sales of the Ocelot family of catheters. When a Lightbox is leased, we retain title to the equipment and it remains capitalized on our balance sheet under property and equipment. The costs to maintain these leased Lightboxes held by customers are charged to cost of revenues as incurred.

       We evaluate our lease agreements and account for these contracts under the guidance pertaining to accounting for leases and for revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables. The guidance requires arrangement consideration to be allocated between a lease deliverable and a non-lease deliverable based upon the relative selling prices of the deliverables, using a specific hierarchy. The hierarchy is as follows: vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value of the respective elements, third-party evidence of selling price, or best estimate of selling price, or BESP. We allocate arrangement consideration using BESP.

       We assessed whether the embedded lease is an operating lease or sales-type lease and determined that collectability of the minimum lease payments is not reasonably predictable given that any payments under the lease agreements are dependent upon contingent future Ocelot catheter sales. We concluded, therefore, that the embedded lease did not meet the criteria of a sales-type lease and we account for it as an operating lease. We recognize revenue allocated to the lease as the Ocelot catheters are delivered.

       We must make significant assumptions regarding the future collectability of accounts receivable from customers to determine whether revenue recognition criteria have been met. If collectability is not assured at the time of shipment, we defer revenues until such criterion has been met. We estimate reductions in revenue for potential returns of products by customers. In making such estimates, we analyze historical returns, current economic trends and changes in customer demand and acceptance of our products.

67


Table of Contents

Common Stock Valuation

       Our intent has been to grant all options with an exercise price not less than the fair value of our common stock underlying those options on the date of grant. We have determined the estimated fair value of our common stock at each valuation date in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation . Our board of directors, with the assistance of independent third party valuation firms and management, developed these valuations using significant judgment and taking into account numerous factors, including valuation reports; developments at our company; the rights, preferences and privileges of our preferred stock relative to those of our common stock; market conditions; the lack of marketability of our common stock; and contemporaneous debt and equity financing events.

       For all option grant dates through September 30, 2014, our board of directors determined the enterprise value based on the application of the market approach and the income approach. Under the market approach we estimate the value based upon analysis of similar companies. We then apply these derived multiples or values to our financial metrics to estimate our market value. The income approach, or discounted cash flow method, estimates value based on the expectation of future net cash flows, which are then discounted back to the present using a rate of return derived from companies of similar type and risk profile. The allocation of these enterprise values to each part of our capital structure, including our common stock, was done based on the option pricing method, or OPM. OPM treats the rights of the holders of preferred and common stock as equivalent to call options on any value of the enterprise above certain break points of value based upon the liquidation preferences of the holders of the preferred stock, as well as their rights to participation and conversion. Thus, the estimated value of the common stock can be determined by estimating the value of its portion of each of these call option rights. OPM derives the implied equity value of a company from a recent transaction involving the company's own securities issued on an arms-length basis. Following the closing of this offering, the fair value of our common stock will be determined based on the closing price of our common stock on The NASDAQ Stock Market.

       In December 2014, our board of directors approved the grant of options to purchase 1,874,160 and 838,250 shares of common stock under the 2009 Stock Plan at an exercise price of $4.50 and $4.95 per share, respectively. Pursuant to the terms of the 2009 Plan, the exercise price of incentive stock options, or ISOs, granted to a stockholder, who, at the time of grant, owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our stock, will be not less than 110% of the fair market value per share of common stock on the date of grant. Accordingly, options to purchase common stock issued to John B. Simpson were priced at $4.95 per share. Consistent with all prior option grants, our board of directors determined the enterprise value based on the application of the market approach and the income approach. The allocation of these enterprise values to each part of our capital structure, including our common stock, was based on the option pricing method.

       We are in the process of obtaining an external valuation report related to our stock option grants made on December 31, 2014 in connection with preparing our year-end financial statements. If there is a difference between the grant date exercise price of the options and their fair market value on the grant date, additional stock-based compensation will be recorded and amortized to expense ratably on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, which is generally four years. For example, based on an assumed fair value of $13.00 per share as of December 31, 2014, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range in this offering, we would record stock-based compensation charges of $26.7 million ratably over the vesting period of four years.

68


Table of Contents

       The intrinsic value of all outstanding vested and unvested options as of September 30, 2014, was $0.3 million based on the assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, and based on 316,733 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of September 30, 2014, with a weighted-average exercise price of $16.15 per share.

Stock-Based Compensation

       We maintain an equity incentive plan to provide long-term incentive for employees, consultants and members of our board of directors. We currently have no outstanding stock options granted to consultants. The plan allows for the issuance of non-statutory and incentive stock options to employees and non-statutory stock options to consultants and non-employee directors.

       We are required to determine the fair value of equity incentive awards and recognize compensation expense for all equity incentive awards, including employee stock options. We recognize this expense over the requisite service period. In addition, we recognize stock-based compensation expense in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss based on awards expected to vest and, therefore, the amount of expense has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. We use the straight-line method for expense attribution.

       The valuation model we used for calculating the fair value of awards for stock-based compensation expense is the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, or the Black-Scholes model. The Black-Scholes model requires us to make assumptions and judgments about the variables used in the calculation, including the weighted average period of time that the options granted are expected to be outstanding, the volatility of common stock, an assumed risk-free interest rate and an estimated forfeiture rate.

       The following table summarizes the assumptions we used to determine the fair value of stock options:

 
  Year Ended
December 31, 2013
  Nine Months
Ended
September 30, 2014
 
 
   
  (unaudited)
 

Expected term (years)

    6.9     7.0  

Expected volatility

    52.1 %   50.0 %

Risk-free interest rate

    1.4 %   2.1 %

Dividend rate

         

       Fair Value of Common Stock.     As discussed above, the fair value of the shares of our common stock underlying the stock options has historically been determined by our board of directors after considering independent third party valuation reports. Because there has been no public market for our common stock, our board of directors has determined the fair value of our common stock at the time of grant of the option by considering a number of objective and subjective factors, including valuations of comparable companies, sales of our preferred stock, our operating and financial performance and the general and industry-specific economic outlook.

       Expected Term.     We do not believe we are able to rely on our historical exercise and post-vesting termination activity to provide accurate data for estimating the expected term for use in determining the fair value-based measurement of our options. Therefore, we have opted to use the "simplified method" for estimating the expected term of options, which is the average of the weighted average vesting period and contractual term of the option.

69


Table of Contents

       Expected Volatility.     Since there has been no public market for our common stock and lack of company specific historical volatility, we have determined the share price volatility for options granted based on an analysis of the volatility of a peer group of publicly traded companies. In evaluating similarity, we consider factors such as stage of development, risk profile, enterprise value and position within the industry.

       Risk-free Interest Rate.     The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield in effect at the time of the grant for zero-coupon U.S. Treasury notes with remaining terms similar to the expected term of the options.

       Dividend Rate.     We assumed the expected dividend to be zero as we have never paid dividends and have no current plans to do so.

       Expected Forfeiture Rate.     We are required to estimate forfeitures at the time of grant, and revise those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. We use historical data to estimate pre-vesting option forfeitures and record share-based compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest. To the extent actual forfeitures differ from the estimates, we record the difference as a cumulative adjustment in the period that the estimates are revised.

       Service period.     We amortize all stock-based compensation over the requisite service period of the awards, which is generally the same as the vesting period of the awards. We amortize the stock-based compensation cost on a straight-line basis over the expected service periods.

       If factors change and we employ different assumptions, stock-based compensation expense may differ significantly from what we have recorded in the past. If there are any modifications or cancellations of the underlying unvested securities, we may be required to accelerate, increase or cancel any remaining unearned stock-based compensation expense. To the extent that our assumptions are incorrect, the amount of stock-based compensation recorded will change.

Common Stock Warrant Liability

       For a warrant classified as a derivative liability, we record the fair value of that warrant on the balance sheet at the inception of such classification and adjust to fair value at each financial reporting date. We record the changes in the fair value of the warrants in the statement of operations and comprehensive loss as a component of other income (expense), net. We continued to adjust the carrying value of the common stock warrant liability for changes in the fair value of the warrants until the Series E preferred stock issuance in September 2014, upon which the common stock warrant exercise price was fixed at $12.60 per share. At this time we re-evaluated the terms of the common stock warrants and determined that the common stock warrants issued with the convertible notes now met the requirements for equity classification at which time we reclassified the fair value of the warrant liability to stockholders' deficit. Our assumptions with regard to the warrant valuation were based on estimates of the valuation of the underlying common stock, the volatility of the common stock and interest rates and such estimates could vary significantly.

Compound Embedded Derivative

       We have derivative instruments related to redemption features embedded within the outstanding convertible notes. The compound embedded derivatives were accounted for as a liability at the inception of the obligation and are remeasured to fair value as of each balance sheet date, with the related remeasurement adjustment recognized as other income (expense), net in the statement of

70


Table of Contents

operations and comprehensive loss. The fair value of the compound embedded derivative is determined based on an income approach that identified the cash flows using a "with-and-without" valuation methodology. The inputs used to determine estimated fair value of the derivative instruments include the probabilities of the underlying events triggering the embedded derivative and their timing. We will record adjustments to the estimated fair value of the compound embedded derivative associated with convertible notes until the notes are converted into shares of our capital stock or are repaid.

JOBS Act Accounting Election

       As an emerging growth company under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, are subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

       A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, that company's principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and influenced by that company's board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with policies or procedures may deteriorate.

       In connection with our preparation for this offering, we concluded that there was a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The material weakness identified was that we did not maintain a sufficient complement of resources with an appropriate level of accounting knowledge, experience and training commensurate with our structure and financial reporting requirements.

       During the third quarter of 2014 and in preparation for this offering, we initiated various remediation efforts, including initiation of hiring processes for additional personnel with the appropriate public company and technical accounting expertise, and other actions that are more fully described below. As such remediation efforts are still ongoing, we have concluded that the material weakness has not been remediated. Our remediation efforts to date have included the following:

       We have added and are continuing to add appropriate full-time resources to our finance team and we have hired additional external consultants with public company and technical accounting experience to facilitate accurate and timely accounting closes, and to accurately prepare and review financial statements and related footnote disclosures. As a result of the additional resources added to the finance function, we are allowing for separate preparation and review of the reconciliations and other account analyses. In addition, these additional finance resources are allowing us to develop a

71


Table of Contents

more structured close process, including enhancing our existing policies and procedures, to improve the completeness, timeliness and accuracy of our financial reporting and disclosures including, but not limited to, those regarding proper financial statement classification and assessing more judgmental areas of accounting. The actions that have been taken are subject to continued review, supported by confirmation and testing by management, as well as audit committee oversight. We can provide no assurance that we will be able to hire and retain qualified individuals to create and maintain appropriate internal control over financial reporting. Competition for these individuals is intense, especially in the San Francisco Bay Area where we are located. While we have implemented a plan to remediate this material weakness, we cannot provide any assurance that we will be successful, which could impair our ability to accurately and timely report our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

        See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012 and 2013, and may identify additional material weaknesses in the future that may cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations or result in material misstatements of our financial statements. If we fail to remedy our material weaknesses, or if we fail to establish and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, our ability to accurately and timely report our financial results could be harmed."

72


Table of Contents


BUSINESS

Overview

       We are a commercial-stage medical device company that designs, manufactures and sells image-guided, catheter-based systems that are used by physicians to treat patients with peripheral arterial disease, or PAD. Patients with PAD have a build-up of plaque in the arteries that supply blood to the arms and legs. Our mission is to dramatically improve the treatment of vascular disease through the introduction of products based on our lumivascular platform, the only intravascular image-guided system available in this market. We manufacture and sell a suite of products in the United States and select European markets. Our current products include our Lightbox imaging console, as well as our Wildcat, Kittycat, and the Ocelot family of catheters, which are designed to allow physicians to penetrate a total blockage in an artery, known as a chronic total occlusion, or CTO. We are also developing Pantheris, our image-guided atherectomy device, designed to allow physicians to remove arterial plaque in PAD patients with precision. Pantheris is currently undergoing a U.S. clinical trial intended to support a 510(k) submission in the second half of 2015 to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA. We believe that Pantheris, if cleared by FDA, will significantly enhance our market opportunity within PAD and can expand the overall addressable market for PAD endovascular procedures.

       According to an article published in The Lancet, the global prevalence of PAD was estimated at 202 million people in 2010. The prevalence of PAD in the United States alone was estimated at 18 million people in 2010 and is projected to grow to 21 million people by 2020 according to the Sage Group. Despite its prevalence, PAD is underdiagnosed and undertreated relative to many other serious vascular conditions, including coronary artery disease, or CAD, in part because many PAD patients are asymptomatic or dismiss their symptoms as normal signs of aging. Despite the relative undertreatment of PAD, Millennium Research Group estimates that over 570,000 catheter-based PAD procedures in the pelvis and legs were performed in the United States in 2013, which corresponded to a $1.0 billion market. Millennium Research Group also estimates that the number of catheter-based PAD procedures will grow to almost 700,000 in 2017, representing a $1.2 billion market in the United States. Higher diagnosis and intervention rates resulting from greater physician and patient awareness of PAD, as well as higher prevalence, may significantly expand the market opportunity for PAD treatments, according to the Millennium Research Group.

       Current treatments for PAD, including bypass surgery, can be costly and may result in complications, high levels of post-surgery pain and lengthy hospital stays and recovery times. Minimally invasive, or endovascular, treatments include stents, angioplasty, and atherectomy devices, which are catheter-based products for the removal of plaque. These treatments also have limitations in their safety or efficacy profiles and frequently result in recurrence of the disease, also known as restenosis. We believe one of the main contributing factors to high restenosis rates for PAD patients treated with endovascular technologies is the amount of vascular injury that occurs during an intervention. Specifically, these treatments often disrupt the membrane between the outermost layers of the artery, which we refer to as the black line.

       Our lumivascular platform is the only technology that offers real-time visualization of the inside of the artery during PAD treatment. We believe this approach will significantly improve patient outcomes by providing physicians with a clearer picture of the artery using radiation-free image guidance during treatment, enabling them to better differentiate between plaque and healthy arterial structures. Our lumivascular platform is designed to improve patient safety by enabling physicians to direct treatment towards the plaque, while avoiding healthy portions of the artery.

73


Table of Contents

       We are currently enrolling VISION, a clinical trial designed to support a filing with FDA for our Pantheris atherectomy device. VISION is designed to evaluate the safety and efficacy of Pantheris to perform atherectomy using intravascular imaging. We believe the data from VISION will also allow us to demonstrate that avoiding the black line reduces the likelihood of restenosis in these patients. If Pantheris is cleared by FDA, we plan to commercialize it as part of our lumivascular platform in the United States and in select European countries after obtaining any required marketing authorizations.

       We have assembled a team with extensive medical device development and commercialization capabilities, including our founder, John B. Simpson, Ph.D., M.D., who founded Advanced Cardiovascular Systems, FoxHollow Technologies and Perclose, among other vascular medical device companies. We began commercializing our initial non-lumivascular platform products in 2009 and introduced our lumivascular platform products in the United States in late 2012. We generated revenues of $8.6 million in 2012, $13.0 million in 2013 and $8.1 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2014.

Overview of Peripheral Arterial Disease

       Atherosclerosis is a progressive, degenerative condition in which plaque, consisting of lipids, cholesterol, calcium and other substances found in the blood stream, accumulates on the arterial wall. The accumulation of plaque can result in the narrowing of an artery, which may lead to serious health problems. Plaque can occur in many areas of the body and may vary in composition, density and size. These blockages sometimes contain hard areas, characterized as calcified plaque, as well as softer deposits consisting of fibrous or fatty tissue. As plaque continues to accumulate, it can completely block the artery, making it particularly difficult for physicians to treat.

GRAPHIC

Comparison of a normal artery to an atherosclerotic artery

       PAD is atherosclerosis in the arteries that supply blood to the arms and legs, and may lead to serious symptoms such as pain, fatigue or numbness. Genetic predisposition, diabetes, smoking,

74


Table of Contents

hypertension, physical inactivity, high cholesterol, obesity and aging all increase the risk of developing PAD. In extreme cases, PAD can lead to critical limb ischemia, or CLI, which, if left untreated, can result in ulceration, infection, or gangrene in the feet and legs and eventually limb amputation or death. The Transatlantic Intersociety Consensus for the Management of Peripheral Arterial Disease, or TASC II, estimates that 55% of CLI patients will undergo amputation or die within one year after the diagnosis.

Current Treatments for PAD and Their Limitations

       Physicians have several options available to treat PAD. For mild cases, lifestyle changes or drug therapy may slow or stabilize progression of the disease and alleviate symptoms. For more advanced cases of PAD, a physician may employ minimally-invasive endovascular procedures, or surgical interventions such as bypass or amputation.

Medical Management

       The large majority of cases of diagnosed PAD in the United States are medically managed, according to the Society of Interventional Radiology. For this population, lifestyle changes, including improved diet, regular exercise and smoking cessation, as well as drug treatment are often prescribed. Although these measures can be effective, many people are unable to sustain them. In addition, these measures may reduce the symptoms, but do not treat the underlying causes of the disease. Physicians may also prescribe medications that lower cholesterol and reduce blood pressure. These drug therapies are generally prescribed for the life of the patient and do not treat the obstruction, making them an ineffective treatment for many patients. As a result, many of these patients will ultimately require more aggressive treatments.

Surgery

       Bypass Surgery.     More severe cases of PAD may be treated by surgeons with bypass surgery. This procedure entails using a synthetic graft or harvesting a healthy vessel from another area of the body and grafting it around a blocked portion of an artery. This procedure diverts blood flow around the occluded area to ensure that the tissue supplied by these arteries receives sufficient blood flow. Given its invasive nature, bypass surgery is performed by physicians in an operating room with the patient under general anesthesia. Bypass surgery involves multi-day hospital stays for healing and rehabilitation. General anesthesia and the potential for surgical infections make this approach less suitable for patients with conditions such as high blood pressure, heart failure, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease or poor kidney function. We estimate there were over 150,000 lower extremity bypass surgeries performed in the United States in 2013.

       Amputation.     CLI is a serious form of PAD caused by severe lack of blood flow to the legs and often results in pain at rest and tissue breakdown. Physicians may recommend full or partial amputation of the leg or foot for patients with CLI. TASC II estimates that 30% of patients with CLI will require an amputation within one year of diagnosis, and 15% of patients who undergo amputation of one leg will undergo amputation of the other leg within two years of the first amputation. According to TASC II, the mortality rate for patients with CLI is 25% at one year from the development of the condition. The Sage Group estimates that approximately 200,000 amputations occur annually as a result of CLI.

Endovascular Interventions

       In recent years, technologies and techniques have improved such that many forms of PAD can now be treated by physicians with endovascular approaches. We believe PAD endovascular interventions will continue to increase due to improved safety and effectiveness of endovascular

75


Table of Contents

procedures relative to surgical alternatives, together with greater physician and patient awareness of the disease. The most common endovascular treatments include balloon angioplasty, stenting and atherectomy. These procedures involve a physician feeding a catheter over a guidewire through a small incision, typically while using fluoroscopy, or x-ray, as a visual guide. In the event that the patient has a CTO, the physician may require a specialized guidewire, support catheter or other device to cross the CTO prior to treatment consisting of balloon angioplasty, stenting, atherectomy or some combination thereof.

       Fluoroscopy is the primary imaging tool currently used during endovascular treatments but delivers limited information to physicians. This technology provides an external view of the artery and does not allow physicians to differentiate between plaque and healthy arterial structures. Additionally, fluoroscopy exposes physicians, hospital staff and patients to radiation, which can lead to cataracts, cancer and abnormal blood cell counts. In addition, physicians frequently perform angiography in combination with fluoroscopy to assess the location and severity of the blockage. Angiography requires the use of contrast dye, which can increase the risk of kidney damage and may lead to acute kidney failure.

       Importance of the Black Line.     Scientific research has identified the importance of minimizing vascular injury during an endovascular intervention, and specifically the disruption of the membrane between the outer most layers of the artery, which we call the black line. A study by the Sanford Burnham Institute concluded that disruption of the area around the black line creates an inflammatory response significantly greater than when the black line is not injured, ultimately leading to accelerated narrowing of the artery. This narrowing of the artery is known as restenosis, which can lead to the restriction of blood flow. Black line disruption can be caused by wire-based CTO crossing, dissection from balloon angioplasty, stent placement, or an atherectomy device cutting through this area.

Lumivascular View

 

Cross-Sectional View


GRAPHIC

 


GRAPHIC

Image of the black line using our visualization compared to a cross sectional view of an artery.

       A study from New York's Mount Sinai Hospital, published in the Journal of the American College of Cardiology, or JACC, demonstrated the correlation between restenosis rates and vascular injury during directional atherectomy procedures. Specifically, the study examined the composition of the tissue removed during treatment of 102 patients and assessed restenosis rates after one year. The study found that in 54% of the patients, the extracted portion contained healthy tissue, indicating disruption of the black line. In this group of patients the restenosis rate, one-year after treatment, was 96%, while in the group of patients without evidence of black line disruption, the restenosis rate was only 15%.

76


Table of Contents

       The data from the Mount Sinai Hospital study are summarized in the following chart:


Atherectomy Procedures — Restenosis Rates at 1-Year

GRAPHIC

       We believe balloon angioplasty, stenting and other current atherectomy procedures often result in vascular injury, limiting their safety and efficacy, and increase restenosis rates associated with these treatments.

       Balloon Angioplasty.     In an angioplasty procedure, a miniature balloon attached to the tip of the treatment catheter opens the blood vessel by expanding the vessel and compressing plaque against the arterial wall. While angioplasty catheters are relatively easy to use, they stretch the arterial wall, often leading to dissections of, and damage to, the black line. Furthermore, angioplasty does not actually remove the plaque, which remains in the artery. Different variations of balloon catheters have been developed for the treatment of PAD, claiming additional benefits compared to standard angioplasty. These include cutting or scoring balloons designed to treat blockages with lower inflation pressures, as well as drug-coated balloons designed to suppress the inflammatory response to minimize restenosis. According to TASC II, 35% of angioplasty treatments result in restenosis at one year and 52% at three years. Millennium Research Group estimates that 500,000 PAD angioplasty procedures in the pelvis and legs were performed in the United States in 2013, 62% of which required the additional use of a stent.

       Stenting.     A stent is a wire-mesh tube that acts as a scaffold inside the artery to maintain adequate blood flow. Stents are currently available in bare metal and drug-coated varieties, with the latter designed to inhibit restenosis. Since stents rely on a similar expansion mechanism as balloons, we believe they also cause injury to the arterial wall and disrupt the black line during placement. According to TASC II, 27% of PAD stent treatments result in restenosis at one year and 36% at three years. Additionally, according to a study in JACC, stents placed in the legs fracture in approximately 25% of cases and have one-year patency, or absence of restenosis, rates of 41%, compared to 84% in cases with no stent fractures. Stents placed in the legs are often longer than coronary stents due to the diffuse nature of the lesions and the arterial anatomy, and longer stents have significantly higher fracture rates. Once a stent is implanted, it cannot be removed, which may limit future treatment options such as angioplasty, additional stenting, atherectomy and bypass surgery. Millennium Research Group estimates that 370,000 PAD stent procedures in the pelvis and legs were performed in the United States in 2013.

       Atherectomy.     Atherectomy is a procedure in which plaque is cleared from the arterial walls using a catheter-based technology with a mechanism to remove or displace diseased tissue. There are several types of atherectomy devices, including directional, rotational and laser, each with different mechanisms of action to remove or displace plaque. Currently available atherectomy devices rely on

77


Table of Contents

fluoroscopy rather than on-board imaging to provide visual guidance throughout the entire procedure. Atherectomy treatments frequently require the use of a stent or balloon to achieve the desired outcome and cannot selectively target the removal of only diseased tissue. As a result, current atherectomy technologies can damage the black line, which we believe increases the risk of restenosis. According to an article published in the Journal of Invasive Cardiology reviewing published clinical data, one-year restenosis rates for existing atherectomy technologies range from 22% to 46%. According to Millennium Research Group, there were 80,000 atherectomy procedures performed in the pelvis and legs in the United States in 2013, 86% of which required the use of a stent or balloon.

Our Solution

       Our pioneering lumivascular platform combines best-in-class interventional devices with optical coherence tomography, or OCT, a high resolution, light-based, radiation-free intravascular imaging technology. Our lumivascular platform currently provides physicians with real-time OCT images from the inside of an artery during CTO crossing, and we believe Pantheris will be the first product to offer intravascular visualization during atherectomy.


GRAPHIC
 
GRAPHIC

Visualization using our lumivascular technology compared to standard fluoroscopy imaging

       We believe the combination of enhanced visualization and the ability to precisely target the diseased portion of an artery will allow physicians to access difficult to treat areas and significantly improve the safety and efficacy of endovascular procedures for patients. Market acceptance of our lumivascular platform products may be hindered if physicians are not presented with compelling data from long-term studies of the safety and efficacy of our lumivascular platform products as compared to alternative procedures such as angioplasty, stenting, bypass surgery or other atherectomy procedures. Physicians will also need to appreciate the value of real-time imaging in improving patient outcomes in order to change current methods for treating PAD patients. We believe that our lumivascular platform provides the following benefits to physicians, hospitals and patients, as compared to balloons, stents and other current atherectomy procedures:

78


Table of Contents

       Risks of using the lumivascular platform include the risks that are common to endovascular procedures and generally may include perforation, dissection, embolization, bleeding, infection, restenosis and limb loss. We are aware of certain characteristics and features of our lumivascular platform that may prevent widespread market adoption, including that the current model of Pantheris

79


Table of Contents

may require two physicians to operate the catheter and that training for technicians and physicians will be required to enable them to effectively operate our lumivascular platform products. Our Pantheris product is not cleared or approved by FDA for commercial sale. Pantheris may not be sold in the United States without clearance from FDA. Our current products are contraindicated, and therefore should not be used, in the iliac, coronary, cerebral, renal and carotid arteries.

Our Strategy

       Our goal is to become the leading provider of image-guided medical devices for physicians to treat vascular diseases. The key elements of our strategy are to:

80


Table of Contents

Our Products

       Our current products include our Lightbox console and our various catheters used in PAD treatment. Each of our current products is, and our future products will be, designed to address significant unmet clinical needs in the treatment of vascular disease.

LUMIVASCULAR PRODUCTS

Name
  Clinical
Indication
  Size (Length, Diameter)   Regulatory Status   Original
Clearance Date

Lightbox (1)

  OCT Imaging   N/A   FDA Cleared   November 2012

          CE Mark   September 2011

Pantheris

  Atherectomy   130cm, 8 French (F)   IDE Trial   N/A

Ocelot (2)

  CTO Crossing   110cm, 6F   FDA Cleared   November 2012

          CE Mark   September 2011

Ocelot MVRX (2)

  CTO Crossing   110cm, 6F   FDA Cleared   December 2012

Ocelot PIXL (2)

  CTO Crossing   135/150cm, 5F   FDA Cleared   December 2012

          CE Mark   October 2012

(1)
Lightbox is cleared for use with compatible Avinger products.

(2)
The Ocelot system is intended to facilitate the intra-luminal placement of conventional guidewires beyond stenotic lesions including sub and chronic total occlusions in the peripheral vasculature prior to further percutaneous interventions using OCT-assisted orientation and imaging. The system is an adjunct to fluoroscopy and provides images of vessel lumen and wall structures. The Ocelot system is contraindicated for use in the iliac, coronary, cerebral, renal and carotid vasculature.

81


Table of Contents

NON-IMAGING PRODUCTS

Name
  Indication   Size (Length, Diameter)   Regulatory Status   Original
Clearance Date

Wildcat (1)

  Guidewire Support   110cm, 6F   FDA Cleared   February 2009 (3)

  CTO Crossing   110cm, 6F   FDA Cleared   August 2011

          CE Mark   May 2011

Kittycat 2 (2)

  CTO Crossing   150cm, 5F   FDA Cleared   October 2011

          CE Mark   September 2011

(1)
The Wildcat catheter is intended to facilitate the intraluminal placement of conventional guidewires beyond stenotic lesions (including sub and chronic total occlusions) in the peripheral vasculature prior to further percutaneous intervention. The Wildcat catheter is contraindicated for use in the iliac, coronary, cerebral, renal and carotid vasculature. The Wildcat catheter is intended to be used to support steerable guidewires in accessing discrete regions of the peripheral vasculature. It may be used to facilitate placement and exchange of guidewires and other interventional devices. It may also be used to deliver saline or contrast.

(2)
The Kittycat 2 catheter is intended to facilitate the intraluminal placement of conventional guidewires beyond stenotic lesions (including sub and chronic total occlusions) in the peripheral vasculature prior to further percutaneous intervention. The Kittycat 2 catheter is contraindicated for use in the iliac, coronary, cerebral, renal and carotid vasculature.

(3)
This original clearance date is for the 7F version of Wildcat. The commercially available version of Wildcat is listed and was cleared in August 2010.

Lumivascular Platform Overview

       Our lumivascular platform integrates OCT visualization with interventional catheters and is the industry's only system that provides real-time intravascular imaging during the treatment portion of PAD procedures. Our lumivascular platform consists of a capital component, Lightbox, and a variety of disposable catheter products, including Ocelot, Ocelot PIXL, Ocelot MVRX and, if cleared by FDA, Pantheris.

Lightbox

       Lightbox is our proprietary imaging console, which enables the use of lumivascular catheters during PAD procedures. The console contains an optical transceiver that transmits light into the artery through an optical fiber and displays a cross-sectional image of the vascular tissue to the physician on

82


Table of Contents

a high definition monitor during the procedure. Lightbox is configured with two monitors, one for the physicians, and one for the Lightbox technician.


GRAPHIC
 
GRAPHIC
Lightbox   OCT image, showing layered structures (artery wall) on the right and non-layered structures (atherosclerotic plaque) on the left.

       Lightbox displays a cross-sectional view of the vessel, which provides physicians with detailed information about the orientation of the catheter and the surrounding artery and plaque. Layered structures represent relatively healthy portions of the artery and non-layered structures represent the plaque that is blocking blood flow in the artery. Navigational markers allow the physician to orient the catheter toward the treatment area, helping to avoid damage to the black line during a procedure. Lightbox received FDA 510(k) clearance in November 2012 and CE Mark in Europe in September 2011.

Pantheris

       We believe Pantheris will be the first atherectomy catheter to incorporate real-time OCT intravascular imaging. Pantheris may be used alone or following a CTO crossing procedure using Ocelot or other products. Pantheris is a single-use product and will provide physicians with the ability to see a cross-sectional view of the artery throughout the procedure. The device restores blood flow by shaving thin strips of plaque using a high-speed directional cutting mechanism that specifically targets the portion of the artery where the plaque resides while minimizing disruption to the black line. The excised plaque is deposited in the nosecone of the device and removed from the artery. We

83


Table of Contents

believe Pantheris, if cleared by FDA, will represent a meaningful advancement in the treatment of PAD and will expand the existing treatable market.


GRAPHIC

Pantheris positioned prior to a cut


GRAPHIC

Pantheris excising plaque

       To perform atherectomy procedures using Pantheris, physicians advance Pantheris to the diseased portion of the vessel using fluoroscopy prior to activating the cutting tip. The OCT image provides the physician with a cross-sectional view of the treatment site and the relative orientation of the cutter. Visual cues are used to orient the cutting mechanism to target diseased sections of the artery and the plaque is removed by activating the cutter and advancing the catheter through the blockage. A balloon beneath the cutter is inflated to move the catheter closer to the plaque, enabling the physician to stabilize the device and adjust the cut depth into the plaque as necessary. Multiple cuts can be made with the same device until sufficient plaque has been removed to restore adequate blood flow in the artery. In July 2014, FDA granted us an investigational device exemption, or IDE, for Pantheris and we commenced enrollment of our 133-patient VISION trial. We expect to complete the VISION trial and submit for 510(k) clearance from FDA during the second half of 2015. We have made minor modifications and may make further modifications to the design of Pantheris prior to widespread commercialization, which could require regulatory clearances or approvals.

Ocelot, Ocelot PIXL and Ocelot MVRX

       Ocelot is the first ever CTO crossing catheter to incorporate real-time OCT imaging, which allows physicians to see the inside of an artery during a CTO crossing procedure. Physicians have traditionally relied solely on fluoroscopy and tactile feedback to guide catheters through complicated blockages. Ocelot allows physicians to accurately navigate through CTOs by utilizing the OCT images

84


Table of Contents

to precisely guide the device through the arterial blockage, while minimizing disruption to the black line.


GRAPHIC
 
GRAPHIC

Ocelot crossing a chronic total occlusion, or CTO

 

Lightbox visualization

       Ocelot has a corkscrew-like tip that rotates to facilitate advancement of the catheter through a CTO. Marker bands are displayed on the OCT image and allow the tip of the catheter to be steered towards the blockage and away from the arterial wall as it moves through the blockage. Once through the blockage, a guidewire can be extended and Ocelot is removed, leaving the wire in place for additional therapies such as the use of an atherectomy catheter like Pantheris. We received CE Mark for Ocelot in September 2011 and received FDA 510(k) clearance in November 2012.

       We also offer Ocelot PIXL, a lower profile CTO-crossing device for below-the-knee arteries and Ocelot MVRX, which offers a different tip design for above-the-knee arteries. We received CE Mark for Ocelot PIXL in October 2012 and received FDA 510(k) clearance in December 2012. We received FDA 510(k) clearance for Ocelot MVRX CTO-crossing device in December 2012.

Other Products

       Our first-generation CTO-crossing catheters, Wildcat and Kittycat 2, employ a proprietary design that uses a rotational spinning technique, allowing the physician to switch between a passive and active mode when navigating across a CTO. Once across the CTO, Wildcat and Kittycat 2 allow for placement of a guidewire and removal of the catheter leaving the wire in place for additional therapies. Both products require the use of fluoroscopy rather than our lumivascular platform for imaging. Wildcat was our first commercial product and has received both FDA 510(k) clearance in the United States and CE Mark in Europe for crossing peripheral artery CTOs. Kittycat 2 has FDA 510(k) clearance in the United States and CE Mark clearance in Europe for the treatment of peripheral artery CTOs.

Clinical Development

       We have conducted several clinical trials to evaluate the safety and efficacy of our products and we received FDA clearance for Wildcat and Ocelot for CTO crossing in 2011 and 2012, respectively. We are currently evaluating the safety and efficacy of Pantheris in our VISION clinical trial and expect to file a 510(k) submission in the second half of 2015 with FDA.

85


Table of Contents

CONNECT (Wildcat)

       Our clinical trial for the Wildcat catheter, known as the CONNECT trial, was a prospective, multi-center, non-randomized trial that evaluated the safety and efficacy of Wildcat in crossing CTOs in arteries of the upper leg. The CONNECT trial enrolled 88 patients with CTOs at 15 centers in the United States. Patients were followed for 30 days post-procedure and an independent group of physicians verified the results to determine crossing efficacy and safety endpoints. The CONNECT trial demonstrated that Wildcat was able to cross 89% of CTOs following unsuccessful attempts to cross with standard guidewire techniques. The trial demonstrated a 95% freedom from major adverse events, or MAEs. In the CONNECT trial, MAEs were defined as clinically significant perforations or embolizations and/or Grade C or greater dissections occurring within 30 days of the procedure. These results represent the second-highest reported CTO crossing rate of any published CTO clinical trial, exceeded only by our subsequent CONNECT II clinical trial results.

CONNECT II (Ocelot)

       Our clinical trial for Ocelot, known as CONNECT II, was a prospective, multi-center, non-randomized trial that evaluated the safety and efficacy of Ocelot in crossing CTOs in arteries of the upper leg using OCT intravascular imaging. The CONNECT II trial enrolled 100 patients with CTOs at 14 centers in the United States and two centers in Europe. Patients were followed for 30 days post-procedure and an independent group of physicians verified the results to confirm the primary efficacy and safety endpoints. Results from the CONNECT II trial demonstrated that Ocelot surpassed its primary efficacy endpoint by successfully crossing the CTO in 97% of the cases following unsuccessful attempts to cross with standard guidewire techniques. Ocelot achieved these rates with 98% freedom from MAEs.

VISION (Pantheris)

       VISION is our pivotal, non-randomized, prospective, single-arm trial to evaluate the safety and effectiveness of Pantheris across 21 sites within the United States and Europe. The objective of the clinical trial is to demonstrate that Pantheris can be used to effectively remove plaque from diseased lower extremity arteries while using on-board visualization as an adjunct to fluoroscopy. Two groups of patients are being treated in VISION: (1) optional roll-ins, which are typically the first two procedures at a site, and (2) the primary cohort, which will be the analyzable group of patients. The data for these two groups will be reported separately in our 510(k) submission to FDA. The primary cohort will include approximately 133 patients. As of January 12, 2015, we had enrolled 116 patients in this trial, 28 roll-in patients and 88 in the primary cohort, at 19 sites (some sites did not enroll roll-in patients).

       The primary efficacy endpoint requires that at least 87% of lesions treated by physicians using Pantheris have a residual stenosis of less than 50%, as verified by an independent core laboratory. The primary safety endpoint requires that less than 43% of patients experience an MAE through six-month follow-up as adjudicated by an independent Clinical Events Committee. MAEs for VISION include cardiovascular-related death, unplanned major index limb amputation, clinically driven target lesion revascularization, or TLR, heart attack, clinically significant perforation, dissection, embolus, and pseudoaneurysm. Both primary safety and effectiveness study endpoints must be met in order for the VISION trial to be successful.

       Data collection from the VISION trial is ongoing, and data monitoring and auditing of the acute procedural data and 30-day follow-up data is currently underway. As of January 12, 2015, preliminary acute procedural data were available for 116 patients, and 30-day follow-up data were available for 35 of these patients. Within the 116-patient group, we are aware of four potential MAEs, consisting of

86


Table of Contents

two emboli and two TLRs, all reported by the investigator to be related or possibly related to the use of Pantheris. Both emboli were resolved with routine therapy without adverse clinical consequences for the patients, both of whom had good outcomes from the Pantheris atherectomy. Both TLRs were treated with standard balloon angioplasty and stenting without adverse clinical consequences for the patients.

       The four potential MAEs occurred after the initial meeting, which to date is the only meeting, of the Clinical Events Committee, or CEC. The CEC will make the final determination as to whether these events were related to use of Pantheris or another part of the treatment procedure. Additional MAEs may be reported during the 30-day and six-month follow-up period for patient outcomes. The final analysis for the safety endpoint will not be conducted until enrollment is complete and all patients are followed through six months.

       With respect to our primary efficacy endpoint analysis, as of January 12, 2015, results reviewed by the independent core lab were available for 113 lesions (31 from roll-in patients and 82 from primary cohort patients) from a total of 91 patients. An independent core laboratory has verified residual restenosis of less than 50% in 98% of these lesions. Based on the currently available data, we believe that we are on track to meet or exceed the requirements necessary to meet the primary efficacy endpoint. The final efficacy endpoint analysis will not be completed until all patients are enrolled and all lesions have been analyzed by the core lab.

       Although not mandated by FDA to support the market clearance of Pantheris, the protocol for the VISION trial indicates that routine histopathological analysis of the tissue extracted by Pantheris will be conducted. This process allows us to determine the amount of adventitia present in the tissue, which in turn indicates the extent to which the black line has been disrupted during Pantheris procedures. As of January 12, 2015, we had completed histopathological analysis on tissue from 109 patients (28 roll-in and 81 primary cohort), representing 138 lesions (35 roll-in and 103 primary cohort) and have determined that the average percent area of adventitia is only 1.0% of the total excised tissue. We believe the low level of black line disruption will correlate to lower restenosis rates and improved long-term outcomes for patients treated with Pantheris, but we do not intend to make any promotional claims to that effect based on the data from this study. We intend to publish the results of the histopathological analysis in conjunction with the primary safety and efficacy endpoint data from the VISION trial.

       Preliminary VISION trial data available for reporting as of January 12, 2015 is summarized in the table below. The preliminary data for our VISION trial may not be predictive of its final results and failure of the trial can occur at any time. A number of companies in the medical device field have suffered significant setbacks during clinical trials due to lack of efficacy or unacceptable safety issues, notwithstanding promising preliminary results. We cannot assure you that the final results of the

87


Table of Contents

VISION trial will meet its primary efficacy or safety endpoints, that the trial will be successful overall or that the data will support FDA clearance of Pantheris.

 
  Roll-In
Cohort
  Primary
Cohort
  Total

Patients Enrolled (maximum n=161)

  28   88   116

          (72.0%)

Lesions treated

  35   107   142

Primary Efficacy Endpoint

           

Lesions analyzed by core lab

  31   82   113

Lesions meeting primary efficacy endpoint criterion of residual restenosis of less than 50% by core lab

  100%   98%   98%

  (31/31)   (80/82)   (111/113)

Primary Safety Endpoint (MAEs through 6 months)

           

Total MAEs Reported (116 subjects with acute data and 35 subjects with 30-day follow-up data)

  1   3   4

Reported MAEs as a percentage of patients enrolled

  3.6%   3.4%   3.4%

  (1/28)   (3/88)   (4/116)

Histopathology Results (Non-Endpoint Data)

           

Lesions with histopathology results

  35   103   138

Average percent area of adventitia in all lesions with histopathology results

  0.5%   1.2%   1.0%

Sales and Marketing

       We focus our sales and marketing efforts primarily on the approximately 10,000 interventional cardiologists, vascular surgeons and interventional radiologists in the United States that are potential users of our lumivascular platform products. Our marketing efforts are focused on developing strong relationships with physicians and hospitals that we have identified as key opinion leaders based on their knowledge of our products, clinical expertise and reputation. We also use continuing medical education programs and other opportunities to train interventional cardiologists, vascular surgeons, and interventional radiologists in the use of our lumivascular platform products and educate them as to the benefits of our products as compared to alternative procedures such as angioplasty, stenting, bypass surgery or other atherectomy procedures. In addition, we work with physicians to help them develop their practices and with hospitals to market themselves as centers of excellence in PAD treatment by making our products available to physicians for treating patients.

       Our sales team consists of a vice president, regional directors, sales managers and implementation specialists. Our sales managers are divided into two primary roles, one focused on sale and use of our disposable catheters and the other focused on sale and service of our Lightbox console. We have an extensive hands-on sales training program, focused on our technologies, lumivascular image interpretation, case management, sales processes, sales tools and implementing our sales and marketing programs and compliance with applicable federal and state laws and regulations. Our sales team is supported by a highly specialized marketing team, which is divided into three areas of focus: clinical education, marketing program implementation and technology awareness and product development. We also have a small team of field engineers responsible for installation, service and maintenance of our Lightbox consoles.

       As of December 31, 2014, we had 42 employees focused on sales and marketing. Our sales, general and administrative expenses for the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 were $22.8 million, $25.8 million and $12.9 million, respectively.

88


Table of Contents

Competition

       The medical device industry is highly competitive, subject to rapid change and significantly affected by new product introductions, results of clinical research, corporate combinations and other factors relating to our industry. Because of the market opportunity and the high growth potential of the PAD treatment market, competitors and potential competitors have historically dedicated, and will continue to dedicate, significant resources to aggressively develop and commercialize their products.

       Our products compete with a variety of products or devices for the treatment of PAD, including other CTO crossing devices, stents, balloons and atherectomy catheters, as well as products used in vascular surgery. Large competitors in the CTO crossing, stent and balloon market segments include Abbott Laboratories, BARD, Boston Scientific, Cook Medical, Covidien, Johnson & Johnson and Medtronic. Competitors in the atherectomy market include Boston Scientific, Cardiovascular Systems, Covidien, Spectranetics and Volcano. Some competitors have attempted to combine intravascular imaging with atherectomy and may have current programs underway to do so. These and other companies may attempt to incorporate on-board visualization into their products in the future. Other competitors include pharmaceutical companies that manufacture drugs for the treatment of symptoms associated with mild to moderate PAD and companies that provide products used by surgeons in peripheral and coronary bypass procedures. These competitors and other companies may introduce new products that compete with our solution.

       Many of our competitors have substantially greater financial, manufacturing, marketing and technical resources than we do. Furthermore, many of our competitors have well-established brands, widespread distribution channels and broader product offerings, and have established stronger and deeper relationships with target customers.

       To compete effectively, we have to demonstrate that our products are attractive alternatives to other devices and treatments on the basis of:

    procedural safety and efficacy;

    acute and long-term outcomes;

    ease of use and procedure time;

    price;

    size and effectiveness of sales force;

    radiation exposure for physicians, hospital staff and patients; and

    third party reimbursement.

Intellectual property

       In order to remain competitive, we must develop and maintain protection of the proprietary aspects of our technologies. We rely on a combination of patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secret laws and confidentiality and invention assignment agreements to protect our intellectual property rights.

       It is our policy to require our employees, consultants, contractors, outside scientific collaborators and other advisors to execute non-disclosure and assignment of invention agreements on commencement of their employment or engagement. Agreements with our employees also forbid them from using the proprietary rights of third parties in their work for us. We also require

89


Table of Contents

confidentiality or material transfer agreements from third parties that receive our confidential data or materials.

       As of December 31, 2014, we held five issued U.S. patents and had 14 U.S. utility patent applications and 8 PCT applications pending. As of December 31, 2014, we also had one issued patent from the Japan Patent Office, one issued patent from the Chinese patent office, and one European patent which has been nationalized in Germany, France, Great Britain, Italy and Ireland. As of December 31, 2014, we had 29 pending patent applications outside of the United States, including in Australia, Canada, Europe, India and Japan. As we continue to research and develop our Pantheris technology, we intend to file additional U.S. and foreign patent applications related to the design, manufacture and therapeutic uses of our atherectomy devices. Our issued patents expire between the years 2028 and 2032.

       Our patent applications may not result in issued patents and our patents may not be sufficiently broad to protect our technology. Any patents issued to us may be challenged by third parties as being invalid, or third parties may independently develop similar or competing technology that avoids our patents. The laws of certain foreign countries do not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as do the laws of the United States.

       As of December 31, 2014, we held two allowed U.S. trademarks and two registered marks in Europe. We have one pending trademark application in the United States.

Research and Development

       Our ongoing research and development activities are primarily focused on improving and enhancing our lumivascular platform, specifically our core competency of integrating OCT intravascular imaging onto therapeutic catheters. Our research objectives target areas of unmet clinical need, increase the utility of the lumivascular platform and adoption of our products by healthcare providers.

    Product line improvements and extensions.   We are developing improvements to our lumivascular platform, including additional catheters for use in different clinical applications. For example, we are developing a next-generation CTO crossing device to target the coronary market and enhanced versions of Pantheris.

    Additional treatment indications.   We intend to seek additional regulatory clearances from FDA to expand the indications for which our products can be marketed within PAD, as well as in other areas of the body. This includes both expanding the marketed indications for our current products, as well as development of new products.

    Next-generation console.   We are focusing our console development efforts on miniaturization, equipment integration and increased processing power in anticipation of future catheter products. We may also develop a version of our lumivascular platform that integrates OCT imaging into existing catheterization lab and operating room imaging systems.

    Improved software and user interface.   We are actively improving our software to provide more information and control to our end users during a procedure. We use physician and staff feedback to improve the features and user functionality of our lumivascular platform.

       As of December 31, 2014, we had 19 employees focused on research and development. In addition to our internal team, we retain third party-contractors from time to time to provide us with assistance on specialized projects. We also work closely with experts in the medical community to

90


Table of Contents

supplement our internal research and development resources. Research and development expenses for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 were $15.4 million, $16.0 million and $8.4 million, respectively.

Manufacturing

       Prior to the introduction of our lumivascular platform, our non-imaging catheter products were manufactured by a third party. All of our products are now manufactured in-house using components and sub-assemblies manufactured both in-house at our facilities in Redwood City, California and by outside vendors. We expect our current manufacturing facility will be sufficient to meet our anticipated growth through at least 2016. We assemble all of our products at our manufacturing facility but certain critical processes such as coating and sterilization are done by outside vendors.

       Our manufacturing operations are subject to regulatory requirements of 21 CFR part 820, the Quality System Regulation for medical devices sold in the United States, which is enforced by FDA, the Medical Devices Directive 93/42/EEC, which is required for doing business in the European Union, and applicable requirements relating to the environment, waste management and health and safety matters, including measures relating to the release, use, storage, treatment, transportation, discharge, disposal and remediation of hazardous substances, and the sale, labeling, collection, recycling, treatment and disposal of products containing hazardous substances. We cannot ensure that we will not incur material costs or liability in connection with our operations, or that our past or future operations will not result in claims by or injury to employees or the public.

       Order quantities and lead times for components purchased from outside suppliers are based on our forecasts derived from historical demand and anticipated future demand. Lead times for components may vary significantly depending on the size of the order, time required to fabricate and test the components, specific supplier requirements and current market demand for the components and subassemblies. To date, we have not experienced significant delays in obtaining any of our components or subassemblies.

       We rely on single and limited source suppliers for several of our components. For example, we rely on one vendor for, among other components, our torque shaft and drive cable. These components are critical to our products and there are relatively few alternative sources of supply for them. We do not carry a significant inventory of these components. Identifying and qualifying additional or replacement suppliers for any of the components used in our products could involve significant time and cost. Any supply interruption from our vendors or failure to obtain additional vendors for any of the components used to manufacture our products would limit our ability to manufacture our product and could therefore harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

       Our suppliers have no contractual obligations to supply us with, and we are not contractually obligated to purchase from them, any of our supplies. Any supply interruption from our vendors or failure to obtain additional vendors for any of the components would limit our ability to manufacture our product and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

       We have registered with FDA as a medical device manufacturer and have obtained a manufacturing license from CDRH. We and our component suppliers are required to manufacture our products in compliance with FDA's Quality System Regulation, or QSR in 21 CFR part 820 of the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act. The QSR regulates extensively the methods and

91


Table of Contents

documentation of the design, testing, control, manufacturing, labeling, quality assurance, packaging, storage and shipping of our products. FDA enforces the QSR through periodic unannounced inspections that may include the manufacturing facilities of our subcontractors. Since we began manufacturing onsite, our Quality System has undergone 13 external audits, the last of which occurred on August 6, 2014 and resulted in zero non-conformances.

       Our failure or the failure of our component suppliers to maintain compliance with the QSR requirements could result in the shutdown of our manufacturing operations or the recall of our products, which would harm our business. In the event that one of our suppliers fails to maintain compliance with our or governmental quality requirements, we may have to qualify a new supplier and could experience manufacturing delays as a result. We have opted to maintain quality assurance and quality management certifications to enable us to market our products in the member states of the European Union, the European Free Trade Association and countries which have entered into Mutual Recognition Agreements with the European Union. Our Redwood City facilities meet the requirements set forth by ISO 13485:2003 Medical devices—Quality management systems—Requirements for regulatory purposes and MDD 93/42/EEC European Union Council Medical Device Directive.

Government Regulation

       In general, medical device companies must navigate a challenging regulatory environment. The Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, regulates the medical device market to ensure the safety and efficacy of these products. FDA allows for two primary pathways for a medical device to gain approval for commercialization: a successful PMA application or 510(k) clearance. A completely novel product must go through the more rigorous PMA process, or premarket approval, if it cannot receive authorization through a 510(k). FDA has established three different classes of medical devices that indicate the level of risk associated with using a device and consequent degree of regulatory controls needed to govern its safety and efficacy. Level I and Level II devices are considered lower risk and often can gain approval for commercial distribution by submitting a notification request to FDA, generally known as the 510(k) process. The devices regarded as the highest risk by FDA are designated Class III status and generally require the submission of a PMA application for approval to commercialize a product. These generally include life-sustaining, life-supporting, or implantable devices or devices without a known predicate technology already approved by FDA.

       The 510(k) clearance path can be significantly less time-consuming and arduous than PMA approval, making this route preferable for a medical device company. Through a 510(k), a company must provide documentation that its device is substantially equivalent to a technology already approved through a 510(k) or in distribution before May 28, 1976 that FDA has not yet required a PMA submission. FDA has 90 days from the date of the premarket equivalence submission to authorize or decline commercial distribution of the device. However, similar to the PMA process, approval may take longer than this three month window, as FDA can request additional data. If FDA resolves that the product is not substantially equivalent to a predicate device, then the device acquires a Class III designation. All of our currently marketed products have received commercial clearance and associated indications for use through the 510(k) regulatory pathway with FDA, some with the support of clinical data.

       A PMA application must be accompanied by substantial data that supports the safety and efficacy of the device, which includes the provision of preclinical, clinical, technical, manufacturing and labeling information. If FDA deems the application acceptable to pass through the first level of scrutiny, it has 180 days to review the submission, but it can typically take longer (up to several years)

92


Table of Contents

as this regulatory body can request additional information or clarifications. FDA may also impose additional regulatory hurdles for a premarket approval, including the institution of an outside advisory panel of experts to assess the application or provide recommendations as to whether to approve the device. Although FDA in the end approves or disapproves the device, in nearly all cases FDA follows the recommendation from the independent panel concerning approvability of the new device. As part of this process, FDA will also inspect the manufacturing operations of the company requesting approval to verify compliance with quality control regulations. Significant changes in the fabrication of a device, or alterations in the labeling or design of a product require new PMA applications or PMA supplements for a product originally approved under a PMA. This creates substantial regulatory risk for devices undergoing the PMA route.

Pervasive and Continuing Regulation

       After a device is placed on the market, numerous regulatory requirements continue to apply. These include:

    FDA's Quality System Regulation, or QSR, which requires manufacturers, including third party manufacturers, to follow stringent design, testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures during all aspects of the manufacturing process;

    labeling regulations and FDA prohibitions against the promotion of products for uncleared, unapproved or off-label uses;

    clearance or approval of product modifications that could significantly affect safety or efficacy or that would constitute a major change in intended use;

    medical device reporting, or MDR, regulations, which require that manufacturers report to FDA if their device may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if the malfunction were to recur; and

    post-market surveillance regulations, which apply when necessary to protect the public health or to provide additional safety and effectiveness data for the device.

       After a device receives 510(k) clearance or PMA approval, any modification that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change in its intended use, will require a new clearance or approval. FDA requires each manufacturer to make this determination initially, but FDA can review any such decision and can disagree with a manufacturer's determination. If FDA disagrees with the determination not to seek a new 510(k) clearance or PMA, FDA may retroactively require a new 510(k) clearance or premarket approval. FDA could also require a manufacturer to cease marketing and distribution and/or recall the modified device until 510(k) clearance or premarket approval is obtained. Also, in these circumstances, it may be subject to significant regulatory fines, penalties, and warning letters.

       The MDR regulations require that we report to FDA any incident in which our product may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or in which our product malfunctioned and, if the malfunction were to recur, would likely cause or contribute to death or serious injury.

       We have registered with FDA as a medical device manufacturer and have obtained a manufacturing license from the California Department of Health Services, or CDHS. FDA has broad post-market and regulatory enforcement powers. We are subject to unannounced inspections by FDA and the Food and Drug Branch of CDHS to determine our compliance with the QSR and other regulations, and these inspections may include the manufacturing facilities of our suppliers. BSI, our European Notified Body, inspected our facility in 2013 and found zero non-conformances. Our

93


Table of Contents

current facility has been inspected by FDA in 2009, 2011 and 2013, and two, three and zero observations, respectively, were noted during those inspections. In the latest FDA audit, there were no findings that involved a material violation of regulatory requirements, and no non-conformances were noted. Our responses to these observations noted in 2009 and 2011 have been accepted by FDA, and we believe that we are in substantial compliance with the QSR.

       Failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements can result in enforcement action by FDA, which may include any of the following sanctions:

    warning letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties;

    repair, replacement, refunds, recall or seizure of our products;

    operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of production;

    refusing our requests for 510(k) clearance or premarket approval of new products, new intended uses or modifications to existing products;

    withdrawing 510(k) clearance or premarket approvals that have already been granted; and

    criminal prosecution.

Regulatory System for Medical Devices in Europe

       The European Union consists of 25 member states and has a coordinated system for the authorization of medical devices. The E.U. Medical Devices Directive, or MDD, sets out the basic regulatory framework for medical devices in the European Union. This directive has been separately enacted in more detail in the national legislation of the individual member states of the European Union.

       The system of regulating medical devices operates by way of a certification for each medical device. Each certificated device is marked with CE mark which shows that the device has a Certificat de Conformité. There are national bodies known as Competent Authorities in each member state which oversee the implementation of the MDD within their jurisdiction. The means for achieving the requirements for CE mark varies according to the nature of the device. Devices are classified in accordance with their perceived risks, similarly to the U.S. system. The class of a product determines the requirements to be fulfilled before CE mark can be placed on a product, known as a conformity assessment. Conformity assessments for our products are carried out as required by the MDD. Each member state can appoint Notified Bodies within its jurisdiction. If a Notified Body of one member state has issued a Certificat de Conformité, the device can be sold throughout the European Union without further conformance tests being required in other member states.

Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act

       The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, established for the first time comprehensive federal protection for the privacy and security of health information. The HIPAA standards apply to three types of organizations, or Covered Entities: health plans, healthcare clearing houses, and healthcare providers which conduct certain healthcare transactions electronically. Title II of HIPAA, the Administrative Simplification Act, contains provisions that address the privacy of health data, the security of health data, the standardization of identifying numbers used in the healthcare system and the standardization of certain healthcare transactions. The privacy regulations protect medical records and other protected health information by limiting their use and release, giving patients the right to access their medical records and limiting most disclosures of health information to the minimum amount necessary to accomplish an intended purpose. The HIPAA security standards require the adoption of administrative, physical, and technical safeguards and the

94


Table of Contents

adoption of written security policies and procedures. HIPAA requires Covered Entities to obtain a written assurance of compliance from individuals or organizations who provide services to Covered Entities involving the use or disclosure of protected health information ("Business Associates").

       On February 17, 2009, Congress enacted Subtitle D of the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH, provisions of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009. HITECH amends HIPAA and, among other things, expands and strengthens HIPAA, creates new targets for enforcement, imposes new penalties for noncompliance and establishes new breach notification requirements for Covered Entities and Business Associates. Regulations implementing major provisions of HITECH were finalized on January 25, 2013 through publication of the HIPAA Omnibus Rule, or the Omnibus Rule. The Omnibus Rule contained significant changes for Covered Entities and Business Associates with respect to permitted uses and disclosures of Protected Health Information.

       Under HITECH's new breach notification requirements, Covered Entities must report breaches of protected health information that has not been encrypted or otherwise secured in accordance with guidance from the Secretary of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or the Secretary. Required breach notices must be made as soon as is reasonably practicable, but no later than 60 days following discovery of the breach. Reports must be made to affected individuals and to the Secretary and in some cases, they must be reported through local and national media, depending on the size of the breach. We are currently subject to the HIPAA regulations. We are subject to audit under HHS's HITECH-mandated audit program. We may also be audited in connection with a privacy complaint. We are subject to prosecution and/or administrative enforcement and increased civil and criminal penalties for non-compliance, including a new, four-tiered system of monetary penalties adopted under HITECH. We are also subject to enforcement by state attorneys general who were given authority to enforce HIPAA under HITECH. To avoid penalties under the HITECH breach notification provisions, we must ensure that breaches of protected health information are promptly detected and reported within the company, so that we can make all required notifications on a timely basis. However, even if we make required reports on a timely basis, we may still be subject to penalties for the underlying breach.

       In addition to the federal privacy regulations, there are a number of state laws regarding the privacy and security of health information and personal data that are applicable to clinical laboratories. The compliance requirements of these laws, including additional breach reporting requirements, and the penalties for violation vary widely and new privacy and security laws in this area are evolving. Requirements of these laws and penalties for violations vary widely. We believe that we have taken the steps required of us to comply with health information privacy and security statutes and regulations in all jurisdictions, both state and federal. However, we may not be able to maintain compliance in all jurisdictions where we do business. Failure to maintain compliance, or changes in state or federal laws regarding privacy or security, could result in civil and/or criminal penalties and could have a material adverse effect on our business.

       If we or our operations are found to be in violation of HIPAA, HITECH or their implementing regulations, we may be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, fines, and exclusion from participation in U.S. federal or state health care programs, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. HITECH increased the civil and criminal penalties that may be imposed against Covered Entities, their Business Associates and possibly other persons, and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the federal HIPAA laws and seek attorney's fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions.

95


Table of Contents

       In addition to federal privacy regulations, there are a number of state laws governing confidentiality of health information that are applicable to our operations. New laws governing privacy may be adopted in the future as well. We have taken steps to comply with health information privacy requirements that are applicable to us.

Federal, State and Foreign Fraud and Abuse Laws

       Because of the significant federal funding involved in Medicare and Medicaid, Congress and the states have enacted, and actively enforce, a number of laws to eliminate fraud and abuse in federal healthcare programs. Our business is subject to compliance with these laws. In March 2010, the Recipient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Healthcare and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act, which we refer to collectively as the Affordable Care Act, was enacted in the United States. The provisions of the Affordable Care Act are effective on various dates. The Affordable Care Act expands the government's investigative and enforcement authority and increases the penalties for fraud and abuse, including amendments to both the Anti-Kickback Statute and the False Claims Act, to make it easier to bring suit under these statutes. The Affordable Care Act also allocates additional resources and tools for the government to police healthcare fraud, with expanded subpoena power for HHS, additional funding to investigate fraud and abuse across the healthcare system and expanded use of recovery audit contractors for enforcement.

       Anti-Kickback Statutes.     The federal healthcare programs' Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in exchange for or to induce either the referral of an individual, or the furnishing or arranging for a good or service, for which payment may be made under a federal healthcare program such as Medicare or Medicaid.

       The definition of "remuneration" has been broadly interpreted to include anything of value, including, for example, gifts, certain discounts, the furnishing of free supplies, equipment or services, credit arrangements, payment of cash and waivers of payments. Several courts have interpreted the statute's intent requirement to mean that if any one purpose of an arrangement involving remuneration is to induce referrals of federal healthcare covered businesses, the statute has been violated. Penalties for violations include criminal penalties and civil sanctions such as fines, imprisonment and possible exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs. In addition some kickback allegations have been claimed to violate the Federal False Claims Act, discussed in more detail below.

       The Anti-Kickback Statute is broad and prohibits many arrangements and practices that are otherwise lawful in businesses outside of the healthcare industry. Recognizing that the Anti- Kickback Statute is broad and may technically prohibit many innocuous or beneficial arrangements, Congress authorized the Office of Inspector General (OIG) of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services to issue a series of regulations known as "safe harbors." These safe harbors set forth provisions that, if all their applicable requirements are met, will assure healthcare providers and other parties that they will not be prosecuted under the Anti-Kickback Statute. The failure of a transaction or arrangement to fit precisely within one or more safe harbors does not necessarily mean that it is illegal or that prosecution will be pursued. However, conduct and business arrangements that do not fully satisfy an applicable safe harbor may result in increased scrutiny by government enforcement authorities such as OIG.

96


Table of Contents

       Many states have adopted laws similar to the Anti-Kickback Statute. Some of these state prohibitions apply to referral of recipients for healthcare items or services reimbursed by any source, not only the Medicare and Medicaid programs.

       Government officials have focused their enforcement efforts on the marketing of healthcare services and products, among other activities, and recently have brought cases against companies, and certain individual sales, marketing and executive personnel, for allegedly offering unlawful inducements to potential or existing customers in an attempt to procure their business.

       Federal False Claims Act.     Another development affecting the healthcare industry is the increased use of the federal False Claims Act, and in particular, action brought pursuant to the False Claims Act's "whistleblower" or "qui tam" provisions. The False Claims Act imposes liability on any person or entity that, among other things, knowingly presents, or causes to be presented, a false or fraudulent claim for payment by a federal healthcare program. The qui tam provisions of the False Claims Act allow a private individual to bring actions on behalf of the federal government alleging that the defendant has violated the False Claims Act and to share in any monetary recovery. In recent years, the number of suits brought against healthcare providers by private individuals has increased dramatically. In addition, various states have enacted false claims law analogous to the False Claims Act, and many of these state laws apply where a claim is submitted to any third party payor and not just a federal healthcare program.

       When an entity is determined to have violated the False Claims Act, it may be required to pay up to three times the actual damages sustained by the government, plus civil penalties of between $5,500 and $11,000 for each separate instance of false claim. As part of any settlement, the government may ask the entity to enter into a corporate integrity agreement, which imposes certain compliance, certification and reporting obligations. There are many potential bases for liability under the False Claims Act. Liability arises, primarily, when an entity knowingly submits, or causes another to submit, a false claim for reimbursement to the federal government. The federal government has used the False Claims Act to assert liability on the basis of inadequate care, kickbacks and other improper referrals, and improper use of Medicare numbers when detailing the provider of services, in addition to the more predictable allegations as to misrepresentations with respect to the services rendered. In addition, the federal government has prosecuted companies under the False Claims Act in connection with off-label promotion of products. Our future activities relating to the reporting of wholesale or estimated retail prices of our products, the reporting of discount and rebate information and other information affecting federal, state and third party reimbursement of our products and the sale and marketing of our products may be subject to scrutiny under these laws.

       While we are unaware of any current matters, we are unable to predict whether we will be subject to actions under the False Claims Act or a similar state law, or the impact of such actions. However, the costs of defending such claims, as well as any sanctions imposed, could significantly affect our financial performance.

       The Sunshine Act.     The Physician Payment Sunshine Act, or the Sunshine Act, which was enacted as part of the Affordable Care Act, requires all entities that operate in the United States and manufacturers of a drug, device, biologic or other medical supply that is covered by Medicare, Medicaid or the Children's Health Insurance Program to report annually to the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services: (i) payments or other transfers of value made by that entity, or by a third party as directed by that entity, to physicians and teaching hospitals or to third parties on behalf of physicians or teaching hospitals; and (ii) physician ownership and investment

97


Table of Contents

interests in the entity. The payments required to be reported include the cost of meals provided to a physician, travel reimbursements and other transfers of value, including those provided as part of contracted services such as speaker programs, advisory boards, consultation services and clinical trial services. The final rule implementing the Sunshine Act requires data collection on payments to begin on August 1, 2013. The first annual report, comprised of data collected from August 1, 2013 to December 31, 2013, was due March 31, 2014. The statute requires the federal government to make reported information available to the public starting September 2014, which it has. Failure to comply with the reporting requirements can result in significant civil monetary penalties ranging from $1,000 to $10,000 for each payment or other transfer of value that is not reported (up to a maximum per annual report of $150,000) and from $10,000 to $100,000 for each knowing failure to report (up to a maximum per annual report of $1.0 million). Additionally, there are criminal penalties if an entity intentionally makes false statements in such reports. We are subject to the Sunshine Act and the information we disclose may lead to greater scrutiny, which may result in modifications to established practices and additional costs. Additionally, similar reporting requirements have also been enacted on the state level domestically, and an increasing number of countries worldwide either have adopted or are considering similar laws requiring transparency of interactions with healthcare professionals.

       Foreign Corrupt Practices Act.     The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, prohibits any United States individual or business from paying, offering, or authorizing payment or offering of anything of value, directly or indirectly, to any foreign official, political party or candidate for the purpose of influencing any act or decision of the foreign entity in order to assist the individual or business in obtaining or retaining business. The FCPA also obligates companies whose securities are listed in the United States to comply with accounting provisions requiring us to maintain books and records that accurately and fairly reflect all transactions of the corporation, including international subsidiaries, if any, and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls for international operations.

       International Laws.     In Europe various countries have adopted anti-bribery laws providing for severe consequences, in the form of criminal penalties and/or significant fines, for individuals and/or companies committing a bribery offence. Violations of these anti-bribery laws, or allegations of such violations, could have a negative impact on our business, results of operations and reputation. For instance, in the United Kingdom, under the Bribery Act 2010, which went into effect in July 2011, a bribery occurs when a person offers, gives or promises to give a financial or other advantage to induce or reward another individual to improperly perform certain functions or activities, including any function of a public nature. Bribery of foreign public officials also falls within the scope of the Bribery Act 2010. Under the new regime, an individual found in violation of the Bribery Act of 2010, faces imprisonment of up to 10 years. In addition, the individual can be subject to an unlimited fine, as can commercial organizations for failure to prevent bribery.

       There are also international privacy laws that impose restrictions on the access, use, and disclosure of health information. All of these laws may impact our business. Our failure to comply with these privacy laws or significant changes in the laws restricting our ability to obtain required patient information could significantly impact our business and our future business plans.

U.S. Healthcare Reform

       Changes in healthcare policy could increase our costs and subject us to additional regulatory requirements that may interrupt commercialization of our current and future solutions. Changes in healthcare policy could increase our costs, decrease our revenues and impact sales of and reimbursement for our current and future solutions. The Affordable Care Act substantially changes

98


Table of Contents

the way healthcare is financed by both governmental and private insurers, and significantly impacts our industry. The Act contains a number of provisions that impact our business and operations, some of which in ways we cannot currently predict, including those governing enrollment in federal healthcare programs and reimbursement changes.

       There will continue to be proposals by legislators at both the federal and state levels, regulators and third party payors to reduce costs while expanding individual healthcare benefits. Certain of these changes could impose additional limitations on the prices we will be able to charge for our current and future solutions or the amounts of reimbursement available for our current and future solutions from governmental agencies or third party payors. While in general it is too early to predict specifically what effect the Affordable Care Act and its implementation or any future healthcare reform legislation or policies will have on our business, current and future healthcare reform legislation and policies could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

Third-Party Reimbursement

       Payment for patient care in the United States is generally made by third party payors, including private insurers and government insurance programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid. The Medicare program, the largest single payor in the United States, is a federal governmental health insurance program administered by the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, or CMS, and covers certain medical care expenses for eligible elderly and disabled individuals. Because a large percentage of the population with PAD includes Medicare beneficiaries, and private insurers may follow the coverage and payment policies of Medicare, Medicare's coverage and payment policies are significant to our operations.

       Medicare pays PAD treatment facilities, including hospitals and physician office-based labs, pre-determined amounts for each procedure performed. These payment amounts differ based on a variety of factors, including:

    Type of procedure performed—angioplasty, stent or atherectomy;

    Patient-specific complexities and comorbidities;

    Type of facility—hospital, teaching hospital or office-based lab;

    Inpatient or outpatient status; and

    Geographic region.

       We receive payment from the treatment facility for our products, and the Medicare reimbursement to the facility is intended to cover the overall cost of treatment, including the cost of products used during the procedure as well as the overhead cost associated with the facility where the procedure is performed. For procedures performed in hospitals, the physician who performs the procedure is reimbursed separately under the Medicare physician fee schedule. Claims for PAD procedures are typically submitted by the treatment facility and physician to Medicare or other health insurers using established billing codes. These codes identify the procedures performed and are relied upon to determine third party payor reimbursement amounts.

       Medicare reimbursement levels for fiscal year 2015 went into effect as of October 1, 2014. National average Medicare payment rates for PAD procedures for fiscal year 2015 are $10,150 - $19,148 for inpatient procedures, $4,334 - $14,759 for outpatient procedures. These amounts include the cost of disposable catheters such as Ocelot and Pantheris, and additional device-specific reimbursement is not available. The amount of reimbursement can vary substantially by geographical

99


Table of Contents

region and by facility. Payment rates of other third party payors may follow Medicare rates, or they may be higher or lower, depending on their particular reimbursement methodology. Because of the wide variability, it is not possible to identify an average rate for third party payors other than Medicare.

Employees

       As of December 31, 2014, we had 116 employees, including 24 in manufacturing and operations, 42 in sales and marketing, 19 in research and development, 16 in clinical affairs, regulatory affairs, and quality assurance and 15 in finance, general administrative and executive administration. All 116 employees are full time employees. None of our employees are represented by a labor union or are parties to a collective bargaining agreement and we believe that our employee relations are good.

Facilities

       Our principal executive offices are located in two buildings, comprising 44,200 square feet in Redwood City, California. The term of the lease for our facility extends through November 2016 and we have the option to extend the lease through November 2022. Our facility houses our research and development, sales, marketing, manufacturing, finance and administrative activities. We believe that our current facilities are adequate for our current and anticipated future needs through 2016.

Legal Proceedings

       We are not currently a party to any material legal proceedings. From time to time we may be involved in legal proceedings or investigations, which could have an adverse impact on our reputation, business and financial condition and divert the attention of our management from the operation of our business.

100


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers, Directors and Key Employees

       The following table sets forth information, as of January 15, 2015, regarding our executive officers, directors and key employees.

Name
  Age   Title

Jeffrey M. Soinski

    53   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

John B. Simpson, Ph.D., M.D. (1)

    70   Director and Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors

Matthew B. Ferguson

    47   Chief Business Officer and Chief Financial Officer

Sougata Banerjee

    48   Senior Vice President, Operations

Bart C. Beasley

    46   Vice President, Marketing

Arjun M. Desai, M.D. 

    33   Chief Medical Officer

Daniel V. George

    45   Vice President, Finance

Patricia A. Hevey

    49   Vice President, Clinical, Quality & Regulatory Affairs

Himanshu N. Patel

    54   Chief Technology Officer

Philip R. Preuss

    37   Vice President, Corporate Development

John D. Simpson

    36   Vice President, Sales

James G. Cullen (2)(3)

    72   Director

Thomas J. Fogarty (3)

    80   Director

Donald A. Lucas (1)(2)(3)

    52   Director

James B. McElwee (1)(2)(3)

    62   Director

(1)
Member of the audit committee.
(2)
Member of the compensation committee.
(3)
Member of the nominating and governance committee.

        Jeffrey M. Soinski has served as our President, Chief Executive Officer and a member of our Board of Directors since December 2014. From its formation in September 2009 until the acquisition of its Unisyn business by GE Healthcare in May 2013, Mr. Soinski served as Chief Executive Officer of Medical Imaging Holdings and its primary operating company Unisyn Medical Technologies, a national provider of technology-enabled products and services to the medical imaging industry. Mr. Soinski remains a Director of Medical Imaging Holdings and its remaining operating company Consensys Imaging Service. From July 2008 to June 2013, Mr. Soinski served periodically as a Special Venture Partner for Galen Partners, a leading healthcare-focused private equity firm, which has Medical Imaging Holdings as one of its portfolio companies. From 2001 until its acquisition by C.R. Bard in 2008, Mr. Soinski was President and CEO of Specialized Health Products International, a publicly-traded manufacturer and marketer of proprietary safety medical products. Mr. Soinski served as a consultant to BLOXR Corporation, a venture-backed medical device company, from October 2013 until September 2014. He has served on the board of directors of Merriman Holdings, parent of Merriman Capital, a San Francisco-based investment banking and brokerage firm, since 2008. Mr. Soinski holds a B.A. degree from Dartmouth College.

       We believe Mr. Soinski is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his extensive corporate finance and business strategy experience as well as his experience with public companies.

        John B. Simpson, Ph.D., M.D. founded our company in March 2007 and has served as a member of our board of directors since March 2007. From March 2007 to December 2014, Dr. Simpson served as our Chief Executive Officer. Since March 2000 Dr. Simpson has served in various positions at De

101


Table of Contents

Novo Ventures, a venture capital fund, including managing director and clinical director. Since 1983, Dr. Simpson has been a partner at Cardiovascular Medicine and Coronary Interventions, a cardiology physician group. Prior to founding our company, Dr. Simpson founded several other interventional cardiology companies, including Perclose, a manufacturer of femoral artery access site closure devices, Devices for Vascular Intervention, a manufacturer of atherectomy devices, Advanced Cardiovascular Systems, a manufacturer of balloon angioplasty devices and FoxHollow Technologies, a manufacturer of atherectomy devices. Dr. Simpson holds a B.S. in Agriculture from Ohio State University, an M.D. from the Duke University School of Medicine and an M.S. and a Ph.D. in Biomedical Science from the University of Texas.

       We believe Dr. Simpson is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his medical background, extensive knowledge of medical device company operations, and his experience working with companies, regulators and other stakeholders in the medical device industry.

        Matthew B. Ferguson has served as our Chief Business Officer and Chief Financial Officer since January 2011, and also as our Co-President from August 2012 to October 2013. From December 2009 to December 2010, Mr. Ferguson served as the Chief Financial Officer at Tethys Bioscience, a provider of molecular diagnostic tests for cardiometabolic conditions. From January 2008 to April 2009 he served as the Chief Financial Officer at Proteolix, a developer of novel drugs for the treatment of cancer and autoimmune diseases. Mr. Ferguson also served as the Chief Financial Officer and Vice President of Finance at FoxHollow Technologies. Mr. Ferguson holds a B.S. in Civil Engineering from Stanford University, an M.S. in Mechanical Engineering from the University of Pennsylvania and an M.B.A. from the University of California at Berkeley.

        Sougata (Bunty) Banerjee has served as our Senior Vice President of Operations since January 2012. From November 2009 to January 2012, Mr. Banerjee was Vice President of Operations and Quality at Evalve where he oversaw the acquisition of Evalve by Abbott Laboratories in 2009 and lead the post-acquisition integration and business expansion as Head of Operations at Abbott Vascular, Structural Heart. Prior to Evalve, Mr. Banerjee served as Plant Manager at Epicor, holding general management responsibilities including operations, quality, product development, finance, human resources, and providing leadership in product commercialization and new product introductions. Prior to Epicor, Mr. Banerjee held several operations leadership positions at several business units of Boston Scientific. Earlier in his career, Mr. Banerjee held various engineering positions at Crompton-Greaves, Caterpillar, and Larsen-Toubro. Mr. Banerjee received a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from Jadavpur University, India and an M.S. in Industrial Management from Clemson University.

        Bart C. Beasley has been our Vice President of Marketing since January 2013. From January 2009 to January 2013, he served as the Senior Director of Marketing at Transcend Medical. From January 2007 to January 2009, Mr. Beasley worked as an independent consultant providing consulting on sales and marketing strategy matters within the medical device industry. Mr. Beasley holds a B.S. in Economics from Santa Clara University and an M.B.A. from IESE, University of Navarra in Spain.

        Arjun M. Desai, M.D. joined our company in January 2012 and has served as our Chief Medical Officer since November 2013. From July 2010 to December 2011, Dr. Desai served as a consultant and advisor for Incline Therapeutics, developing the IONSYS transdermal fentanyl delivery system and other companies. From 2008 to December 2011, Dr. Desai was a Staff Physician at Stanford University in the Department of Anesthesia where he completed his advanced anesthesia residency training. Dr. Desai continues to be affiliated with Stanford University. Dr. Desai has also served as a fellow in the United States House Policy Committee, advising members of Congress on healthcare legislation. Additionally, Dr. Desai represented the United States State Department and Rotary

102


Table of Contents

International as an Ambassador of Goodwill to Singapore where he led vaccine prophylaxis campaigns and lectured in the department of health economics at the National University of Singapore. Dr. Desai holds an M.D. from the University of Miami Miller School of Medicine and a B.A. in Economics from the University of Oklahoma.

        Daniel V. George has served as our Vice President, Finance since August 2014. From June 2012 to August 2014, Mr. George served as a consultant and Vice President of Finance for ApniCure, a medical device company specializing in the treatment of sleep apnea. From March 2009 to June 2012, Mr. George worked for Avantis Medical Systems, a manufacturer of colonoscopy visualization technology, where he was both a consultant and Chief Financial Officer. Mr. George was also the Sr. Director of Finance at FoxHollow Technologies and worked for PricewaterhouseCoopers in the assurance and business advisory practice. Mr. George holds B.S. degrees in both Accounting and Finance from California State University, Long Beach.

        Patricia A. Hevey has served as our Vice President of Clinical, Regulatory and Quality Affairs since September 2014. From April 2014 to September 2014, Ms. Hevey was our Vice President of Clinical and Regulatory Affairs and from February 2011 to February 2014, she served as our Director of Clinical and Regulatory Affairs. From July 2010 until February 2011, Ms. Hevey was the President of Hevey Clinical Consulting and from October 2008 to July 2010, she was the Director of Clinical and Regulatory Affairs at Baxano. Ms. Hevey holds a B.S. in Clinical Research Administration from George Washington University Medical School and an associate of science in Radiology Science from Canada College.

        Himanshu N. Patel served as our Chief Technology Officer from January 2011 to November 2011 and since October 2013. From September 1999 to February 2007, Mr. Patel led research and development activities as the Director of Advanced Technologies at FoxHollow Technologies. Mr. Patel holds a B.S. in Mechanical Engineering from M.S. University of Baroda, India, and an M.S. in Mechanical Engineering from the University of Florida.

        Philip R. Preuss has served as our Vice President, Corporate Development since September 2014. From September 2012 to August 2014, Mr. Preuss served as our Vice President, Finance and Corporate Development. Mr. Preuss joined our company in August 2009 and has held the positions of Vice President, Corporate Development and Vice President, Finance. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Preuss was a Manager of Business Development at another medical device company founded by Dr. Simpson. Mr. Preuss was also a Senior Associate of Corporate Development at FoxHollow Technologies, where he worked on internal strategic priorities and the exploration of external business opportunities. Before entering the medical device industry, Mr. Preuss held various roles in the financial services sector, and specifically within the field of equity research. Mr. Preuss holds an M.B.A. from the Kellogg School of Management and a B.A. in both Economics and History from Stanford University.

        John D. Simpson has served as our Vice President of Sales since August 2011 and served as a member of our board of directors from December 2009 to January 2015. Mr. Simpson joined our company in 2008 and has held the positions of Chief Marketing Officer and Co-President. From 2001 to 2005, Mr. Simpson worked at FoxHollow Technologies in a Clinical Affairs, Sales and Marketing role. From 2005 to 2006, Mr. Simpson worked at Palo Alto Investors, an independent, privately held investment advisor. Mr. Simpson rejoined FoxHollow Technologies 2006 where he worked in Corporate Development. Mr. Simpson is a Founder and the Chief Executive Officer of Recreation, which is a full service creative, digital and media agency focused on brand strategy and

103


Table of Contents

implementation for life changing innovations. Mr. Simpson holds a B.A. in Sociology from Duke University.

        James G. Cullen has served as a member of our board of directors since December 2014. During the last five years, Mr. Cullen has held board and committee positions with various companies. Mr. Cullen is currently the non-executive Chairman of the board of Neustar, Inc., a neutral provider of real-time information services and analytics, a director and member of the investment and finance committees of Prudential Financial, non-executive Chairman of the Board of Agilent Technologies, a director of Keysight Technologies, and a director and chairman of the audit committee of Johnson & Johnson. From 1993 to 2000, Mr. Cullen was President, Vice Chairman and Chief Operating Officer of Bell Atlantic Corporation (now Verizon). From 1989 to 1993, he was President and Chief Executive Officer of Bell Atlantic-New Jersey. Mr. Cullen holds a B.A. in Economics from Rutgers University and an M.S. in Management Science from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

       We believe Mr. Cullen is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his extensive experience serving on the boards of public companies as well as his financial and business expertise.

        Thomas J. Fogarty, M.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since December 2014. Dr. Fogarty is a managing director of Emergent Medical Partners, an investment firm focused on private medical device companies, which he founded in 2007. Prior to Emergent Medical Partners, Dr. Fogarty held various positions at Stanford University where he performed both cardiac and peripheral vascular surgery. His positions at Stanford University included Professor of Cardiovascular Surgery and President of the Medical Staff. Dr. Fogarty holds a B.S. degree in Biology from Xavier University and an M.D. from Cincinnati College of Medicine.

       We believe Dr. Fogarty is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his medical background and extensive knowledge of medical device company operations.

        Donald A. Lucas has served as a member of our board of directors since 2013 and has been an investor in our company since 2011. Mr. Lucas has been a venture capitalist since 1985, having invested in companies such as Oracle, Macromedia and Cadence Design alongside his father Donald L. Lucas. Mr. Lucas has sourced or led investments in companies such as Intuitive Surgical, Coulter Pharmaceutical, Dexcom, Infinera, Reputation.com, Chegg, Palantir and Theranos. Mr. Lucas has served on the boards of Dexcom and the Silicon Valley Chapter of the JDRF and is a member of the UCSF Diabetes Center Leadership Council. Mr. Lucas holds a B.A. from Santa Clara University.

       We believe Mr. Lucas is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his substantial corporate finance, business strategy and corporate development expertise gained from his significant experience in the venture capital industry, analyzing, investing in, serving on the boards of, and providing guidance to various technology companies.

        James B. McElwee has served as a member of our board of directors since March 2011. Mr. McElwee served as general partner of Weston Presidio, a private equity and venture capital firm, from 1992 to 2010. During his tenure as a general partner and member of the investment committee, Weston Presidio led the start up financing of JetBlue Airways and made investments in Fender Musical Instruments, The Coffee Connection, Guitar Center, Mapquest, Party City, Petzazz, RE/MAX, and others. Prior to Weston Presidio, Mr. McElwee was Senior Vice President of the Security Pacific Venture Capital Group and the founding Managing Director of its Menlo Park office where he was responsible for early private investments in Costco, Universal Health Services, Cypress

104


Table of Contents

Semiconductor, Aspect Telecommunications, Xilinx, MIPS Computer Systems, Harmonic, Microchip, Vitesse and others. Prior to entering the venture capital industry in 1979, Mr. McElwee was a Senior Consultant with Accenture working on a variety of clients in the retailing, healthcare and technology industries. Mr. McElwee holds a B.A. in Economics from Claremont McKenna College and an M.B.A. from the Wharton Graduate School of Business.

       We believe Mr. McElwee is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his substantial corporate development and business strategy expertise gained in the venture capital industry.

Executive Officers

       Each of our executive officers serves at the discretion of our board of directors and holds office until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. John B. Simpson, the Executive Chairman of our board of directors, is the father of John D. Simpson, our Vice President, Sales.

Board of Directors

       Our business is managed under the direction of our board of directors, which consists of five directors. Our directors hold office until the earlier of their death, resignation, removal or disqualification, or until their successors have been elected and qualified. We are actively searching for qualified candidates to add to our board of directors or to replace current members. Our board of directors does not have a formal policy on whether the roles of Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of our board of directors should be separate. Prior to this offering, the members of our board of directors were elected in compliance with the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and a voting agreement among certain of our stockholders. The voting agreement will terminate upon the closing of this offering and none of our stockholders will have any special rights regarding the election or designation of members of our board of directors.

       Upon completion of this offering, our bylaws will be amended and restated to provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors. Upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. We do not expect to have an annual meeting of stockholders in 2015 and our first annual meeting of stockholders will be in 2016. At each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election or until their earlier death, resignation or removal. Our directors have been divided among the three classes as follows:

    The Class I directors will be Jeffrey M. Soinski and John B. Simpson, and their terms will expire at our annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2016

    The Class II directors will be Donald A. Lucas and James B. McElwee, and their terms will expire at our annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2017; and

    The Class III directors will be James G. Cullen and Thomas J. Fogarty and their terms will expire at our annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2018.

       This classification of the board of directors, together with the ability of the stockholders to remove our directors only for cause and the inability of stockholders to call special meetings, may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control or management. See "Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Effects or Provisions of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, our Amended and Restated Bylaws and Delaware Law" for a discussion of other

105


Table of Contents

anti-takeover provisions that will be included in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective immediately prior to the consummation of this offering.

Director Independence

       In connection with this offering, we intend to list our common stock on The NASDAQ Stock Market. Under the rules of The NASDAQ Stock Market, independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company's board of directors within a specified period of time after listing on The NASDAQ Stock Market. In addition, the rules of The NASDAQ Stock Market require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company's audit, compensation, and nominating and governance committees be independent. Our board of directors has reviewed the independence of each director and determined that Messrs. Cullen, Fogarty, Lucas and McElwee are independent under the rules of The NASDAQ Stock Market. Our board of directors will review the independence of each director at least annually. During these reviews, the board of directors will consider transactions and relationships between each director (and his or her immediate family and affiliates) and our company and its management to determine whether any such transactions or relationships are inconsistent with a determination that the director is independent. This review will be based primarily on responses of the directors to questions in a directors' and officers' questionnaire regarding employment, business, familial, compensation and other relationships with our company including its management.

       We believe that the composition of our board of directors meets the requirements for independence under the current requirements of The NASDAQ Stock Market. As required by The NASDAQ Stock Market, we anticipate that our independent directors will meet in regularly scheduled executive sessions at which only independent directors are present. We intend to comply with future governance requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

Corporate Governance

       We believe that good corporate governance is important to ensure that, as a public company, we will be managed for the long-term benefit of our stockholders. In preparation for the offering being made by this prospectus, we and our board of directors have been reviewing the corporate governance policies and practices of other public companies, as well as those suggested by various authorities in corporate governance. We have also considered the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the rules of the SEC and The NASDAQ Stock Market.

       Based on this review, our board of directors has taken steps to implement many of these provisions and rules. In particular, we have established and expect to enhance charters for the audit committee, compensation committee and nominating and governance committee, as well as a code of business conduct and ethics applicable to all of our directors, officers and employees.

Board Committees

       Our board of directors has established a standing audit committee, a compensation committee, and a nominating and governance committee. Our board of directors has assessed the independence of the members of each of these standing committees as defined under the rules of The NASDAQ Stock Market and, in the case of the audit committee, the independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

       Audit Committee.     Messrs. Lucas, McElwee and Simpson serve on our audit committee. Mr. Lucas serves as the chair of the audit committee and we are actively searching for a financial

106


Table of Contents

expert within the meaning of the regulations of the SEC. Our board of directors has assessed whether all members of the audit committee meet the composition requirements of The NASDAQ Stock Market, including the requirements regarding financial literacy and financial sophistication. Our board of directors found that Messrs. Lucas, McElwee and Simpson have met the financial literacy and financial sophistication requirements and that Messrs. Lucas and McElwee are independent under SEC and The NASDAQ Stock Market rules. Before the expiration of the phase-in period applicable to initial public offerings under SEC and The NASDAQ Stock Market rules, all members of our audit committee will be independent for audit committee purposes. The audit committee's primary responsibilities include:

    appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the qualifications and independence of our independent registered public accounting firm, which currently is Ernst & Young LLP;

    reviewing and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures;

    preparing the audit committee report required by SEC rules to be included in our annual proxy statements;

    monitoring our internal control over financial reporting, disclosure controls and procedures;

    reviewing our risk management status;

    establishing policies regarding hiring employees from our independent registered public accounting firm and procedures for the receipt and retention of accounting related complaints and concerns;

    meeting independently with our independent registered public accounting firm and management; and

    monitoring compliance with the code of business conduct and ethics for financial management.

       All audit and non-audit services must be approved in advance by the audit committee. Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for the audit committee which will be available on our website at www.avinger.com upon the completion of this offering.

       Compensation Committee.     Messrs. Lucas, Cullen and McElwee serve on our compensation committee. Mr. McElwee serves as the chair of the compensation committee. The compensation committee's responsibilities include:

    annually reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation of our chief executive officer and our other executive officers;

    determining the compensation of our chief executive officer and our other executive officers;

    reviewing and making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to director compensation; and

    overseeing and administering our equity incentive plans.

       Our chief executive officer and chief financial officer make compensation recommendations for our other executive officers and initially proposes the corporate and departmental performance objectives under our Executive Bonus Plan to the compensation committee. From time to time, the compensation committee may use outside compensation consultants to assist it in analyzing our compensation programs and in determining appropriate levels of compensation and benefits. For example, in 2014, we engaged Radford Consulting to advise us on compensation philosophy as we transition towards becoming a publicly-traded company, selection of a group of peer companies to use

107


Table of Contents

for compensation benchmarking purposes and cash and equity compensation levels for our directors, executives and other employees based on current market practices. Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for the compensation committee which will be available on our website at www.avinger.com upon the completion of this offering.

       Nominating and Governance Committee.     Messrs. Lucas, Cullen, Fogarty and McElwee serve on our nominating and governance committee. Mr. Cullen serves as the chair of the nominating and governance committee. The nominating and governance committee's responsibilities include:

    identifying individuals qualified to become members of our board of directors;

    recommending to our board of directors the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each of our board's committees;

    reviewing and making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to management succession planning;

    developing, updating and recommending to our board of directors corporate governance principles and policies; and

    overseeing the evaluation of our board of directors and committees.

       Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for the nominating and governance committee which will be available on our website at www.avinger.com upon the completion of this offering.

Lead Independent Director

       Our board of directors has appointed James G. Cullen to serve as our lead independent director. As lead independent director, Mr. Cullen is expected to preside over periodic meetings of our independent directors, to serve as a liaison between our Executive Chairman and the independent directors, and to perform such additional duties as our Board may otherwise determine and delegate. At the end of each board meeting, the independent directors are expected to meet without Mr. Soinski and Mr. Simpson present. Following each meeting, Mr. Cullen is expected to provide feedback to Mr. Soinski and Mr. Simpson on their performance and the performance of our employees during the meeting and to recommend new agenda items for the next meeting.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

       We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including those officers responsible for financial reporting. Following the closing of this offering, our code of business conduct and ethics will be available on our website at www.avinger.com . We intend to disclose any amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, on our website to the extent required by the applicable rules and exchange requirements. The inclusion of our website address in this prospectus does not incorporate by reference into this prospectus the information on or accessible through our website.

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters

       Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

    any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

108


Table of Contents

    any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

    unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; and

    any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

       Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our amended and restated bylaws also provide that we are obligated to advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under Delaware law. We have entered, and expect to continue to enter, into agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers and other employees as determined by our board of directors. With specified exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including, among other things, attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain directors' and officers' liability insurance.

       The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. Further, a stockholder's investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damages.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

       None of our executive officers serves as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee, or other committee serving an equivalent function, of any other entity that has one or more of its executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or its compensation committee. None of the current members of the compensation committee of our board of directors has ever been one of our employees.

Director Compensation

       Prior to this offering, non-employee members of our board of directors did not receive any cash compensation for service on our board of directors or committees, including attending board and committee meetings. However, we did reimburse our non-employee directors for travel, lodging and other reasonable expenses incurred in attending board, committee and other company-related meetings. In addition, from time to time we have granted stock options to some of our directors. In fiscal year 2014, we granted Donald Lucas, one of our non-employee directors, a non-statutory stock option to purchase 4,444 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $20.25 per share. One quarter of the shares underlying this option vested on November 26, 2014, and the remaining shares underlying this option vest in equal monthly installments thereafter. Additionally, in fiscal year 2014, each of James Cullen, Thomas Fogarty, Donald Lucas and James McElwee, constituting all of our non-employee directors, was granted a non-statutory option to purchase 24,444 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $4.50 per share. One quarter of the shares underlying these options vest

109


Table of Contents

on December 31, 2015 and the remaining shares underlying these options vest in equal monthly installments thereafter.

Outside Director Compensation Policy

       After the completion of this offering, each non-employee director will be eligible to receive compensation for his or her service consisting of annual cash retainers and equity awards. Our board of directors will have the discretion to revise non-employee director compensation as it deems necessary or appropriate.

       Cash Compensation.     All non-employee directors will be entitled to receive the following cash compensation for their services following the completion of this offering:

       All cash payments to non-employee directors, or the Retainer Cash Payments, will be paid biannually with the first biannual installment payable on the date of the Company's annual meeting of stockholders or, if no annual meeting occurs in a given year, May 1, and the second biannual installment payable on November 1 of each year.

       Election to Receive Stock Options in Lieu of Cash Payments.     All non-employee directors may elect to convert a Retainer Cash Payment into a nonstatutory stock option, or a Retainer Option, with a grant date fair value equal to the applicable Retainer Cash Payment. Each Retainer Option will be granted on the date that the applicable Retainer Cash Payment was scheduled to be paid, and all of the shares underlying the Retention Option will vest and become exercisable one year from the date of grant, subject to continued service as a director through the applicable vesting date. The Retainer Option will be subject to certain terms and conditions as described below under the section titled "Equity Compensation."

       Elections to convert a Retainer Cash Payment into a Retainer Option must generally be made on or prior to December 31 of the year prior to the year in which the Retainer Cash Payment is scheduled to be paid, or such earlier deadline as established by our board of directors or compensation committee. Each individual who first becomes a non-employee director after this offering will be permitted to elect to convert Retainer Cash Payments payable in the same calendar year into Retainer Options, provided that such election is made prior to the date the individual becomes a non-employee director. Individuals who are non-employee directors immediately prior to the completion of this offering are permitted to elect to convert Retainer Cash Payments payable in 2015 into Retainer Options, provided that such election is made prior to the completion of this offering.

       Equity Compensation.     Following the closing of this offering, nondiscretionary, automatic grants of nonstatutory stock options will be made to our non-employee directors.

110


Table of Contents

       The exercise price per share of each stock option granted under our outside director compensation policy, including Retention Options, Initial Options and Annual Options, will be the fair market value of a share of our common stock, as determined in accordance with our 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2015 Plan, on the date of the option grant. The grant date fair value is computed in accordance with the Black-Scholes option valuation methodology or such other methodology our board of directors or compensation committee may determine.

       Any stock option granted under our outside director compensation policy will fully vest and become exercisable in the event of a change in control, as defined in our 2015 Plan, provided that the optionee remains a director through such change in control. Further, our 2015 Plan, as described below under the section titled "Employee Benefit and Stock Plans," provides that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined in our 2015 Plan, each outstanding equity award granted under our 2015 Plan that is held by a non-employee director will fully vest, all restrictions on the shares subject to such award will lapse, and with respect to awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels, and all of the shares subject to such award will become fully exercisable, if applicable, provided such optionee remains a director through such merger or change in control.

111


Table of Contents

       The following table sets forth a summary of the compensation received by our directors that are not named executive officers who received compensation during our fiscal year ended December 31, 2014:

Director Compensation

Name (1)
  Option Awards
($) (2)(3)
  Total ($)  

James G. Cullen

  $ 58,172     58,172  

Thomas J. Fogarty

    58,172     58,172  

Donald A. Lucas

    105,763     105,763  

James B. McElwee

    58,172     58,172  

James Muzzy (4)

         

John D. Simpson (4)

         

(1)
Mr. Cullen was appointed to our board of directors on December 30, 2014 and Mr. Fogarty was appointed to our board of directors on December 31, 2014.
(2)
Amounts shown represent the grant date fair value of options granted during 2014, as calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 718. The assumptions used in calculating the grant-date fair value of the options reported in this column are set forth in the section titled "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Stock-Based Compensation."
(3)
As of December 31, 2014, Messrs. Cullen, Fogarty, Lucas, McElwee, Muzzy and Simpson had outstanding options to purchase a total of 24,444, 24,444, 28,888, 31,110, 4,444 and 92,905 shares of our common stock, respectively.
(4)
Mr. Muzzy resigned from our board of directors on October 31, 2014. Mr. Simpson resigned from our board of directors on January 13, 2015.

       Directors who are also our employees receive no additional compensation for their service as directors. During 2014, John B. Simpson, John D. Simpson and Jeffrey M. Soinski, three of our directors, were also our employees. See "Executive Compensation—Summary Compensation Table" for additional information about the compensation for Messrs. Simpson and Soinski.

112


Table of Contents


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table

       This discussion contains forward looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs. Actual compensation programs that we adopt may difffer materially from currently planned programs as summarized in this discussion. As an "emerging growth company" as defined in the JOBS Act and a smaller reporting company we are not required to include a Compensation Discussion and Analysis section and have elected to comply with the scaled disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies and smaller reporting companies.

       The following table provides information regarding the total compensation for services rendered in all capacities that was earned by each individual who served as our principal executive officer at any time in 2014, and our two other most highly compensated executive officers who were serving as executive officers as of December 31, 2014. These individuals were our named executive officers for 2014.

Name and Principal Position
  Year   Salary
($) (1)
  Bonus
($) (2)
  Stock
Awards
($) (3)
  Option
Awards
($) (3)
  Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
  Non-Qualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
($)
  All Other
Compensation
($)
  Total
($)
 

John B. Simpson, Ph.D., M.D. (4)

    2014     362,917             1,994,872                 2,357,789  

Executive Chairman

    2013     340,584     63,410         301,061                 705,055  

Jeffrey M. Soinski (4)

    2014     4,327             1,474,016                 1,478,343  

President and Chief Executive Officer

                                                       

Matthew B. Ferguson

    2014     300,917             227,229                 528,146  

Chief Financial Officer and Chief Business Officer

    2013     282,584     44,618         72,543                 399,745  

Sougata Banerjee

    2014     241,333     60,000         168,771                 470,104  

Senior Vice President of Operations

    2013     226,666     71,976         11,826                 310,468  

(1)
The amounts reported include salary paid and 200% of salary deferred in each of the fiscal years. No more than 10% of a named executive officer's salary was deferred in each fiscal year.
(2)
The amount reported for 2014 was paid at the discretion of our board of directors and not pursuant to any plan. The 2013 bonus amounts were paid pursuant to an executive bonus plan based on quarterly performance in five areas: Pantheris development, sales, cash burn, Lightbox placements and Ocelot development.
(3)
The amounts reported represent the aggregate grant-date fair value of the stock options awarded to the named executive officer in 2014, calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 718. Such grant-date fair value does not take into account any estimated forfeitures related to service-vesting conditions. The assumptions used in calculating the grant-date fair value of the options reported in this column are set forth in the section titled "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Stock-Based Compensation."
(4)
Mr. Soinski was appointed our President and Chief Executive Officer on December 29, 2014, succeeding our founder and then-Chief Executive Officer, Dr. John B. Simpson. Dr. Simpson became our Executive Chairman upon Mr. Soinski's appointment.

Executive Officer Employment Letters

John B. Simpson

       We entered into an employment offer letter in November 2014 with John B. Simpson. The letter has no specific term and provides for at-will employment. The letter does not provide for any bonus. Effective November 1, 2014, Dr. Simpson's annual base salary is $335,000.

113


Table of Contents

Jeffrey M. Soinski

       We entered into an employment offer letter in December 2014 with Jeffrey M. Soinski, our President and Chief Executive Officer. The letter has no specific term and provides for at-will employment. The letter also provides that, in 2015, Mr. Soinski is eligible to receive an annual performance bonus of up to 40% of his annual salary based on the achievement of certain goals mutually agreed upon by him and our board of directors. Effective December 29, 2014, Mr. Soinski's annual base salary is $375,000.

       Pursuant to Mr. Soinski's employment offer letter, if, within the 12 month period following a "change in control," we terminate Mr. Soinski's employment without "cause," or Mr. Soinski resigns for "good reason" (as such terms are defined in Mr. Soinski's employment offer letter), Mr. Soinski will receive accelerated vesting as to 100% of his outstanding unvested stock options. If we experience a change in control, and Mr. Soinski remains our employee through such date, Mr. Soinski will receive accelerated vesting as to 50% of his outstanding unvested stock options and/or restricted stock.

       If we terminate Mr. Soinski without cause at any time, he will be entitled to receive 12 months of base salary and COBRA medical and dental insurance coverage, in each case payable in substantially equal installments in accordance with our payroll practices, as severance, in exchange for signing and not revoking a severance agreement and general release against us and our affiliates within 60 days following his termination of employment.

       The letter provides that Mr. Soinski may receive payments or reimbursements from us for up to $30,000 of reasonable and documented expenses related to temporary lodging, travel, and commuting costs incurred by Mr. Soinski prior to August 2015 in connection with his transition from Utah to Redwood City, California, and reimbursements of up to $100,000 related to the sale of Mr. Soinski's home in Utah and relocation to California.

Matthew B. Ferguson

       We entered into an employment offer letter in December 2010 with Matt Ferguson, our Chief Financial Officer and Chief Business Officer. The letter has no specific term and provides for at-will employment. The letter did not provide for any bonus. Effective November 1, 2014, Mr. Ferguson's annual base salary is $275,000.

Sougata Banerjee

       We entered into an employment offer letter in November 2011 with Sougata (Bunty) Banerjee, our Senior Vice President of Operations. The letter has no specific term and provides for at-will employment. The letter also provides that Mr. Banerjee is eligible to earn quarterly bonuses targeted at $60,000 annually based on the satisfaction of milestones mutually agreed upon by us and Mr. Banerjee. Effective November 1, 2014, Mr. Banerjee's annual base salary is $220,000.

Pension Benefits and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

       We do not provide a pension plan for our employees, and none of our named executive officers participated in a nonqualified deferred compensation plan in 2014.

114


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2014 Year-End

       The following table sets forth information regarding outstanding stock options and stock awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2014:

 
  Option Awards   Stock Awards  
Name
  Grant Date (1)   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable (2)
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
  Option
Exercise
Price ($) (3)
  Option
Expiration
Date
  Number of
Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested (#)
  Market
Value of
Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested ($) (4)
 

John B. Simpson

    5/1/2013 (5)   28,888         22.50     5/1/2018          

    12/31/2014 (6)   838,250         4.95     12/31/2024          

Jeffrey M. Soinski

    12/31/2014 (6)   619,385         4.50     12/31/2024          

Matthew B. Ferguson

    7/29/2011 (7)   33,965         12.60     7/29/2021          

    5/1/2013 (5)   6,815         20.25     5/1/2023          

    12/31/2014 (6)   95,482         4.50     12/31/2024          

Sougata Banerjee

    1/20/2012 (8)   20,878         14.85     1/20/2022          

    5/1/2013 (5)   1,111         20.25     5/1/2023          

    12/31/2014 (6)   70,918         4.50     12/31/2024          

(1)
Each of the outstanding equity awards was granted pursuant to our 2009 Stock Plan.

(2)
All of our options are early exercisable subject to the Company's right to repurchase any unvested shares.

(3)
This column represents the fair value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined by our board of directors.

(4)
The market price for our common stock is based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

(5)
25% of the shares of our common stock subject to this option vested on January 1, 2014, and the balance vests in 36 successive equal monthly installments, subject to continued service through each such vesting date.

(6)
25% of the shares of our common stock subject to this option vests on December 31, 2015, and the balance vests in 36 successive equal monthly installments, subject to continued service through each such vesting date.

(7)
25% of the shares of our common stock subject to this option vested on December 31, 2011, and the balance vests in 36 successive equal monthly installments, subject to continued service through each such vesting date.

(8)
25% of the shares of our common stock subject to this option vested on January 3, 2013, and the balance vests in 36 successive equal monthly installments, subject to continued service through each such vesting date.

Executive Officer Change in Control Severance Agreements

       In March 2012, we entered into change of control and severance agreements with each of John B. Simpson, Matt Ferguson, and Sougata Banerjee that superseded all previous severance and change of control arrangements we had entered into with these employees. Under each of these agreements, if, within the 18 month period following a "change of control," we terminate the employment of the applicable employee other than for "cause," death or disability, or the employee resigns for "good reason" (as such terms are defined in the employee's employment agreement) and, within 60 days following the employee's termination, the employee executes an irrevocable separation agreement and release of claims, the employee is entitled to receive (i) continuing payments of severance pay at a rate equal to the employee's base salary and target bonus, as then in effect, for 12 months for Dr. Simpson and Mr. Ferguson and 6 months for Mr. Banerjee, (ii) reimbursement of premiums to maintain group health insurance continuation benefits pursuant to "COBRA" for employee and employee's dependents for up to 12 months for Dr. Simpson and Mr. Ferguson and 6 months for

115


Table of Contents

Mr. Banerjee, (iii) accelerated vesting as to 100% of the employee's outstanding unvested stock options and/or restricted stock, and (iv) the extension of the post-termination exercise period of any options held by the employee for a period of 1 year. Additionally, if we experience a change in control, 50% of the employee's outstanding unvested stock options and/or restricted stock will vest.

Employee Benefit and Stock Plans

2014 Preferred Stock Plan

       Our board of directors adopted our 2014 Preferred Stock Plan, or the 2014 Preferred Plan, in August 2014, and our stockholders approved it in November 2014. Our 2014 Preferred Plan allows for the grant of incentive stock options to purchase shares of our Series E preferred stock, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to our employees and our parent and subsidiary corporations' employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options to purchase shares of our Series E preferred stock and awards of shares of Series E preferred stock to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations' employees, directors and consultants. None of our executives or members of our board of directors hold outstanding awards under the 2014 Preferred Plan.

       Authorized Shares.     Our 2014 Preferred Plan will be terminated in connection with this offering, and accordingly, no shares will be available for issuance under the 2014 Preferred Plan following the completion of this offering. Our 2014 Preferred Plan will continue to govern outstanding awards granted thereunder. As of September 30, 2014, options to purchase 6,265 shares of our common stock remained outstanding under our 2014 Preferred Plan. In the event that an outstanding option or other right for any reason expires or is canceled, the shares allocable to the unexercised portion of such option or other right shall be added to the number of shares then available for issuance under the 2014 Preferred Plan.

       Plan Administration.     Our board of directors or a committee of our board (the administrator) administers our 2014 Preferred Plan. Subject to the provisions of the 2014 Preferred Plan, the administrator has the full authority and discretion to take any actions it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2014 Preferred Plan. All decisions, interpretations and other actions of the administrator are final and binding on all participants in the 2014 Preferred Plan.

       Options.     Stock options may be granted under our 2014 Preferred Plan. The exercise price per share of all options must equal at least 100% of the fair market value per share of our Series E preferred stock on the date of grant, as determined by the administrator. The term of a stock option may not exceed 10 years. With respect to any participant who owns 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock as of the grant date, the term of an incentive stock option granted to such participant must not exceed five years and the exercise price per share of such incentive stock option must equal at least 110% of the fair market value per share of our Series E preferred stock on the date of grant, as determined by the administrator. The 2014 Preferred Plan administrator determines the terms and conditions of options. After termination of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time as specified in the 2014 Preferred Plan. If termination is due to death, it is expected that the option will remain exercisable for 12 months, and if termination is due to disability, it is expected that the option will remain exercisable for 6 months. In all other cases, it is expected that the option will remain exercisable for 3 months. However, an option generally may not be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

116


Table of Contents

       Shares of Series E preferred stock.     Shares of our Series E preferred stock may be granted under our 2014 Preferred Plan, either as a purchasable award or as a direct grant. The administrator will determine the purchase price and the number of shares granted to the award recipient. Stock purchase rights must be exercised within 30 days of grant.

       Transferability of Awards.     Our 2014 Preferred Plan generally does not allow for the transfer or assignment of options, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Shares issued upon exercise of an option will be subject to such special forfeiture conditions, rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal, and other transfer restrictions as the administrator may determine.

       Certain Adjustments.     In the event of a subdivision of our outstanding stock, a declaration of a dividend payable in shares, a combination or consolidation of our outstanding stock into a lesser number of shares, a reclassification, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of stock effected without receipt of consideration by us, the 2014 Preferred Plan will be appropriately adjusted by the administrator as to the class and maximum number of securities subject to the 2014 Preferred Plan and the class, number of securities and price per share of Series E preferred stock subject to outstanding awards under the 2014 Preferred Plan, provided that our administrator will make any adjustments as may be required by Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code.

       Merger or Change in Control.     Our 2014 Preferred Plan provides that, in the event of a merger or consolidation, all shares acquired under the 2014 Preferred Plan and all options shall be subject to the agreement of merger or consolidation. Such agreement need not treat all options in an identical manner, and it shall provide for one or more of the following with respect to each option:

    the continuation of the option by us (if we are the surviving corporation);

    the assumption of the option by the surviving corporation or its parent in a manner that complies with Section 424(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

    the substitution by the surviving corporation or its parent of a new option in a manner that complies with Section 424(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

    full acceleration of vesting of the option, followed by cancellation of the option if it is not exercised prior to the merger or consolidation, provided that option holders shall be able to exercise the option during a period of at least 5 days, subject to the terms of the 2014 Preferred Plan; or

    the cancellation of the option and the payment to the option holder equal to the excess of (A) the fair market value of the shares subject to the option (whether or not the option is then exercisable or such shares are then vested) as of the closing date of the merger or consolidation over (B) the exercise price of the option.

       Automatic Conversion.     Our 2014 Preferred Plan provides that, in the event of the automatic conversion of our Series E preferred stock into common stock in accordance with the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, each outstanding award under the 2014 Preferred Plan immediately prior to such automatic conversion that remains outstanding following such conversion will be exercisable, following such conversion, for that number of shares of common stock into which each outstanding share of our Series E preferred stock was converted in connection with the automatic conversion. Additionally, the exercise or purchase price of a converted award will be adjusted as deemed appropriate by our board of directors.

117


Table of Contents

       Amendment; Termination.     Our board of directors could amend, suspend or terminate our 2014 Preferred Plan at any time, provided that such action did not impair a participant's rights under outstanding awards without such participant's written consent.

2015 Equity Incentive Plan

       Our board of directors adopted our 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2015 Plan, in January 2015 and we expect our stockholders to approve it in January 2015. Our 2015 Plan permits the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, to our employees and any parent and subsidiary corporations' employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance units and performance shares to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations' employees and consultants.

       Authorized shares.     A total of 1,320,000 shares of our common stock are reserved for issuance pursuant to the 2015 Plan. In addition, the shares reserved for issuance under our 2015 Plan will also include shares reserved but not issued under the 2009 Stock Plan, as amended, or the 2009 Plan, and shares subject to stock options or similar awards granted under the 2009 Plan that expire or terminate without having been exercised in full and shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the 2009 Plan that are forfeited to or repurchased by us (provided that the maximum number of shares that may be added to the 2015 Plan pursuant to this sentence is 3,000,000 shares). In addition, shares may become available under the 2015 Plan as described below.

       The number of shares available for issuance under the 2015 Plan includes an annual increase on the first day of each fiscal year beginning in fiscal 2016, equal to the lesser of:

    1,690,000 shares;

    5.0% of the outstanding shares of common stock as of the last day of our immediately preceding fiscal year; or

    such other amount as our board of directors may determine.

       If an award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to an exchange program, or, with respect to restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance units or performance shares, is forfeited or repurchased due to failure to vest, the unpurchased shares (or for awards other than stock options or stock appreciation rights, the forfeited or repurchased shares) will become available for future grant or sale under our 2015 Plan. With respect to stock appreciation rights, the net shares issued will cease to be available under the 2015 Plan and all remaining shares will remain available for future grant or sale under the 2015 Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an award or satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an award will become available for future grant or sale under our 2015 Plan. To the extent an award is paid out in cash rather than shares, such cash payment will not result in reducing the number of shares available for issuance under our 2015 Plan.

       Plan administration.     Our board of directors or one or more committees appointed by our board of directors will administer our 2015 Plan. In the case of awards intended to qualify as "performance-based compensation" within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the committee will consist of two or more "outside directors" within the meaning of Section 162(m). In addition, if we determine it is desirable to qualify transactions under the 2015 Plan as exempt under Rule 16b-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or Rule 16b-3, such transactions will be structured to satisfy the requirements for exemption under Rule 16b-3. Subject to the provisions of our 2015 Plan, the

118


Table of Contents

administrator has the power to administer the plan, including but not limited to, the power to interpret the terms of our 2015 Plan and awards granted under it, to create, amend and revoke rules relating to our 2015 Plan, including creating sub-plans, and to determine the terms of the awards, including the exercise price, the number of shares subject to each such award, the exercisability of the awards and the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise. The administrator also has the authority to amend existing awards to reduce or increase their exercise price, to allow participants the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the administrator and to institute an exchange program by which outstanding awards may be surrendered in exchange for awards of the same type which may have a higher or lower exercise price or different terms, awards of a different type and/or cash.

       Stock options.     Stock options may be granted under our 2015 Plan. The exercise price of options granted under our 2015 Plan must at least be equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed 10 years, except that with respect to any participant who owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock, the term must not exceed five years and the exercise price must equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date. The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, shares or other property acceptable to the administrator, as well as other types of consideration permitted by applicable law. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time stated in his or her option agreement. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for 12 months. In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for three months following the termination of service. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term. Subject to the provisions of our 2015 Plan, the administrator determines the other terms of options.

       Stock appreciation rights.     Stock appreciation rights may be granted under our 2015 Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. Stock appreciation rights may not have a term exceeding 10 years. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her stock appreciation right for the period of time stated in his or her option agreement. However, in no event may a stock appreciation right be exercised later than the expiration of its term. Subject to the provisions of our 2015 Plan, the administrator determines the other terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights become exercisable and whether to pay any increased appreciation in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof, except that the per share exercise price for the shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant.

       Restricted stock.     Restricted stock may be granted under our 2015 Plan. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. The administrator will determine the number of shares of restricted stock granted to any employee, director or consultant and, subject to the provisions of our 2015 Plan, will determine the terms and conditions of such awards. The administrator may impose whatever conditions for lapse of the restriction on the shares it determines to be appropriate (for example, the administrator may set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals or continued service to us); provided, however, that the administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. Recipients of restricted stock awards generally will have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without

119


Table of Contents

regard to the restriction, unless the administrator provides otherwise. Shares of restricted stock as to which the restrictions have not lapsed are subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture.

       Restricted stock units.     Restricted stock units may be granted under our 2015 Plan. Restricted stock units are bookkeeping entries representing an amount equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock. Subject to the provisions of our 2015 Plan, the administrator will determine the terms and conditions of restricted stock units, including the vesting criteria (which may include accomplishing specified performance criteria or continued service to us) and the form and timing of payment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restricted stock units will vest.

       Performance units and performance shares.     Performance units and performance shares may be granted under our 2015 Plan. Performance units and performance shares are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if performance goals established by the administrator are achieved or the awards otherwise vest. The administrator will establish organizational or individual performance goals or other vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and/or the value of performance units and performance shares to be paid out to participants. After the grant of a performance unit or performance share, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance criteria or other vesting provisions for such performance units or performance shares. Performance units shall have an initial dollar value established by the administrator prior to the grant date. Performance shares shall have an initial value equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned performance units or performance shares in the form of cash, in shares or in some combination

       Outside directors.     Our 2015 Plan provides that all non-employee directors are eligible to receive all types of awards (except for incentive stock options) under the 2015 Plan. Our 2015 Plan provides that in any given fiscal year, a non-employee director may not receive under the 2015 Plan awards having a grant date fair value greater than $500,000 increased to $1,500,000 in connection with his or her initial service, as grant fair value is determined under generally accepted accounting principles. Our 2015 Plan further provides that, in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined in our 2015 Plan, each outstanding equity award granted under our 2015 Plan that is held by a non-employee director will fully vest, all restrictions on the shares subject to such award will lapse, and with respect to awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels, and all of the shares subject to such award will become fully exercisable, if applicable.

       Non-transferability of awards.     Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2015 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an award may exercise an award during his or her lifetime.

       Certain adjustments.     In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under our 2015 Plan, the administrator will adjust the number and class of shares that may be delivered under our 2015 Plan and/or the number, class and price of shares covered by each outstanding award and the numerical share limits set forth in our 2015 Plan. In the event of our proposed liquidation or dissolution, the administrator will notify participants as soon as practicable and all awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction.

120


Table of Contents

       Merger or change in control.     Our 2015 Plan provides that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined under the 2015 Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines, except that if a successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary does not assume or substitute an equivalent award for any outstanding award, then such award will fully vest, all restrictions on the shares subject to such award will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting criteria applicable to the shares subject to such award will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and all of the shares subject to such award will become fully exercisable, if applicable, for a specified period prior to the transaction. The award will then terminate upon the expiration of the specified period of time.

       Amendment, termination.     The administrator will have the authority to amend, suspend or terminate the 2015 Plan provided such action will not impair the existing rights of any participant. Our 2015 Plan will automatically terminate in 2025, unless we terminate it sooner.

2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

       Our board of directors adopted our 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or ESPP, in January 2015 and we expect our stockholders to approve it in January 2015. The ESPP became effective upon its adoption by our board of directors but will not be in use until the completion of this offering.

       The ESPP includes a component that is intended to qualify as an "employee stock purchase plan" under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the 423 Component, and a component that does not comply with Section 423, or the Non-423 Component. For purposes of this disclosure, a reference to the "ESPP" will mean the 423 Component. Unless determined otherwise by the administrator, each of our future non-U.S. subsidiaries, if any, will participate in a separate offering under the Non-423 Component.

       Authorized shares.     A total of 500,000 shares of our common stock are available for sale. In addition, our ESPP provides for annual increases in the number of shares available for issuance under the ESPP on the first day of each fiscal year beginning in fiscal year 2016, equal to the lesser of:

    1.5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock on the last day of the previous fiscal year;

    493,000 shares; or

    such other amount as may be determined by our board of directors.

       Plan administration.     Our board of directors or a committee appointed by our board of directors will administer the ESPP. The administrator has authority to administer the plan, including but not limited to, full and exclusive authority to interpret the terms of the ESPP, determine eligibility to participate subject to the conditions of our ESPP as described below, and to establish procedures for plan administration necessary for the administration of the Plan, including creating sub-plans.

       Eligibility.     Generally, all of our employees are eligible to participate if they are employed by us, or any participating subsidiary, for at least 20 hours per week and more than five months in any calendar year. However, an employee may not be granted an option to purchase stock under the ESPP if such employee:

    immediately after the grant would own stock constituting 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our capital stock; or

121


Table of Contents

    holds rights to purchase stock under all of our employee stock purchase plans that accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of stock for each calendar year in which the option is outstanding.

       Offering periods.     Our ESPP is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code, and provides for 6 month offering periods. The offering periods generally start on the first trading day on or after March 1 and September 1 of each year, except that the first offering period will commence on the first trading day following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. The administrator may, in its discretion, modify the terms of future offering periods.

       Payroll deductions.     Our ESPP permits participants to purchase common stock through payroll deductions of up to 20% of their eligible compensation, which includes a participant's base straight time gross earnings, but exclusive of payments for incentive compensation, bonuses, payments for overtime and shift premium, equity compensation income and other similar compensation. A participant may purchase a maximum of 2,500 shares during an offering period.

       Exercise of purchase right.     Amounts deducted and accumulated by the participant are used to purchase shares of our common stock at the end of each six-month offering period. The purchase price of the shares will be 85% of the lower of the fair market value of our common stock on the first trading day of each offering period or on the exercise date. Participants may end their participation at any time during an offering period, and will be paid their accrued payroll deductions that have not yet been used to purchase shares of common stock. Participation ends automatically upon termination of employment with us.

       Non-transferability.     A participant may not transfer rights granted under our ESPP other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or as otherwise provided under our ESPP.

       Merger or change in control.     In the event of our merger or change in control, as defined under the ESPP, a successor corporation may assume or substitute for each outstanding option. If the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the option, the offering period then in progress will be shortened, and a new exercise date will be set. The administrator will notify each participant that the exercise date has been changed and that the participant's option will be exercised automatically on the new exercise date unless prior to such date the participant has withdrawn from the offering period.

       Amendment, termination.     Our ESPP will automatically terminate in 2035, unless we terminate it sooner. The administrator has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate our ESPP at any time.

2009 Stock Plan, as Amended

       Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, our 2009 Stock Plan, or the 2009 Plan, in March 2009. Our 2009 Plan was most recently amended in December 2014. Our 2009 Plan allows for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to our employees and our parent and subsidiary corporations' employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options and shares of common stock to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations' employees, directors and consultants.

       Authorized Shares.     Our 2009 Plan will be terminated in connection with this offering, and accordingly, no shares will be available for issuance under the 2009 Plan following the completion of

122


Table of Contents

this offering. Our 2009 Plan will continue to govern outstanding awards granted thereunder. As of September 30, 2014, options to purchase 316,733 shares of our common stock remained outstanding under our 2009 Plan. In the event that an outstanding option or other right for any reason expires or is canceled, the shares allocable to the unexercised portion of such option or other right shall be added to the number of shares then available for issuance under the 2015 Plan once adopted by our board of directors and our stockholders.

       Plan Administration.     Our board of directors or a committee of our board (the administrator) administers our 2009 Plan. Subject to the provisions of the 2009 Plan, the administrator has the full authority and discretion to take any actions it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2009 Plan. All decisions, interpretations and other actions of the administrator are final and binding on all participants in the 2009 Plan.

       Options.     Stock options may be granted under our 2009 Plan. The exercise price per share of all options must equal at least 100% of the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined by the administrator. The term of a stock option may not exceed 10 years. With respect to any participant who owns 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock as of the grant date, the term of an incentive stock option granted to such participant must not exceed five years and the exercise price per share of such incentive stock option must equal at least 110% of the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined by the administrator. The 2009 Plan administrator determines the terms and conditions of options.

       After termination of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time as specified in the 2009 Plan. If termination is due to death, it is expected that the option will remain exercisable for 12 months, and if termination is due to disability, it is expected that the option will remain exercisable for 6 months. In all other cases, it is expected that the option will remain exercisable for three months. However, an option generally may not be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

       Shares of Common Stock.     Shares of our common stock may be granted under our 2009 Plan, either as a purchasable award or as a direct grant. The administrator will determine the purchase price and the number of shares granted to the award recipient. Stock purchase rights must be exercised within 30 days of grant.

       Transferability of Awards.     Our 2009 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer or assignment of options, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Shares issued upon exercise of an option will be subject to such special forfeiture conditions, rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal, and other transfer restrictions as the administrator may determine.

       Certain Adjustments.     In the event of a subdivision of our outstanding stock, a declaration of a dividend payable in shares, a combination or consolidation of our outstanding stock into a lesser number of shares, a reclassification, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of stock effected without receipt of consideration by us, the 2009 Plan will be appropriately adjusted by the administrator as to the class and maximum number of securities subject to the 2009 Plan and the class, number of securities and price per share of common stock subject to outstanding awards under the 2009 Plan, provided that our administrator will make any adjustments as may be required by Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code.

123


Table of Contents

       Merger or Change in Control.     Our 2009 Plan provides that, in the event of a merger or consolidation, all shares acquired under the 2009 Plan and all options shall be subject to the agreement of merger or consolidation. Such agreement need not treat all options in an identical manner, and it shall provide for one or more of the following with respect to each option:

    the continuation of the option by us (if we are the surviving corporation);

    the assumption of the option by the surviving corporation or its parent in a manner that complies with Section 424(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

    the substitution by the surviving corporation or its parent of a new option in a manner that complies with Section 424(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

    full acceleration of vesting of the option, followed by cancellation of the option if it is not exercised prior to the merger or consolidation, provided that option holders shall be able to exercise the option during a period of at least 5 days, subject to the terms of the 2009 Plan; or

    the cancellation of the option and the payment to the option holder of an amount equal to the excess of (A) the fair market value of the shares subject to the option (whether or not the option is then exercisable or such shares are then vested) as of the closing date of the merger or consolidation over (B) the exercise price of the option.

       Amendment; Termination.     Our board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate our 2009 Plan at any time, provided that such action does not impair a participant's rights under outstanding awards without such participant's written consent. As noted above, upon completion of this offering, our 2009 Plan will be terminated and no further awards will be granted thereunder. All outstanding awards will continue to be governed by their existing terms.

Executive Incentive Compensation Plan

       Our board of directors has adopted an Executive Incentive Compensation Plan, or the Bonus Plan. The Bonus Plan will be administered by our compensation committee following the completion of this offering. The Bonus Plan allows our compensation committee to provide cash incentive awards to selected employees, including our named executive officers, based upon performance goals established by our compensation committee.

       Under the Bonus Plan, our compensation committee determines the performance goals applicable to any award, which goals may include, without limitation: attainment of research and development milestones, sales bookings, business divestitures and acquisitions, cash flow, cash position, earnings (which may include any calculation of earnings, including but not limited to earnings before interest and taxes, earnings before taxes, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization and net earnings), earnings per share, net income, net profit, net sales, operating cash flow, operating expenses, operating income, operating margin, overhead or other expense reduction, product defect measures, product release timelines, productivity, profit, return on assets, return on capital, return on equity, return on investment, return on sales, revenue, revenue growth, sales results, sales growth, stock price, time to market, total stockholder return, working capital, and individual objectives such as peer reviews or other subjective or objective criteria. Performance goals that include our financial results may be determined in accordance with GAAP or such financial results may consist of non-GAAP financial measures and any actual results may be adjusted by the compensation committee for one-time items or unbudgeted or unexpected items when performance goals that include our financial results may be determined in accordance with GAAP, or such financial results may consist of non-GAAP financial measures, and any actual results may be adjusted by the compensation committee for one-time items or unbudgeted or unexpected items when determining whether the

124


Table of Contents

performance goals have been met. The goals may be on the basis of any factors the compensation committee determines relevant, and may be adjusted on an individual, divisional, business unit or company-wide basis. The performance goals may differ from participant to participant and from award to award.

       Our compensation committee may, in its sole discretion and at any time, increase, reduce or eliminate a participant's actual award, and/or increase, reduce or eliminate the amount allocated to the bonus pool for a particular performance period. The actual award may be below, at or above a participant's target award, in the compensation committee's discretion. Our compensation committee may determine the amount of any reduction on the basis of such factors as it deems relevant, and it is not required to establish any allocation or weighting with respect to the factors it considers.

       Actual awards are paid in cash only after they are earned, which usually requires continued employment through the date a bonus is paid. Our compensation committee has the authority to amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Bonus Plan provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant with respect to any earned bonus.

401(k) Plan

       We maintain a tax-qualified retirement plan that provides eligible employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax advantaged basis. We may make a discretionary matching contribution to the 401(k) plan, and may make a discretionary employer contribution to each eligible employee each year. To date, we have not made any matching or profits sharing contributions into the 401(k) plan. All participants' interests in our matching and profit sharing contributions, if any, vest pursuant to a six-year graded vesting schedule from the time of contribution. Pre-tax contributions are allocated to each participant's individual account and are then invested in selected investment alternatives according to the participants' directions. The 401(k) plan is intended to qualify under Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code. As a tax-qualified retirement plan, contributions to the 401(k) plan and earnings on those contributions are not taxable to the employees until distributed from the 401(k) plan, and all contributions are deductible by us when made.

125


Table of Contents


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

       As a smaller reporting company, we are required to disclose certain transactions to which we are or will be a party and in which any of our directors, executive officers, or holders of more than 5% of our common stock, or any member of the immediate family of the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest in the event the amount of such transaction exceeds the lesser of $120,000 or one percent of the average of our total assets at year end for the last two completed fiscal years. The average of our 2013 and 2014 year-end assets multiplied by one percent is greater than $120,000.

       Other than compensation arrangements, we describe below transactions and series of similar transactions, since January 1, 2012, to which we were a party or will be a party, in which:

       Compensation arrangements for our directors and named executive officers are described elsewhere in this prospectus.

       The information under "Series D Preferred Stock Financing" below does not give effect to the anti-dilution adjustments triggered by the issuance of our Series E preferred stock.

       We entered into a Master Consulting Agreement in November 2013 with Recreation, Inc., a brand strategy and design agency, for marketing services. John D. Simpson is the founder and Chief Executive Officer of Recreation and is also our Vice President, Sales. Pursuant to this Consulting Agreement and the current Statement of Work in effect from November 2013 through November 2014, Recreation provided marketing services to us at a flat hourly rate of $250, with an aggregate annual cap of $600,000. The Master Consulting Agreement has no specific term. Periodically Recreation may continue to provide marketing services to us at reasonable and customary rates. We believe that the cost of outsourcing these marketing services to Recreation is significantly lower than the cost of our marketing department performing those services. The amounts we paid to Recreation in 2013 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 were $107,000 and $542,000, respectively.

       During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, we paid $140,000 and $146,000, respectively, to Baysinger Search & Associates, or Baysinger, for recruiting services. Baysinger's management included the wife of our former Vice President, Sales.

       We entered into a Time Sharing Agreement with JBS Consulting, or JBS, in June 2011. JBS is owned and controlled by our Executive Chairman of our board of directors, John B. Simpson. Pursuant to this Time Sharing Agreement, we leased the right to use an airplane owned by JBS for business-related travel by our employees. We agreed to pay to JBS expenses related to the operation of the airplane and the aggregate incremental cost of each specific flight leased by us.

       Concurrently with the Time Sharing Agreement, we entered into a Reimbursement Agreement with JBS and John B. Simpson, pursuant to which JBS agreed to reimburse us for certain costs and expenses incurred by us under the Time Sharing Agreement, except for (i) the cost of a first class fare equivalent commercial airline ticket for all flights when Dr. Simpson or one of our directors is aboard the airplane in connection with Company business, and (ii) the cost of a coach fare equivalent

126


Table of Contents

commercial airline ticket for all flights when any of our employees or consultants are aboard the airplane in connection with company business. Neither the Time Sharing Agreement nor the Reimbursement Agreement have any specific term. The net amounts paid to JBS under the Time Sharing Agreement and Reimbursement Agreement in 2012, 2013 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 were $611,000, $568,000 and $0, respectively, which represented only a fraction of the total cost of the airplane. Travel by our employees on this airplane ended in August 2013.

Series E Preferred Stock Financing

       From September 2014 to January 2015, the Company issued a total of 3,162,098 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock at $12.60 per share for cash proceeds of $26,217,933, and pursuant to the conversion of outstanding convertible promissory notes in the amount of $11,582,000, at 85% of the issuance price, or $10.71 per share. Investors received warrants to purchase up to the number of shares of common stock equal to seventy percent (70%) of the number of shares of Series E preferred stock purchased by such investor. The shares of Series E preferred stock will convert into an aggregate of 3,162,098 shares of common stock upon the consummation of this offering. The table below sets forth the number of shares of Series E preferred stock sold to our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our capital stock:

Name
  Number of
Warrants
  Number of
Shares
  Aggregate
Purchase
Price
 

Persons and entities associated with John B. Simpson, Ph.D., M.D. 

    255,552     365,076   $ 4,599,970  

Lucas Venture Group IX, LLC

    290,417     371,990   $ 4,222,870  

Matthew Ferguson

    10,843     13,791   $ 155,205  

2013 Bridge Loan

       In October 2013, November 2013, May 2014 and July 2014, we issued subordinated convertible promissory notes with an aggregate principal amount of $18,192,224. The subordinated convertible promissory notes accrued interest at the rate of the 30-day LIBOR rate plus 6% per annum subject to 20% internal rate of return. The table below sets forth the amount of subordinated convertible promissory notes sold to our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our capital stock:

Name
  Principal Amount
of Notes
 

Lucas Venture Group IX, LLC

  $ 2,522,193.57  

James McElwee

  $ 50,000  

Matthew Ferguson

  $ 100,000  

Himanshu Patel

  $ 150,000  

Entities associated with Jim and Carolyn Milgard

  $ 3,000,000  

       From September 2014 to November 2014, the outstanding principal and interest accrued under certain of the subordinated convertible promissory notes converted into shares of Series E preferred stock at a conversion price of $10.71 per share. The table below sets forth the number of shares of

127


Table of Contents

Series E preferred stock issued to our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our capital stock in connection with this conversion of subordinated convertible promissory notes:

Name
  Number of
Shares
 

Lucas Venture Group IX, LLC

    245,619  

James McElwee

    4,911  

Himanshu Patel

    14,270  

Matthew Ferguson

    9,823  

Series D Preferred Stock Financing

       In June 2012, August 2012 and September 2012, we issued an aggregate of 722,367 shares of our Series D preferred stock at a price per share of $52.20. The shares of Series D preferred stock will convert into an aggregate of 722,367 shares of common stock upon the consummation of this offering. The table below sets forth the number of shares of Series D preferred stock sold to our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our capital stock:

Name
  Number of
Shares
  Aggregate
Purchase
Price
 

Entities associated with John B. Simpson, Ph.D., M.D. 

    37,509   $ 1,958,003  

Entities associated with Donald A. Lucas

    84,029   $ 4,386,447  

James McElwee

    4,444   $ 232,000  

Entities associated with Jim and Carolyn Milgard

    95,785   $ 5,000,000  

Investors Rights Agreement

       In September 2014, in connection with the initial closing of our Series E preferred stock financing, we entered into an amended and restated investors' rights agreement with certain holders of our preferred stock, including entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated. For a detailed description of registration rights under this agreement, see "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights."

Voting Agreement

       We are party to a voting agreement under which certain holders of our capital stock, including entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated, have agreed to vote their shares on certain matters, including with respect to the election of directors. Upon the closing of this offering, the voting agreement will terminate and none of our stockholders will have any special rights regarding the election or designation of members of our board of directors or the voting of capital stock of the company.

Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement

       We are a party to an amended and restated right of first refusal and co-sale agreement with certain holders of our capital stock, including entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated, which imposes restrictions on the transfer of our capital stock. Upon the closing of this offering, the right of first refusal and co-sale agreement will terminate and the restrictions on the transfer of our capital stock set forth in this agreement will no longer apply.

128


Table of Contents

Indemnification Agreements

       We plan to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. These agreements, among other things, will require us to indemnify each director and executive officer to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, including indemnification of expenses such as attorneys' fees, judgments, penalties, fines and settlement amounts incurred by the director or officer in any action or proceedings, including any action or proceeding by or in right of us, arising out of the person's service as a director or officer.

Directed Share Program

       The underwriters have reserved, at the initial public offering price, up to 5% of the shares of our common stock in this offering for sale to our directors, officers, employees, consultants and other parties related to us as part of a directed share program. We do not currently know the extent to which these related persons will participate in our directed share program, if at all.

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

       Our board of directors has adopted a policy, effective upon the closing of this offering, that our executive officers, directors, nominees for election as a director, beneficial owners of more than 5% of any class of our common stock and any members of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons are not permitted to enter into a related person transaction with us without the prior consent of our audit committee. Any request for us to enter into a transaction with an executive officer, director, nominee for election as a director, beneficial owner of more than 5% of any class of our common stock or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and such person would have a direct or indirect interest must first be presented to our audit committee for review, consideration and approval. In approving or rejecting any such proposal, our audit committee is to consider the material facts of the transaction, including, but not limited to, whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of the related person's interest in the transaction. We did not have a formal review and approval policy for related party transactions at the time of any of the transactions described above. However, all of the transactions described above were entered into after presentation, consideration and approval by our board of directors and/or our audit committee.

129


Table of Contents


PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

       The following table provides information concerning beneficial ownership of our common stock as of January 15, 2015, by:

       The percentage of shares beneficially owned is computed on the basis of 7,211,277 shares of our common stock outstanding as of January 15, 2015, which reflects the assumed conversion of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock into an aggregate of 6,968,017 shares of common stock. Percentage ownership of our common stock after the offering assumes the sale of 4,615,384 shares by us in this offering.

       Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and generally includes voting power and/or investment power with respect to the securities held. Shares of common stock subject to options and warrants currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2014, are deemed outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding such options or warrants for purposes of computing the number of shares and percentage beneficially owned by such person, but are not deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage beneficially owned by any other person.

130


Table of Contents

       Except as indicated in the footnotes to this table, the persons or entities named have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of our common stock shown as beneficially owned by them. Except as indicated in the footnotes to this table, the address for each beneficial owner is c/o Avinger, Inc., 400 Chesapeake Drive, Redwood City, CA 94063.

 
  Shares Beneficially Owned Prior to the Offering   Shares Beneficially Owned After the Offering  
Name of Beneficial Owner
  Number of
Shares
  Percentage   Number of
Shares
  Percentage  

5% and Greater Stockholders

                         

Entities affiliated with John B. Simpson (1)

    1,675,757     22.54 %   1,675,757     13.91 %

Funds affiliated with Lucas Venture Group (2)

    874,762     11.66 %   874,762     7.22 %

PV 1114, LLC (3)

    566,664     7.61 %   566,664     4.70 %

Black Diamond Ventures, XVIII, LLC (4)

    514,774     6.93 %   514,774     4.28 %

Emergent Medical Partners II, LP (5)

    472,221     6.38 %   472,221     3.93 %

Named Executive Officers and Directors

                         

Jeffrey M. Soinski (6)

    619,385     7.91 %   619,385     4.98 %

John B. Simpson, Ph.D., M.D. (7)

    2,542,895     30.63 %   2,542,895     19.69 %

Matthew Ferguson (8)

    160,897     2.19 %   160,897     1.34 %

Sougata Banerjee (9)

    92,907     1.27 %   92,907     *  

James G. Cullen (10)

    138,550     1.91 %   138,550     1.17 %

Thomas J. Fogarty, M.D. (11)

    496,665     6.68 %   496,665     4.12 %

Donald A. Lucas (12)

    903,650     12.00 %   903,650     7.44 %

James B. McElwee (13)

    52,298     0.72 %   52,298     *  

All executive officers and directors as a group (10 individuals) (14)

    5,411,437     53.60 %   5,411,437     36.78 %

*
Represents ownership of less than 1%

(1)
Includes warrants to purchase 222,220 shares of common stock. John B. Simpson has sole voting and dispositive power with respect to shares held by the Simpson Family Trust, GIGL Investments II, L.P., GIGL Investments L.P., and FoxHollow ACLP. John B. Simpson disclaims beneficial ownership in GIGL Investments II, L.P., GIGL Investments L.P., and FoxHollow ACLP, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

(2)
Includes 561,116 shares and warrants to purchase 290,417 shares of common stock held by Lucas Venture Group IX, LLC and 23,230 shares held by Lucas Venture Group III, LP. Mr. Lucas has sole voting and dispositive power with respect to shares held by Lucas Venture Group IX, LLC and Lucas Venture Group III, LP. Mr. Lucas disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest in the named funds.

(3)
Includes warrants to purchase 233,332 shares of common stock.

(4)
Includes warrants to purchase 211,966 shares of common stock.

(5)
Includes warrants to purchase 194,444 shares of common stock.

(6)
Includes 619,385 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2014.

(7)
Includes 1,264,293 shares and warrants to purchase 222,220 shares of common stock held by John B. Simpson & Rita Lynn Simpson, Trustees of the Simpson Family Trust Dated 1/12/90, 39,003 shares held by GIGL II Investments, L.P., 25,484 shares held by GIGL Investments, L.P., 124,757 shares held by FoxHollow ACLP, and 867,138 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2014.

(8)
Includes warrants to purchase 10,843 shares of common stock and 136,263 shares issuable upon exercise of options and warrants exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2014.

(9)
Includes 92,907 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2014.

(10)
Includes 73,762 shares and warrants to purchase 27,242 shares of common stock held by Gilbert Investments, LLC, 13,102 shares held by 2000 James Cullen Generation Skipping Family Trust and 24,444 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2014. Mr. Cullen has sole voting and dispositive power with

131


Table of Contents

    respect to shares held by Gilbert Investments, LLC and James Cullen Generation Skipping Family Trust. Mr. Cullen does not have a pecuniary interest in the James Cullen Generation Skipping Family Trust and disclaims beneficial ownership in Gilbert Investments, LLC except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

(11)
Includes 277,777 shares and warrants to purchase 194,444 shares of common stock held by Emergent Medical Partners II, L.P. and 24,444 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2014. Dr. Fogarty shares voting and dispositive power with respect to shares held by Emergent Medical Partners II, L.P. with Allan W. May and Robert Brownell. Dr. Fogarty disclaims beneficial ownership in Emergent Medical Partners II, L.P. except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

(12)
Includes 561,116 shares and warrants to purchase 290,417 shares of common stock held by Lucas Ventures Group IX, LLC and 23,230 shares held by Lucas Venture Group III, LP and 28,888 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2014.

(13)
Includes warrants to purchase 6,116 shares of common stock and 31,110 shares issuable upon exercise of options and warrants exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2014.

(14)
Includes warrants to purchase 771,389 shares of common stock and 2,113,098 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2014.

132


Table of Contents


UNDERWRITING

       Canaccord Genuity Inc. and Cowen and Company, LLC are acting as representatives of each of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement among us and the underwriters, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us, the number of shares of our common stock set forth opposite its name below.

Underwriters
  Number of
Shares
 

Canaccord Genuity Inc. 

                

Cowen and Company, LLC

                

Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. 

                

BTIG, LLC

                

Stephens Inc. 

                
       

Total

    4,615,384  
       
       

       Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares sold under the underwriting agreement if any of these shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.

       We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act relating to losses or claims resulting from material misstatements in or omissions from this prospectus, the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, certain free writing prospectuses and testing-the-waters communications that may be used in the offering and in any marketing materials used in connection with this offering and to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

       The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the shares, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officers' certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Commissions and Discounts

       The representatives have advised us that the underwriters propose initially to offer the shares to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $        per share. The underwriters also may allow, and dealers may reallow, a concession not in excess of $        per share to brokers and dealers. After the initial offering, the public offering price, concession or any other term of this offering may be changed.

133


Table of Contents

       The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds before expenses to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their overallotment option.

 
   
  Total  
 
  Per
Share
  Without
Overallotment
Exercise
  With
Overallotment
Exercise
 

Public offering price

  $               $                $               

Underwriting discount paid by us

                                                  

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

                                                  

       The expenses of this offering, not including the underwriting discount, are estimated at $3.6 million, which includes the $50,000 maximum amount that we have agreed to reimburse to the underwriters for certain FINRA-related expenses incurred by them in connection with this offering.

Overallotment Option

       We have granted an option to the underwriters to purchase up to 692,307 additional shares at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount to cover overallotments, if any. The underwriters may exercise this option for 30 days from the date of this prospectus solely to cover any overallotments. If the underwriters exercise this option, each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter's initial amount reflected in the above table.

No Sales of Similar Securities

       We have agreed that during a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, we will not, without the prior written consent of Canaccord Genuity Inc. and Cowen and Company, LLC, (i) directly or indirectly, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock or file any registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to any of the foregoing or (ii) enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of shares of our common stock, whether any such swap or transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of shares of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, subject to certain exceptions.

       All of our executive officers and directors and substantially all of our other existing security holders have agreed that they will not, without the prior written consent of Canaccord Genuity Inc. and Cowen and Company, LLC, offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise transfer or dispose of (or enter into any transaction which is designed to, or might reasonably be expected to, result in the disposition of (whether by actual disposition or effective economic disposition due to cash settlement or otherwise) by them or any of their affiliates or any person in privity with them or any of their affiliates), directly or indirectly, including the filing (or participation in the filing) of a registration statement with the SEC in respect of, or establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidate or decrease a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder with respect to, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock, or publicly announce an intention to effect any such transaction, for a period from the date of this

134


Table of Contents

prospectus until, and including the date that is, 180 days after the date of this prospectus. Each of the lock-up agreements contains certain exceptions, including the establishment of a Rule 10b5-1 trading plan, provided that (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer of shares of common stock during the 180-day period and (ii) no public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act is required or voluntarily made regarding the establishment of such plan. This lock-up provision applies to shares of our common stock owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition; provided, however, that if the person is not one of our officers or directors, the lock-up provision will generally not apply to shares of our common stock acquired in the directed share program instituted in connection with this offering, or in open market transactions after the completion of this offering. Certain of our employees, including our executive officers, and directors may enter into Rule 10b5-1 trading plans.

       Canaccord Genuity Inc. and Cowen and Company LLC may, in their discretion, release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time without notice.

Directed Share Program

       At our request, the underwriters have reserved, at the initial public offering price, up to 5% of the shares of our common stock in this offering for sale to our directors, officers, employees, consultants and other parties related to us as part of a directed share program. We will offer these shares to the extent permitted under applicable regulations in the United States and in various countries. Pursuant to the underwriting agreement, the sales will be made by Fidelity Capital Markets, a division of National Financial Services LLC ("Fidelity"), through a directed share program. The number of shares of common stock available for sale in this offering will be reduced to the extent that such persons purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters on the same basis as the other shares offered hereby. We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters and Fidelity in connection with the directed share program, including for the failure of any participant to pay for its shares. Other than the underwriting discount described on the front cover of this prospectus, the underwriters will not be entitled to any commission with respect to shares of common stock sold pursuant to the directed share program. Shares offered in the directed share program will not be subject to lock-up agreements, with the exception of the shares to be issued to directors, officers, certain employees and certain existing stockholders who are already subject to lock-up agreements, as described above.

The NASDAQ Stock Market Listing

       We have applied to list our common stock on The NASDAQ Stock Market under the symbol "AVGR." In order to meet the requirements for listing on that exchange, the underwriters have undertaken to sell a minimum number of shares to a minimum number of beneficial owners as required by that exchange.

       Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations among us and the Representatives. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are:

135


Table of Contents

       An active trading market for the shares may not develop. It is also possible that after this offering the shares will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

       The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the shares in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

       Until the distribution of the shares is completed, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing shares of our common stock. However, the Representatives may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of our common stock, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.

       In connection with this offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of our common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in this offering. "Covered" short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters' overallotment option described above. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their overallotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the overallotment option. "Naked" short sales are sales in excess of the overallotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of our common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the closing of this offering.

       The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the Representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

       Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters' purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or limiting a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on The NASDAQ Stock Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

       Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our

136


Table of Contents

common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Shares

       In connection with this offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail. In addition, one or more of the underwriters may facilitate Internet distribution for this offering to certain of their Internet subscription customers. Any such underwriter may allocate a limited number of shares for sale to its online brokerage customers. An electronic prospectus is available on the Internet websites maintained by any such underwriter. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the websites of any such underwriter is not part of this prospectus.

Other Relationships

       The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions.

       In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area, or EEA

       In relation to each Member State of the EEA which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each, a Relevant Member State, an offer to the public of any shares which are the subject of this offering may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

137


Table of Contents

provided that no such offer of shares shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any representative of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

       Any person making or intending to make any offer of shares within the EEA should only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for us or any of the underwriters to produce a prospectus for such offer. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of shares through any financial intermediary, other than offers made by the underwriters which constitute the final offering of shares contemplated in this prospectus.

       For the purposes of this provision, and your representation below, the expression an "offer to the public" in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression "Prospectus Directive" means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

       Each person in a Relevant Member State who receives any communication in respect of, or who acquires any shares under, the offer of shares contemplated by this prospectus will be deemed to have represented, warranted and agreed to and with us and each underwriter that:

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

       In the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are "qualified investors" (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (a) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the "Order") and/or (b) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as "relevant persons"). This document must not be acted on or relied on in the United Kingdom by persons who are not relevant persons. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is only available to, and will be engaged in with, relevant persons.

138


Table of Contents

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

       This document, as well as any other material relating to the shares which are the subject of this offering, do not constitute an issue prospectus pursuant to Article 652a and/or 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations. The shares will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange and, therefore, the documents relating to the shares, including, but not limited to, this document, do not claim to comply with the disclosure standards of the listing rules of SIX Swiss Exchange and corresponding prospectus schemes annexed to the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange. The shares are being offered in Switzerland by way of a private placement, i.e., to a small number of selected investors only, without any public offer and only to investors who do not purchase the shares with the intention to distribute them to the public. The investors will be individually approached by us from time to time. This document, as well as any other material relating to the shares, is personal and confidential and do not constitute an offer to any other person. This document may only be used by those investors to whom it has been handed out in connection with this offering and may neither directly nor indirectly be distributed or made available to other persons without our express consent. It may not be used in connection with any other offer and shall in particular not be copied and/or distributed to the public in (or from) Switzerland.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

       This document relates to an exempt offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority. This document is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in those rules. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The Dubai Financial Services Authority has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with exempt offers. The Dubai Financial Services Authority has not approved this document nor taken steps to verify the information set out in it, and has no responsibility for it. The shares which are the subject of this offering may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this document you should consult an authorized financial adviser.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

       This prospectus has not been approved by or registered with the Securities and Futures Commission of Hong Kong or the Registrar of Companies of Hong Kong. The shares will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong other than (a) to "professional investors" as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a "prospectus" as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) has been issued or will be issued in Hong Kong or elsewhere other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to "professional investors" as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

       This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for

139


Table of Contents

subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act (Chapter 289), or SFA, (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA. Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, then shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries' rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (ii) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (iii) by operation of law.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

       The shares have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended) and, accordingly, will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or for the benefit of any Japanese Person or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to any Japanese Person, except in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines promulgated by relevant Japanese governmental or regulatory authorities in effect at the relevant time. For the purposes of this paragraph, "Japanese Person" shall mean any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

       No prospectus, disclosure document, offering material or advertisement in relation to our common stock has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission or the Australian Stock Exchange Limited. Accordingly, a person may not (a) make, offer or invite applications for the issue, sale or purchase of shares of our common stock within, to or from Australia (including an offer or invitation which is received by a person in Australia) or (b) distribute or publish this prospectus or any other prospectus, disclosure document, offering material or advertisement relating to our common stock in Australia, unless (i) the minimum aggregate consideration payable by each offeree is the U.S. dollar equivalent of at least A$500,000 (disregarding monies lent by the offeror or its associates) or the offer otherwise does not require disclosure to investors in accordance with Part 6D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001 (CWLTH) of Australia; and (ii) such action complies with all applicable laws and regulations.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Israel

       The securities offered by this prospectus have not been approved or disapproved by the Israeli Securities Authority, or the ISA, nor have such securities been registered for sale in Israel. The shares of common stock may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in Israel, absent the publication of a prospectus. The ISA has not issued permits, approvals or licenses in connection with the offering or publishing the prospectus; nor has it authenticated the details included herein, confirmed their reliability or completeness, or rendered an opinion as to the quality of the securities being offered. Any resale in Israel, directly or indirectly, to the public of the securities offered by this prospectus is subject to restrictions on transferability and must be effected only in compliance with Israeli securities laws and regulations.

140


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

        The following summary describes our capital stock and the material provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, the amended and restated investors rights agreement to which we and certain of our stockholders are parties, and of the Delaware General Corporation Law. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and amended and restated investors rights agreement, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. For a complete description, you should refer to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and amended and restated investors rights agreement, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

General

       Immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, we will file our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that authorizes 100,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share. As of January 15, 2015, there were outstanding:

       Assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock, and the reverse stock split, each of which will occur immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, but before the consummation of this offering, as of January 15, 2015, there were 7,211,277 shares of our common stock outstanding, held by 245 stockholders of record, and no shares of our preferred stock outstanding. Following this offering we expect to have 11,826,661 shares of common stock outstanding and no shares of preferred stock outstanding.

Common Stock

Voting Rights

       Each holder of our common stock is entitled to one vote for each share on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors. Our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors. Accordingly, holders of a majority of the voting shares are able to elect all of the directors.

Dividends

       Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock, holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by

141


Table of Contents

our board of directors out of legally available funds. We do not have any plans to pay dividends to our stockholders.

Liquidation

       In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities and the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any then outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Rights and Preferences

       Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, conversion, subscription or other rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to and may be adversely affected by the rights of the holders of shares of any series of our preferred stock that we may designate in the future.

Fully Paid and Nonassessable

       All of our outstanding shares of common stock are, and the shares of common stock to be issued in this offering will be, fully paid and nonassessable.

Preferred Stock

       Immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, all outstanding shares of our preferred stock will be converted into shares of our common stock. Upon the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof. These rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking fund provisions and the number of shares constituting, or the designation of, such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of common stock. The issuance of our preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon our liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company or other corporate action. Immediately after consummation of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding, and we have no present plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Warrants

       As of January 15, 2015, there were outstanding warrants to purchase 2,429,997 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $12.60 per share. Warrants to purchase 216,548 shares of our common stock are exercisable at any time prior to the completion of our initial public offering. We issued these warrants in connection with the sales of convertible promissory notes from October 2013 through July 2014. Warrants to purchase 2,213,449 shares of our common stock do not expire upon the initial public offering and are exercisable until September 2, 2019. We issued these warrants in connection with the sale of our Series E preferred stock from September 2014 to January 2015.

Convertible Promissory Notes

       As of September 30, 2014, we had outstanding $12.4 million aggregate principal amount and accrued interest under convertible promissory notes, which may, at the option of each holder thereof, convert into shares of our common stock upon completion of this offering, at a conversion price equal

142


Table of Contents

to 85% of the initial public offering price. Assuming an initial public offering price of $13.00 the principal amount and interest accrued as of September 30, 2014, under the convertible promissory notes, would be convertible into 1,123,649 shares of our common stock.

Registration Rights

       After the closing of this offering, the holders of an aggregate of 6,968,017 shares of our common stock as of January 15, 2015 will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of such shares under the Securities Act. In the event that we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act, either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, these holders are entitled to notice of such registration and are entitled to include their common stock in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. Beginning six (6) months after the closing of this offering, the holders of at least 50% of these securities have the right to require us, on not more than two occasions, to file a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act in order to register the resale of their shares of common stock. We may, in certain circumstances, defer such registrations and the underwriters have the right, subject to certain limitations, to limit the number of shares included in any underwritten offering. Further, the holders of at least 30% of these securities may require us to register the resale of all or a portion of their shares on a Registration Statement on Form S-3, subject to certain conditions and limitations. In addition, the holders of these securities have certain "piggyback" registration rights. If we propose to register any of our equity securities under the Securities Act other than pursuant to the registration rights noted above or specified excluded registrations, holders may require us to include all or a portion of their registrable securities in the registration and in any related underwriting. In an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter, if any, has the right, subject to specified conditions, to limit the number of registrable securities such holders may include. Additionally, piggyback registrations are subject to delay or termination of the registration under certain circumstances. The underwriters named in this prospectus have notified us that no holders of registration rights will be permitted to include any of their shares in this offering.

Anti-Takeover Effects or Provisions of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, our Amended and Restated Bylaws and Delaware Law

       Some provisions of Delaware law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect immediately prior to the consummation of this offering contain provisions that could make the following transactions more difficult: acquisition of us by means of a tender offer; acquisition of us by means of a proxy contest or otherwise; or removal of our incumbent officers and directors. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish or could deter transactions that stock holders may otherwise consider to be in their best interest or in our best interests, including transactions that might result in a premium over the market price for our shares.

       These provisions, summarized below, are expected to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of a non-friendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging these proposals because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

143


Table of Contents

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute

       We are subject to Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, which prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, with the following exceptions:

       In general, Section 203 defines business combination to include the following:

       In general, Section 203 defines interested stockholder as an entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation or any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by such entity or person.

Undesignated Preferred Stock

       The ability to authorize undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to acquire us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management of our company.

Special Stockholder Meetings

       Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by our board of directors, the chairperson of our board of directors, or our Chief

144


Table of Contents

Executive Officer or President. This provision might delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or for stockholders controlling a majority of our capital stock to take any action, including the removal of directors.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals

       Our amended and restated bylaws will establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors. Our amended and restated bylaws will also specify certain requirements regarding the form and content of a stockholder's notice.

Elimination of Stockholder Action by Written Consent

       Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws eliminate the right of stockholders to act by written consent without a meeting. As a result, a holder controlling a majority of our capital stock would not be able to amend our amended and restated bylaws or remove directors without holding a meeting of our stockholders called in accordance with our amended and restated bylaws.

Classified Board; Election and Removal of Directors

       Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will authorize only our board of directors to fill vacant directorships, including newly created seats. In addition, the number of directors constituting our board of directors will be permitted to be set only by a resolution adopted by our board of directors. These provisions would prevent a stockholder from increasing the size of our board of directors and then gaining control of our board of directors by filling the resulting vacancies with its own nominees. This makes it more difficult to change the composition of our board of directors but promotes continuity of management.

       Upon the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes. The directors in each class will serve for a three-year term, one class being elected each year by our stockholders, with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Because our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights, our stockholders holding a majority of the shares of common stock outstanding will be able to elect all of our directors. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that directors may only be removed for cause. For more information on the classified board, see "Management—Board of Directors." This system of electing and removing directors may tend to discourage a third party from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us, because it generally makes it more difficult for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors.

Choice of Forum

       Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty, any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws, or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine.

145


Table of Contents

Amendment of Charter Provisions

       The amendment of any of the above provisions, except for the provision making it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock, would require approval by holders of at least 66 2 / 3 % of the voting power of our then outstanding voting stock.

       The provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws may have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers and, as a consequence, they may also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in our management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters

       For a discussion of liability and indemnification, see "Management—Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters."

NASDAQ Stock Market Listing

       We have applied to list our common stock on The NASDAQ Stock Market under the symbol "AVGR."

Transfer Agent

       The transfer agent for our common stock is Computershare Trust Company, N.A. The transfer agent's address is 250 Royall Street, Canton, MA 02021. Our shares of common stock will be issued in uncertificated form only, subject to limited exceptions.

146


Table of Contents


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

       Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and we cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our common stock or the availability of shares of our common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Future sales of our common stock in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

       Following the completion of this offering, based on the number of shares of our capital stock outstanding as January 15, 2015, we will have a total of 11,826,661 shares of our common stock outstanding. Of these outstanding shares, the 4,615,384 shares of common stock sold in this offering, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase up to an additional 692,307 shares of common stock from us in this offering, will be freely tradable, except that any shares purchased in this offering by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, would only be able to be sold in compliance with the Rule 144 limitations described below.

       The remaining outstanding shares of our common stock will be deemed "restricted securities" as defined in Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. In addition, holders of all or substantially all of our equity securities have entered into or will enter into lock-up agreements with the underwriters under which they have agreed, subject to specific exceptions, not to sell any of our stock for at least 180 days following the date of this prospectus, as described below. As a result of these agreements, subject to the provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 701, based on an assumed offering date of January 28, 2015, shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

Lock-Up Agreements

       We have agreed that during a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, we will not, without the prior written consent of Canaccord Genuity Inc. and Cowen and Company, LLC, (i) directly or indirectly, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock or file any registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to any of the foregoing or (ii) enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of shares of our common stock, whether any such swap or transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of shares of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, subject to certain exceptions.

147


Table of Contents

       All of our executive officers and directors and substantially all of our other existing security holders have agreed that they will not, without the prior written consent of Canaccord Genuity Inc. and Cowen and Company, LLC, offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise transfer or dispose of (or enter into any transaction which is designed to, or might reasonably be expected to, result in the disposition of (whether by actual disposition or effective economic disposition due to cash settlement or otherwise) by them or any of their affiliates or any person in privity with them or any of their affiliates), directly or indirectly, including the filing (or participation in the filing) of a registration statement with the SEC in respect of, or establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidate or decrease a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder with respect to, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock, or publicly announce an intention to effect any such transaction, for a period from the date of this prospectus until, and including the date that is, 180 days after the date of this prospectus. Each of the lock-up agreements contains certain exceptions, including the establishment of a Rule 10b5-1 trading plan, provided that (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer of shares of common stock during the 180-day period and (ii) no public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act is required or voluntarily made regarding the establishment of such plan. This lock-up provision applies to shares of our common stock owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition; provided, however, that if the person is not one of our officers or directors, the lock-up provision will generally not apply to shares of our common stock acquired in the directed share program instituted in connection with this offering, or in open market transactions after the completion of this offering. Certain of our employees, including our executive officers, and directors may enter into such trading plans.

       Canaccord Genuity Inc. and Cowen and Company LLC may, in their discretion, release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time without notice.

       Following the expiration of the lock-up period, and assuming that the representatives of the underwriters do not release any parties from these agreements, all of the shares of our common stock that are restricted securities or are held by our affiliates as of the date of this prospectus will be eligible for sale in the public market subject to the limitations of Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

Rule 144

       In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then that person would be entitled to sell those shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

148


Table of Contents

       In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, and upon expiration of the lock-up agreements described above, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

provided, in each case, that we have been subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

       Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required by that rule to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares pursuant to Rule 701.

Registration Rights

       Pursuant to an investor rights agreement, the holders of an aggregate of 6,968,017 shares of our common stock as of January 15, 2015 (including shares issuable upon the conversion of our outstanding preferred stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering), or their transferees, will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of the offer and sale of those shares under the Securities Act. See the section titled "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights" for a description of these registration rights. If the offer and sale of these shares is registered, the shares will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, and a large number of shares may be sold into the public market.

Stock and Option Plans

       Following the completion of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register shares of our common stock issued or reserved for issuance under our 2009 Stock Plan, 2015 Equity Incentive Plan and 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "Plans"). The registration statement on Form S-8 will become effective immediately upon filing, and shares covered by such registration statement will thereupon be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to vesting restrictions, the lock-up agreements described above and Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates. See "Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans" for additional information.

149


Table of Contents


MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSEQUENCES FOR
NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK

       The following is a general discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders with respect to their ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock purchased in this offering. This discussion is for general information only, is not tax advice, and does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax considerations. Accordingly, all prospective non-U.S. holders of our common stock should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock. This discussion is based on current provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (the "Code"), existing and proposed U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, current administrative rulings and judicial decisions, in effect as of the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect, or to differing interpretation. Any change could alter the tax consequences to non-U.S. holders described in this prospectus. We assume in this discussion that a non-U.S. holder holds shares of our common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment).

       This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to a particular non-U.S. holder in light of that non-U.S. holder's individual circumstances, nor does it address any aspects of state, local or non-U.S. income taxes or any non-income taxes. This discussion also does not address the potential application of the alternative minimum tax, the tax on net investment income, or any specific tax consequences that may be relevant to a non-U.S. holder in light of such holder's particular circumstances and does not address the special tax rules applicable to particular non-U.S. holders, such as:

       In addition, if a partnership or entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the

150


Table of Contents

partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, partnerships that hold our common stock, and partners or members in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors. There can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") will not challenge one or more of the tax consequences described herein, and we have not obtained, and do not intend to obtain, an opinion of counsel or ruling from the IRS with respect to the U.S. federal income tax consequences to a non-U.S. holder of the purchase, ownership or disposition of our common stock. We urge prospective investors to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. income and other tax considerations of purchasing, owning and disposing of shares of our common stock.

Non-U.S. Holder Defined

       For purposes of this discussion, except as modified for estate tax purposes, a non-U.S. holder means a beneficial owner of our common stock, other than a partnership or other entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, that is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes,:

Distributions on Our Common Stock

       We have not made any distributions on our common stock and we do not have any plans to make any distributions on our common stock. However, if we do make distributions on our common stock, those payments generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. If a distribution exceeds both our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as a tax-free return of the non-U.S. holder's capital, and will reduce such holder's basis in our common stock, but not below zero. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain, subject to the tax treatment described below in "—Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Our Common Stock." Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be provided by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder's country of residence.

       Dividends that are treated as effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by a non-U.S. holder within the United States (and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, are also attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed base maintained within the United States by such non-U.S. holder) are generally exempt from the 30% withholding tax if the non-U.S. holder satisfies applicable certification and disclosure requirements. However, such U.S. effectively connected income, net of specified deductions and credits, is taxed at the same graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons. Any U.S. effectively connected income received by a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be provided by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder's country of residence.

151


Table of Contents

       In order to claim the benefit of a tax treaty or to claim exemption from withholding because dividends paid on our common stock are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, a non-U.S. holder must provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E for treaty benefits or IRS Form W-8ECI for effectively connected income, or such successor forms as the IRS designates, prior to the payment of dividends. These forms must be periodically updated. If a non-U.S. holder holds our common stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on such holder's behalf, the non-U.S. holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then will be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries. Non-U.S. holders may be eligible to obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Our Common Stock

       Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding and foreign accounts, a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to any U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon such holder's sale, exchange or other disposition of shares of our common stock unless:

       We believe that we have not been and are not currently, and we do not anticipate becoming in the future, a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and the remainder of this discussion so assumes. Because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we are or become a USRPHC, however, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, as to which there can be no assurance, such common stock will be treated as U.S. real property interests only if a non-U.S. holder actually or constructively holds more than 5% of such regularly-traded common stock at any time during the shorter of the five-year period preceding such holder's disposition of, or such holder's holding period for, our common stock.

Federal Estate Tax

       Shares of our common stock beneficially owned by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States (as defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of death will generally be included in the decedent's gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

152


Table of Contents

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

       Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to each non-U.S. holder, their name and address, and the amount of tax withheld, if any. A similar report will be sent to each non-U.S. holder. Pursuant to applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make these reports available to tax authorities in such non-U.S. holder's country of residence.

       Payments of dividends on or of proceeds from the disposition of our common stock may be subject to additional information reporting and backup withholding at a current rate of 28% unless a non-U.S. holder establishes an exemption, for example, by properly certifying its non-U.S. status on an IRS Form W-8BEN or another appropriate version of IRS Form W-8. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding and information reporting may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that such holder is a U.S. person.

       Backup withholding is not an additional tax; rather, the U.S. federal income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit may generally be obtained from the IRS, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

Foreign Accounts

       The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, generally imposes a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends on and the gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our common stock, paid to a "foreign financial institution" (as specially defined under these rules), unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to, among other things, withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding the U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners) or otherwise establishes an exemption. FATCA also generally imposes a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends on and the gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our common stock paid to a "non-financial foreign entity" (as specifically defined for purposes of these rules) unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying certain substantial direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity, certifies that there are none or otherwise establishes an exemption. The withholding provisions under FATCA generally apply to dividends on our common stock, and under current transitional rules are expected to apply with respect to the gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our common stock on or after January 1, 2017. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify the requirements described in this paragraph. Prospective investors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of FATCA on their investment in our common stock.

        Each prospective investor should consult its own tax advisor regarding the particular U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of purchasing, holding and disposing of our common stock, including the consequences of any proposed change in applicable laws.

153


Table of Contents


LEGAL MATTERS

       Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., Palo Alto, California will pass upon the validity of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. Certain members of, and investment partnerships comprised of members of, and persons associated with, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich &Rosati, P.C. own an interest representing less than 1% of the shares of our common stock. Jones Day is acting as counsel for the underwriters.


EXPERTS

       Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, has audited our financial statements at December 31, 2012 and 2013, and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2013, as set forth in their report thereon which contains an explanatory paragraph describing conditions that raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern as described in Note 1 to the financial statements. We have included our financial statements and schedule in the prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement in reliance on Ernst & Young LLP's report, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

       We have filed a registration statement on Form S-1 with the SEC for the stock we are offering by this prospectus. This prospectus does not include all of the information contained in the registration statement. You should refer to the registration statement and its exhibits for additional information. Whenever we make reference in this prospectus to any of our contracts, agreements or other documents, the references are not necessarily complete and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contract, agreement or other document. When we complete this offering, we will also be required to file annual, quarterly and special reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC.

       You can read our SEC filings, including the registration statement, over the Internet at the SEC's web site at www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy any document we file with the SEC at its public reference facilities at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, DC 20549. You may also obtain copies of the documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, DC 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference facilities.

154


Table of Contents


AVINGER, INC.

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of December 31, 2012 and 2013, and September 30, 2014 (unaudited) and the
Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and
Nine month periods ended September 30, 2013 and 2014 (unaudited)

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  F-2

Financial Statements:

 
 

Balance Sheets

  F-3

Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

  F-4

Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Deficit

  F-5

Statements of Cash Flows

  F-6

Notes to Financial Statements

  F-7

F-1


Table of Contents


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Avinger, Inc.

       We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Avinger, Inc. as of December 31, 2012 and 2013, and the related statements of operations and comprehensive loss, convertible preferred stock and stockholders' deficit, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2013. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule included in Item 16(b). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

       We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

       In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Avinger, Inc. at December 31, 2012 and 2013, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

       The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company's recurring losses from operations and its need for additional capital raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management's plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Ernst & Young LLP

Redwood City, California
November 6, 2014, except for the last paragraph in Note 1, as to which the date is January XX, 2015

       The foregoing report is in the form that will be signed upon the effectiveness of the reverse stock split described in the last paragraph of Note 1 to the financial statements.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Redwood City, California
January 28, 2015

F-2


Table of Contents


AVINGER, INC.

BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 
  As of December 31,    
   
 
 
  September 30,
2014
  September 30,
2014
Pro Forma
 
 
  2012   2013  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Assets

                         

Current assets:

                         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 20,617   $ 12,221   $ 12,213        

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $54, $20 and $20 at December 31, 2012 and 2013, and September 30, 2014 (unaudited), respectively

    1,228     1,627     1,898        

Inventories

    3,517     4,741     4,338        

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    781     1,011     934        
                     

Total current assets

    26,143     19,600     19,383        

Property and equipment, net

   
3,991
   
4,858
   
2,915
       

Other assets

    190     550     766        
                     

Total assets

  $ 30,324   $ 25,008   $ 23,064        
                     
                     

Liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders' deficit

                         

Current liabilities:

                         

Accounts payable

  $ 1,251   $ 996   $ 1,099        

Accrued compensation

    993     1,274     1,554        

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

    1,437     1,456     3,459        
                     

Total current liabilities

    3,681     3,726     6,112        

Long-term borrowings

   
   
20,052
   
20,323
       

Convertible notes and accrued interest

        13,731     12,416        

Other long-term liabilities

    628     627     359        
                     

Total liabilities

    4,309     38,136     39,210        

Commitments and contingencies (Note 10)

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Convertible preferred stock issuable in series, par value of $0.001

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Shares authorized: 2,668,794 at December 31, 2012 and 2013, 4,344,984 at September 30, 2014 (unaudited), actual, none pro forma (unaudited)

                         

Shares issued and outstanding: 2,591,102 at December 31, 2012 and 2013, and 4,259,998 at September 30, 2014 (unaudited), actual, none pro forma (unaudited)

                         

Liquidation preference: $97,186 at December 31, 2012 and 2013 and $181,298 at September 30, 2014 (unaudited)

    99,659     99,654     119,769   $  
                     

Stockholders' deficit:

                         

Preferred stock, par value of $0.001

                         

Shares authorized: none at December 31, 2012 and 2013, and September 30, 2014 (unaudited), actual

                         

Shares issued and outstanding: none at December 31, 2012 and 2013, and September 30, 2014 (unaudited), actual

                 

Common stock, par value of $0.001

                         

Shares authorized: 3,666,666 at December 31, 2012, 3,762,452 at December 31, 2013 and 7,111,111 at September 30, 2014 (unaudited), actual

                         

Shares issued and outstanding: 231,102, 240,692 and 242,983 at December 31, 2012 and 2013, and September 30, 2014 (unaudited), respectively, actual, 5,229,806 pro forma (unaudited)

                5  

Additional paid-in capital

    1,024     1,787     2,483     122,247  

Accumulated deficit

    (74,668 )   (114,569 )   (138,398 )   (138,398 )
                   

Total stockholders' deficit

    (73,644 )   (112,782 )   (135,915 ) $ (16,146 )
                   
                         

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock, and stockholders' deficit

  $ 30,324   $ 25,008   $ 23,064        
                     
                     

   

See accompanying notes.

F-3


Table of Contents


AVINGER, INC.

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(In thousands, except per share data)

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2012   2013   2013   2014  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Revenues

  $ 8,560   $ 12,964   $ 9,568   $ 8,140  

Cost of revenues

    4,151     8,205     5,860     4,941  
                   

Gross profit

    4,409     4,759     3,708     3,199  
                   

Operating expenses:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Research and development

    15,416     15,973     12,664     8,350  

Selling, general and administrative

    22,848     25,758     20,578     12,900  
                   

Total operating expenses

    38,264     41,731     33,242     21,250  
                   

Loss from operations

    (33,855 )   (36,972 )   (29,534 )   (18,051 )

Interest income

   
25
   
11
   
10
   
1
 

Interest expense

    (6 )   (2,934 )   (1,773 )   (4,905 )

Other income (expense), net

    (19 )   5     8     (837 )
                   

Loss before provision for income taxes

    (33,855 )   (39,890 )   (31,289 )   (23,792 )

Provision for income taxes

    9     11     12     37  
                   

Net loss and comprehensive loss

  $ (33,864 ) $ (39,901 ) $ (31,301 ) $ (23,829 )
                   
                   

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

 
$

(162.03

)

$

(170.52

)

$

(134.92

)

$

(98.88

)
                   
                   

Weighted average common shares used to compute net loss per share, basic and diluted

   
209
   
234
   
232
   
241
 
                   
                   

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)

        $ (14.12 )       $ (7.74 )
                       
                       

Weighted average common shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)

          2,825           3,077  
                       
                       

   

See accompanying notes.

F-4


Table of Contents

AVINGER, INC.
STATEMENTS OF CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
(In thousands, except share data)

 
  Series A Convertible
Preferred Stock
  Series A-1 Convertible
Preferred Stock
  Series B Convertible
Preferred Stock
  Series C Convertible
Preferred Stock
  Series D Convertible
Preferred Stock
  Series E Convertible
Preferred Stock
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Common Stock    
   
   
 
 
  Additional
Paid-In
Capital
  Accumulated
Deficit
  Total
Stockholders'
Deficit
 
 
  Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount  

Balance at December 31, 2011

   
326,591
 
$

6,183
   
225,235
 
$

6,649
   
755,486
 
$

27,272
   
562,671
 
$

22,450
   
 
$

   
 
$

   
201,088
 
$

 
$

391
 
$

(40,804

)

$

(40,413

)

Issuance of common stock, net of repurchases

                                                    30,014           184         184  

Employee stock-based compensation

                                                            449         449  

Repurchase of Series C Convertible Preferred Stock and issuance costs

                            (1,248 )   (53 )                                    

Issuance of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock, net of issuance costs

                                    722,367     37,158                              

Net and comprehensive loss

                                                                (33,864 )   (33,864 )
                                                                       

Balance at December 31, 2012

    326,591     6,183     225,235     6,649     755,486     27,272     561,423     22,397     722,367     37,158             231,102         1,024     (74,668 )   (73,644 )

Issuance of common stock, net of repurchases

                                                    9,590         109         109  

Employee stock-based compensation

                                                            654         654  

Series D Convertible Preferred Stock issuance costs

                                        (5 )                              

Net and comprehensive loss

                                                                (39,901 )   (39,901 )
                                                                       

Balance at December 31, 2013

    326,591     6,183     225,235     6,649     755,486     27,272     561,423     22,397     722,367     37,153             240,692         1,787     (114,569 )   (112,782 )

Issuance of common stock (unaudited)

                                                    2,291         24         24  

Employee stock-based compensation (unaudited)

                                                            509         509  

Issuance of Series E Convertible Preferred Stock, net of issuance costs (unaudited)

                                            1,668,896     20,115                      

Issuance of common stock warrants (unaudited)

                                                            129         129  

Reclass of warrant liability to additional paid-in capital (unaudited)

                                                            34         34  

Net and comprehensive loss (unaudited)

                                                                (23,829 )   (23,829 )
                                                                       

Balance at September 30, 2014 (unaudited)

    326,591   $ 6,183     225,235   $ 6,649     755,486   $ 27,272     561,423   $ 22,397     722,367   $ 37,153     1,668,896   $ 20,115     242,983   $   $ 2,483   $ (138,398 ) $ (135,915 )
                                                                       
                                                                       

See accompanying notes.

F-5


Table of Contents


AVINGER, INC.

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2012   2013   2013   2014  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Cash flows from operating activities

                         

Net loss

  $ (33,864 ) $ (39,901 ) $ (31,301 ) $ (23,829 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

                         

Depreciation and amortization

    772     1,501     1,081     1,132  

Amortization of debt issuance costs and debt discount

        133     82     167  

Stock-based compensation

    449     654     512     509  

Remeasurement of warrant and embedded derivatives

        1         (67 )

Noncash interest expense

        1,221     690     2,999  

Loss on extinguishment of convertible notes

                892  

Provision for doubtful accounts receivable

    36     45     62      

Provision for excess and obsolete inventories

    1     15     54     (47 )

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

                         

Accounts receivable

    (182 )   (443 )   (916 )   (271 )

Inventories

    (3,851 )   (3,069 )   (3,547 )   1,298  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    (123 )   (230 )   (168 )   69  

Other assets

        139     124     (326 )

Accounts payable

    162     (275 )   133     104  

Accrued compensation

    271     281     261     279  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

    952     (523 )   (353 )   1,511  

Other liabilities

    143     (204 )   (153 )   (168 )
                   

Net cash used in operating activities

    (35,234 )   (40,655 )   (33,439 )   (15,748 )
                   

Cash flows from investing activities

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Purchase of property and equipment

    (288 )   (496 )   (811 )   (37 )
                   

Net cash used in investing activities

    (288 )   (496 )   (811 )   (37 )
                   

Cash flows from financing activities

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Principal paydown of capital lease obligations

    (9 )   (18 )   (13 )   (14 )

Proceeds from borrowings, net of issuance costs

        19,281     19,281      

Proceeds from convertible notes, net of issuance costs

        13,399         4,700  

Proceeds from the issuance of convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

    37,106     (5 )   (5 )   11,074  

Proceeds from the issuance of common stock

    206     98     64     17  
                   

Net cash provided by financing activities

    37,303     32,755     19,327     15,777  
                   

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

    1,781     (8,396 )   (14,923 )   (8 )

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

    18,836     20,617     20,617     12,221  
                   

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

  $ 20,617   $ 12,221   $ 5,694   $ 12,213  
                   
                   

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Cash paid for interest

  $ 6   $ 1,587   $ 1,001   $ 1,743  
                   
                   

Noncash investing and financing activities:

                         

Conversion of convertible notes and accrued interest into Series E convertible preferred stock

  $   $   $   $ 7,794  
                   
                   

Landlord paid tenant improvements

    369              
                   
                   

Accounts payable for purchases of property and equipment

    200     20          
                   
                   

Capital lease obligations for property and equipment

    25     23     23      
                   
                   

Reclassification of stock options early exercised to liability

    39              
                   
                   

Vesting of common stock subject to repurchase

    21     10     7     7  
                   
                   

Embedded derivatives associated with convertible notes

        179          
                   
                   

Issuance of common stock warrants

        1         129  
                   
                   

Reclass of warrant liability to additional paid-in capital

                34  
                   
                   

Transfer between inventories and property and equipment

    1,341     1,829     2,371     (848 )
                   
                   

   

See accompanying notes.

F-6


Table of Contents


AVINGER, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

1. Organization

Organization, Nature of Business

       Avinger, Inc. (the "Company"), a Delaware corporation, was founded in March 2007 by cardiologist and medical device entrepreneur Dr. John B. Simpson. The Company designs, manufactures and sells image-guided, catheter-based systems that are used by physicians to treat patients with peripheral arterial disease ("PAD"). Patients with PAD have a build-up of plaque in the arteries that supply blood to the arms and legs. The Company manufactures and sells a suite of products in the United States and in select European markets. The Company has developed its lumivascular platform, which integrates OCT visualization with interventional catheters and is the industry's only system that provides real-time intravascular imaging during the treatment portion of PAD procedures. The Company's lumivascular platform consists of a capital component, Lightbox, as well as a variety of disposable catheter products. The Company's current products include its non-imaging catheters, Wildcat and Kittycat, as well as its lumivascular platform products, Ocelot, Ocelot PIXL and Ocelot MVRX, all of which are designed to allow physicians to penetrate a total blockage in an artery, known as a chronic total occlusion ("CTO"). The Company is also developing Pantheris, its image-guided atherectomy device, designed to allow physicians to remove arterial plaque in PAD patients with precision. Pantheris is currently undergoing a U.S. clinical trial intended to support a 510(k) submission to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration ("FDA") in the second half of 2015. The Company is located in Redwood City, California.

Liquidity Matters

       The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. In the course of its activities, the Company has incurred losses and negative cash flows from operations since its inception. As of September 30, 2014, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $138,398,000 (unaudited). The Company expects to incur losses for the foreseeable future. The Company believes that its cash and cash equivalents of $12,213,000 at September 30, 2014 (unaudited) and expected revenues will be sufficient to allow the Company to fund its current operations until at least December 31, 2014. The Company will seek additional sources of funding in the form of debt financing or equity issuances. However, there can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in acquiring additional funding at levels sufficient to fund its operations. If the Company is unable to raise additional capital in sufficient amounts or on terms acceptable to it, the Company may have to significantly reduce its operations or delay, scale back or discontinue the development of one or more of its products. The factors discussed above, taken together with the Company's limited cash, raise substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty. The Company's ultimate success will largely depend on its continued development of innovative medical technologies, its ability to successfully commercialize its products and its ability to raise significant additional funding.

Reverse Stock Split

       On January 14, 2015, the Company's Board of Directors approved an amendment to the Company's amended and restated certificate of incorporation to effect a 1-for-45 reverse stock split of the Company's common stock and convertible preferred stock. The par value of the common stock and convertible preferred stock was not adjusted as a result of the reverse stock split. All common

F-7


Table of Contents


AVINGER, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

1. Organization (Continued)

stock, convertible preferred stock, stock options and warrants, and per share amounts in the financial statements have been retroactively adjusted for all periods presented to give effect to the reverse stock split. The reverse stock split is expected to be effected following approval by the Company's stockholders of the amendment to the Company's amended and restated certificate of incorporation immediately prior to consummation of the Company's initial public offering ("IPO").

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

       The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles ("U.S. GAAP") and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC").

Use of Estimates

       The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts and disclosures reported in the financial statements. Management uses significant judgment when making estimates related to its common stock valuation and related stock-based compensation, the valuation of the common stock warrants, the valuation of compound embedded derivatives, provisions for doubtful accounts receivable and excess and obsolete inventories, clinical trial accruals, and its reserves for sales returns and warranty costs. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Unaudited Interim Financial Statements

       The accompanying balance sheet as of September 30, 2014, the statements of operations and comprehensive loss and cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, and the statements of convertible preferred stock and stockholders' deficit for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, are unaudited. The financial data and other information disclosed in these notes to the financial statements related to September 30, 2014, and the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, are also unaudited. The unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to state fairly the Company's financial position as of September 30, 2014, and the results of its operations and cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014. The results for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2014, or for any other interim period or for any future year.

Unaudited Pro Forma Information

       On November 3, 2014, the Company's Board of Directors authorized the management of the Company to file a registration statement with the SEC for the Company to sell shares of its common stock to the public. Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share and pro forma convertible preferred stock and stockholders' deficit have been computed to give effect to the assumed conversion

F-8


Table of Contents


AVINGER, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

of the 2,591,102 and 4,259,998 (unaudited) shares of convertible preferred stock outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014, into 2,591,102 and 4,986,823 (unaudited) shares of common stock in connection with the Company's proposed IPO, respectively. The pro forma information does not include the shares expected to be sold and related proceeds to be received from the IPO. For purposes of the pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share, all shares of convertible preferred stock have been treated as though they had been converted to common stock in all periods in which such shares were outstanding.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

       The Company has evaluated the estimated fair value of its financial instruments as of December 31, 2012 and 2013, and September 30, 2014. Financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and payable, and other current liabilities, borrowings, convertible notes, warrant liabilities and embedded derivatives. The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and payable, and other current liabilities approximate their respective fair values because of the short-term nature of those instruments. Based upon the borrowing terms and conditions currently available to the Company, the carrying values of the borrowings and convertible notes approximate fair value. Fair value accounting is applied to the warrant liabilities and embedded derivatives that are recorded at fair value in the financial statements.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

       The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents are considered available-for-sale marketable securities and are recorded at fair value, based on quoted market prices. As of December 31, 2012 and 2013, and September 30, 2014, the Company's cash equivalents are entirely comprised of investments in money market funds. Any related unrealized gains and losses are recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) and included as a separate component of stockholders' deficit. There were no unrealized gains and losses as of December 31, 2012 and 2013, and September 30, 2014. Any realized gains and losses and interest and dividends on available-for-sale securities are included in interest income or expense and computed using the specific identification cost method.

Restricted Cash

       At December 31, 2012 and 2013, and September 30, 2014 a deposit of $255,000 was restricted from withdrawal. The restricted cash secures obligations of the Company associated with its corporate credit card. The restricted deposit account is included in prepaid expenses and other current assets.

Concentration of Credit Risk, and Other Risks and Uncertainties

       Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to credit risk consist of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable to the extent of the amounts recorded on the balance sheets.

       The Company's policy is to invest in cash and cash equivalents, consisting of money market funds. These financial instruments are held in Company accounts at one financial institution. The counterparties to the agreements relating to the Company's investments consist of financial institutions of high credit standing.

F-9


Table of Contents


AVINGER, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

       The Company provides for uncollectible amounts when specific credit problems arise. Management's estimates for uncollectible amounts have been adequate, and management believes that all significant credit risks have been identified at December 31, 2012 and 2013, and September 30, 2014.

       The Company's accounts receivable are due from a variety of health care organizations in the United States and select European markets. At December 31, 2012 and 2013, and September 30, 2014, there were none, three and two (unaudited), respectively, customers that represented 10% or more of the Company's accounts receivable. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, and the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, there were no customers that represented 10% or more of revenues. Disruption of sales orders or a deterioration of financial condition of its customers would have a negative impact on the Company's financial position and results of operations.

       The Company commenced in-house manufacture of certain commercial products in December 2012, including the production of the Ocelot family of catheters. Certain of the Company's product components and sub-assemblies continue to be manufactured by sole suppliers. Disruption in component or sub-assembly supply from these manufacturers or from in-house production would have a negative impact on the Company's financial position and results of operations.

       The Company is subject to certain risks, including that its devices may not be approved or cleared for marketing by governmental authorities or be successfully marketed. There can be no assurance that the Company's products will continue to be accepted in the marketplace, nor can there be any assurance that any future devices can be developed or manufactured at an acceptable cost and with appropriate performance characteristics. The Company is also subject to risks common to companies in the medical device industry, including, but not limited to, new technological innovations, dependence upon third-party payors to provide adequate coverage and reimbursement, dependence on key personnel and suppliers, protection of proprietary technology, product liability claims, and compliance with government regulations.

       Existing or future devices developed by the Company may require approvals or clearances from the FDA or international regulatory agencies. In addition, in order to continue the Company's operations, compliance with various federal and state laws is required. If the Company were denied or delayed in receiving such approvals or clearances, it may be necessary to adjust operations to align with the Company's currently approved portfolio. If clearance for the products in the current portfolio were withdrawn by the FDA, this may have a material adverse impact on the Company.

Accounts Receivable

       Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The allowance for doubtful accounts is the Company's best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in the Company's existing accounts receivable. The Company determines the allowance for doubtful accounts based upon an aging of accounts receivable, historical experience, and management judgment. Accounts receivable balances are reviewed individually for collectability. To date, the Company has not experienced significant credit-related losses.

F-10


Table of Contents


AVINGER, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Inventories

       Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using the first-in, first-out method for all inventories. The Company's policy is to write down inventory that has become obsolete, inventory that has a cost basis in excess of its expected net realizable value, and inventory in excess of expected requirements. The estimate of excess quantities is subjective and primarily dependent on the estimates of future demand for a particular product. If the estimate of future demand is too high, the Company may have to increase the reserve for excess inventory for that product and record a charge to the cost of revenues. Inventory used in clinical trials is expensed at the time of production and recorded as research and development expense. Prior to receiving FDA approval, costs related to purchases of materials and the manufacturing of the product are recorded as research and development expense. All direct manufacturing costs incurred after FDA approval are capitalized into inventory.

Property and equipment

       Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Repairs and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred. Depreciation and amortization are calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets of three to five years. Depreciation expense includes the amortization of assets acquired under capital leases and equipment located at customer sites. Equipment held by customers comprises the Lightbox located at customer sites under a lease agreement and is recorded at cost. Upon execution of a lease agreement, the related equipment is reclassified from inventory to the property and equipment account. Depreciation expense for equipment held by customers is recorded as a component of cost of revenues. Leasehold improvements and assets recorded under capital leases are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the lease term or estimated useful economic life of the asset.

Deferred Initial Public Offering Costs

       Deferred offering costs, which primarily consist of direct incremental legal and accounting fees relating to the IPO, are capitalized. The deferred offering costs will be offset against IPO proceeds upon the consummation of the offering. In the event the offering is terminated, deferred offering costs will be expensed. As of September 30, 2014, $337,000 (unaudited) of deferred offering costs were capitalized in other assets on the balance sheet. No deferred offering costs were capitalized as of December 31, 2013.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

       The Company reviews long-lived assets, including property and equipment, for impairment whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be fully recoverable. If indicators of impairment exist, an impairment loss would be recognized when estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition are less than its carrying amount. Impairment, if any, is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of the long-lived asset exceeds its fair value. The Company has not recorded any impairment of long-lived assets since inception.

F-11


Table of Contents


AVINGER, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Convertible Preferred Stock

       The Company records its convertible preferred stock at fair value on the dates of issuance, net of issuance costs. A redemption event will only occur upon the liquidation or winding up of the Company, a greater than 50% change in control, or sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company. In the event of a change of control of the Company, proceeds received from the sale of such shares will be distributed in accordance with the liquidation preferences set forth in the Company's amended and restated certificate of incorporation unless the holders of convertible preferred stock otherwise agree or have converted their shares into shares of common stock. Therefore, convertible preferred stock is classified outside of stockholders' deficit on the balance sheets as events triggering the liquidation preferences are not solely within the Company's control. The Company has elected not to adjust the carrying values of the convertible preferred stock to the redemption value of such shares since it is uncertain whether or when a redemption event will occur. Subsequent adjustments to increase the carrying values to the redemption values will be made when it becomes probable that such redemption will occur.

Warrant Liability and Embedded Derivative Instruments

       The Company accounts for its warrants for shares of common stock in accordance with the accounting guidance for derivatives. The accounting guidance provides a two-step model to be applied in determining whether a financial instrument is indexed to an entity's own stock and, therefore, qualifies for a scope exception. The two-step model requires a contract for a financial instrument to be both (1) indexed to the entity's own stock and (2) classified in the stockholders' deficit section of the balance sheet. If a financial instrument qualifies for a scope exception, it would not be considered a derivative financial instrument.

       As the price per share of the common stock warrants issued with the convertible notes was not fixed until the issuance of the Series E Convertible Preferred Stock in September 2014, these warrants were initially classified as a derivative liability. As a derivative liability, the warrants were initially recorded at fair value and were subject to remeasurement at each balance sheet date until September 2014. Any change in fair value as a result of a remeasurement was recognized as a component of other income (expense), net in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss. The Company re-evaluated the terms of the common stock warrants issued with the convertible notes after the issuance of the Series E Convertible Preferred Stock in September 2014 and determined that they then met the first criterion of the two-step model. Accordingly, the associated current fair value of the warrant liability was reclassified to additional paid-in capital in the stockholders' deficit section of the balance sheet at that time, thus satisfying the second criterion of the two-step model.

       The Company records a compound derivative asset or liability related to redemption features embedded within the outstanding convertible notes. The convertible notes issued in 2013 and 2014 included features which were determined to be embedded derivatives requiring bifurcation and separate accounting. The embedded derivatives were initially recorded at fair value and are subject to remeasurement as of each balance sheet date. Any change in fair value is recognized as a component of other income (expense), net in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

F-12


Table of Contents


AVINGER, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Revenue Recognition

       The Company's revenues are derived from (1) sale of its Lightbox (2) sale of disposables, which consist of catheters and accessories, and (3) sale of customer service contracts. The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 605-10, Revenue Recognition, when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the fee is fixed or determinable, collection of the fee is probable and delivery has occurred. For all sales, the Company uses either a signed agreement or a binding purchase order as evidence of an arrangement.

       The Company's revenue recognition policies generally result in revenue recognition at the following points:

    1.
    Lighbox sales: The Company sells its products directly to hospitals and medical centers. Provided all other criteria for revenue recognition have been met, the Company recognizes revenue for Lightbox sales directly to end customers when delivery and acceptance occurs, which is defined as receipt by the Company of an executed form by the customer acknowledging that the training and installation process is complete.

    2.
    Sales of disposables: Disposable revenues consist of sales of the Company's catheters and accessories and are recognized when the product has shipped, risk of loss and title has passed to the customer and collectability is reasonably assured.

    3.
    Service revenue: Service revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the service period. To date service revenue has been insignificant.

       The Company offers its customers the ability to purchase or lease its Lightbox. The Company recovers the cost of providing the leased Lightbox through a premium in the amount charged for its disposable products in comparison to a standalone purchase. When a Lightbox is placed under a lease agreement, the Company retains title to the equipment and it remains capitalized on its balance sheet under property and equipment. Depreciation expense on these leased Lightboxes is recorded to cost of revenues on a straight-line basis. The costs to maintain these leased Lightboxes are charged to cost of revenues as incurred.

       The Company evaluates its lease agreements and accounts for these contracts under the guidance in ASC 840, Leases and ASC 605-25, Revenue Recognition—Multiple Element Arrangements . The guidance requires arrangement consideration to be allocated between a lease deliverable and a non-lease deliverable based upon the relative selling-price of the deliverables, using a specific hierarchy. The hierarchy is as follows: vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value of the respective elements, third-party evidence of selling price, or best estimate of selling price ("BESP"). The Company allocates arrangement consideration using BESP.

       The Company assessed whether the embedded lease is an operating lease or sales-type lease. Based on the Company's assessment of the guidance and given that any payments under the lease agreements are dependent upon contingent future sales, it was determined that collectability of the minimum lease payments is not reasonably predictable. Accordingly, the Company concluded the embedded lease did not meet the criteria of a sales-type lease and accounts for it as an operating

F-13


Table of Contents


AVINGER, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

lease. The Company recognizes revenue allocated to the lease as the contingent disposable product purchases are delivered and are included in revenues within the statement of operations and comprehensive loss.

       The Company estimates reductions in revenue for potential returns of products by customers. In making such estimates, management analyzes historical returns, current economic trends and changes in customer demand and acceptance of its products. The Company expenses shipping and handling costs as incurred and includes them in the cost of revenues. In those cases where the Company bills shipping and handling costs to customers, it will classify the amounts billed as a component of revenue.

Cost of Revenues

       Cost of revenues consists primarily of manufacturing overhead costs, material costs and direct labor. A significant portion of the Company's cost of revenues currently consists of manufacturing overhead costs. These overhead costs include the cost of quality assurance, material procurement, inventory control, facilities, equipment and operations supervision and management. Cost of revenues also includes depreciation expense for the Lightboxes under lease agreements and certain direct costs such as shipping costs.

Product Warranty Costs

       The Company typically offers a one-year warranty for parts and labor on its products commencing upon the transfer of title and risk of loss to the customer. The Company accrues for the estimated cost of product warranties upon invoicing its customers, based on historical results. The warranty obligation is affected by product failure rates, material usage and service delivery costs incurred in correcting a product failure. Should actual product failure rates, material usage or service delivery costs differ from these estimates, revisions to the estimated warranty liability would be required. Periodically the Company assesses the adequacy of its recorded warranty liabilities and adjusts the amounts as necessary. Warranty provisions and claims are summarized as follows (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2012   2013   2013   2014  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Balance beginning of period

  $   $ 11   $ 11   $ 105  

Warranty provision

    11     230     137     97  

Usage

        (136 )   (81 )   (55 )
                   

Balance end of period

  $ 11   $ 105   $ 67   $ 147  
                   
                   

F-14


Table of Contents


AVINGER, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Research and Development

       The Company expenses research and development costs as incurred. Research and development expenses include personnel and personnel-related costs, costs associated with pre-clinical and clinical development activities, and costs for prototype products that are manufactured prior to market approval for that prototype product; internal and external costs associated with the Company's regulatory compliance and quality assurance functions, including the costs of outside consultants and contractors that assist in the process of submitting and maintaining regulatory filings; and overhead costs, including allocated facility and related expenses.

Clinical Trials

       The Company accrues and expenses costs for its clinical trial activities performed by third parties, including clinical research organizations and other service providers, based upon estimates of the work completed over the life of the individual study in accordance with associated agreements. The Company determines these estimates through discussion with internal personnel and outside service providers as to progress or stage of completion of trials or services pursuant to contracts with clinical research organizations and other service providers and the agreed-upon fee to be paid for such services.

Advertising Costs

       The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Advertising costs include design and production costs, including website development, physician and patient testimonial videos, written media campaigns, and other items. Advertising costs of approximately $732,000 and $321,000 were expensed during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively, and $204,000 (unaudited) and $558,000 (unaudited) during the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

Common Stock Valuation and Stock-Based Compensation

       Stock-based awards issued to employees are recorded at fair value as of the grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and recognized as expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the award. Because noncash stock-based compensation expense is based on awards ultimately expected to vest, it is reduced by an estimate for future forfeitures. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from estimates.

       The fair value of the Company's common stock is determined by its Board of Directors with assistance from management and third-party valuation specialists. Management's approach to estimate the fair value of the Company's common stock is consistent with the methods outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation . Management considers several factors to estimate enterprise value, including significant milestones that would generally contribute to increases in the value of the Company's common stock.

F-15


Table of Contents


AVINGER, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Foreign Currency

       The Company records net gains and losses resulting from foreign exchange transactions as a component of foreign currency exchange losses in other income (expense), net. During the year ended December 31, 2012 the Company recorded $8,000 of foreign currency exchange net losses and $11,000 of net gains during the year ended December 31, 2013. During the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, the Company recorded $8,000 (unaudited) of foreign currency exchange net gains and $11,000 (unaudited) of foreign currency exchange net losses, respectively.

Income Taxes

       The Company utilizes the liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between financial reporting and tax reporting bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using enacted tax rates and laws that are expected to be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized. The Company's policy is to record interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions as income tax expense when they occur. During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, the Company did not recognize accrued interest or penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits.

Net Loss and Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss per Share

       Basic net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period, without consideration for potential dilutive common shares. Diluted net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss by the weighted average number of shares of common stock and dilutive potential shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Common stock shares subject to repurchase are excluded from the calculations as the continued vesting of such shares is contingent upon the holders' continued service to the Company. For the computation of net loss per share, common stock shares subject to repurchase of 4,509, 1,249, 1,416 (unaudited) and 749 (unaudited) were excluded from the calculations as of December 31, 2012 and 2013, and as of September 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively. Since the Company was in a loss position for all periods presented, basic net loss per share is the same as diluted net loss per share as the inclusion of all potential dilutive common shares would have been anti-dilutive.

       The Company allocates no loss to participating securities because they have no contractual obligation to share in the losses of the Company. The shares of the Company's convertible preferred stock participate in any dividends declared by the Company and are therefore considered to be participating securities.

F-16


Table of Contents


AVINGER, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

       Net loss per share was determined as follows (in thousands, except per share data):

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Nine Months Ended September 30,  
 
  2012   2013   2013   2014  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Net loss

  $ (33,864 ) $ (39,901 ) $ (31,301 ) $ (23,829 )
                   
                   

Weighted average common stock outstanding

    209     234     232     241  
                   
                   

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

  $ (162.03 ) $ (170.52 ) $ (134.92 ) $ (98.88 )
                   
                   

       In addition to the outstanding convertible notes (Note 8), the following potentially dilutive securities outstanding have been excluded from the computations of diluted weighted average shares outstanding because such securities have an antidilutive impact due to losses reported, in common stock equivalent shares:

 
  December 31,   September 30,  
 
  2012   2013   2013   2014  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Convertible preferred stock outstanding

    2,591,102     2,591,102     2,591,102     4,259,998  

Common stock options

    313,153     398,740     418,961     316,733  

Common stock warrants

        51,601         1,050,971  
                   

    2,904,255     3,041,443     3,010,063     5,627,702  
                   
                   

       The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share for the year ended December 31, 2013, and the nine months ended September 30, 2014, have been computed using the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding after giving pro forma effect to the assumed conversion of all shares of convertible preferred stock upon an IPO by treating all shares of convertible preferred stock as if they had been converted to common stock in all periods in which such shares were actually outstanding. In addition, the weighted average common shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 reflect 726,825 additional shares due to an anti-dilution adjustment. As the issuance price of the Series E Convertible Preferred Stock was lower than the conversion price of previously issued series of Convertible Preferred Stock, the conversion prices of the affected series of Convertible Preferred Stock was reduced which will result in the issuance of an increased number of shares of common stock upon conversion of such series of Convertible Preferred Stock. For the purposes of the weighted average common shares computation the 726,825 shares were assumed to be outstanding contemporaneous with the close of the Series E Convertible Preferred Stock on September 2, 2014. The following table sets forth the computation of the Company's unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share

F-17


Table of Contents


AVINGER, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

during the year ended December 31, 2013, and nine months ended September 30, 2014 (in thousands, except per share data):

 
  Year Ended
December 31, 2013
  Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2014
 
 
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Net loss and pro forma net loss

  $ (39,901 ) $ (23,829 )
           
           

Weighted average common stock outstanding

    234     241  

Pro forma weighted average convertible preferred stock outstanding

    2,591     2,836  
           

Weighted average common shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted

    2,825     3,077  
           
           

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted

  $ (14.12 ) $ (7.74 )
           
           

Comprehensive Loss

       For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, and the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, there was no difference between comprehensive loss and the Company's net loss.

Segment and Geographical Information

       The Company operates in one segment. Primarily all of the Company's long-lived assets are based in the United States. Long-lived assets are comprised of property and equipment. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, and the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, 98%, 98%, 98% (unaudited) and 99% (unaudited), respectively, of the Company's revenues, were in the United States, based on the shipping location of the external customer.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

       In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers: Topic 606 (ASU 2014-09), to supersede nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance under U.S. GAAP. The core principle of ASU 2014-09 is to recognize revenues when promised goods or services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration that is expected to be received for those goods or services. ASU 2014-09 defines a five step process to achieve this core principle and, in doing so, it is possible more judgment and estimates may be required within the revenue recognition process than required under existing U.S. GAAP, including identifying performance obligations in the contract, estimating the amount of variable consideration to include in the transaction price and allocating the transaction price to each separate performance obligation. ASU 2014-09 is effective for the Company in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 using either of two methods: (i) retrospective to each prior reporting period presented with the option to elect certain practical expedients as defined within ASU 2014-09; or (ii) retrospective with the cumulative effect of initially applying ASU 2014-09

F-18


Table of Contents


AVINGER, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

recognized at the date of initial application and providing certain additional disclosures as defined per ASU 2014-09. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the pending adoption of ASU 2014-09 on its financial statements.

       In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15—Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity's Ability to Continue as a Going Concern under ASC Subtopic 205-40, Presentation of Financial Statements—Going Concern. ASU No. 2014-15 provides guidance about management's responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity's ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote disclosures. Management's evaluation should be based on relevant conditions and events that are known or reasonably knowable at the date that the financial statements are issued (or at the date that the financial statements are available to be issued when applicable). Substantial doubt about an entity's ability to continue as a going concern exists when relevant conditions and events, considered in the aggregate, indicate that it is probable that the entity will be unable to meet its obligations as they become due within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued (or available to be issued). ASU No. 2014-15 is effective for the Company in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016 and early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the pending adoption of ASU 2014-15 on its financial statements.

3. Fair Value Measurements

       The Company measures certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis, including cash equivalents, common stock warrants and the derivative instruments related to redemption features embedded within its outstanding convertible notes. Fair value is an exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or a liability. A three-tier fair value hierarchy is established as a basis for considering such assumptions and for inputs used in the valuation methodologies in measuring fair value:

       Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

       Level 2—Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

       Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

       As of December 31, 2012 and 2013, and September 30, 2014, cash equivalents and restricted cash were all categorized as Level 1 and consisted of money market funds. The Company issued convertible notes in 2013 and 2014 (Note 8). In connection with the convertible notes, the Company agreed to issue warrants to purchase shares of its common stock. As the price per share of the common stock warrants was not fixed until the issuance of the Series E Convertible Preferred Stock in

F-19


Table of Contents


AVINGER, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

3. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

September 2014, they were classified as a derivative liability and were subject to remeasurement at each balance sheet date until September 2014. The convertible notes also contained redemption features which were determined to be a compound embedded derivative requiring fair value accounting. The common stock warrant liability and embedded derivatives in the convertible notes were categorized as Level 3. When a determination is made to classify a financial instrument within Level 3, the determination is based upon the significance of the unobservable inputs to the overall fair value measurement. However, Level 3 financial instruments typically include, in addition to the unobservable inputs, observable inputs (that is, components that are actively quoted and can be validated to external sources). Any change in fair value is recognized as a component of other income (expense), net, on the statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

       There were no transfers in or out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, and the nine months ended September 30, 2014.

Common Stock Warrant Liability

       The following table sets forth a summary of the changes in the estimated fair value of the Company's common stock warrant liability, which represents a financial instrument classified as Level 3. Accordingly, the expense in the table below includes changes in fair value due in part to observable factors that are part of the Level 3 methodology (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2013
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
2014
 
 
   
  (unaudited)
 

Fair value—beginning of period

  $   $ (6 )

Issuance of warrants

    (1 )    

Change in fair value recorded in other income (expense), net

    (5 )   (28 )

Reclass of warrant liability to additional paid-in capital

        34  
           

Fair value—end of period

  $ (6 ) $  
           
           

       The fair value of the common stock warrants was determined by using an option pricing model to allocate the total enterprise value to the various securities within the Company's capital structure. The model's inputs reflect assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the instrument in a current period transaction and included:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2013
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
2014
 
 
   
  (unaudited)
 

Time to liquidity (years)

    2.0     0.7  

Expected volatility

    55 %   45 %

Discounted cash flow rate

    25 %   23 %

Risk-free interest rate

    0.38 %   0.07 %

Marketability discount rate

    23 %   17 %

F-20


Table of Contents


AVINGER, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

3. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

       The time to liquidity input was based on the Company's estimate of when potential liquidity could be provided to stockholders. The volatility factor was based on the average historic price volatility for publicly-traded industry peers. The discounted cash flow rate takes into consideration a company specific risk premium, market risk premium and an assumed risk free rate of return. The risk-free interest rate was based on the yields of U.S. Treasury securities with maturities similar to the time to liquidity. The marketability discount is used to reflect that private company securities are generally less liquid than the securities of a public company. These assumptions are inherently subjective and involve significant management judgment. Generally, increases (decreases) in the fair value of the underlying common stock would result in a directionally similar impact to the fair value measurement. As of December 31, 2013, the common stock warrant liability is included in other long-term liabilities on the balance sheet. As the price per share of the common stock warrants was not fixed until the issuance of the Series E Convertible Preferred Stock in September 2014, they were classified as a derivative liability and were subject to remeasurement at each balance sheet date. Contemporaneous with the Series E Convertible Preferred Stock issuance, the Company determined that these common stock warrants met the requirements for equity classification and the fair value of the common stock warrant liability was reclassified to additional paid-in capital.

Embedded Derivatives in Convertible Notes

       The following table sets forth a summary of the changes in the estimated fair value of the Company's compound embedded derivative associated with its convertible notes, which represent a financial instrument classified as Level 3. Accordingly, the income (expense) in the table below includes changes in fair value due in part to observable factors that are part of the Level 3 methodology (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2013
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
2014
 
 
   
  (unaudited)
 

Fair value—beginning of period

  $   $ (175 )

Issuance of convertible notes

    (179 )    

Change in fair value recorded in other income (expense), net          

    4     95  
           

Fair value—end of period

  $ (175 ) $ (80 )
           
           

       The Company determined the value of the compound derivative utilizing a Monte Carlo Simulation model. The inputs used to determine the estimated fair value of the derivative instrument include the probability of an underlying event triggering the embedded derivative occurring and its timing. The fair value measurement is based upon significant inputs not observable in the market. The inputs included the probability that the Company would need to raise additional equity in 2014, as well as various financing and exit events in 2015. These assumptions are inherently subjective and

F-21


Table of Contents


AVINGER, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

3. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

involve significant management judgment. The following table summarizes these various assumptions as of the issuance date and as of December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014:

 
  October / November
2013 Issuance
  December 31,
2013
  September 30,
2014
 
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Equity financing in 2014

    100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %

Equity financing in 2015

    53.2 %   58.2 %   47.4 %

Liquidation

    1.4 %   1.5 %   1.0 %

Initial public offering

    24.2 %   16.7 %   32.1 %

Change of control

    22.6 %   25.1 %   20.5 %

       The compound embedded derivative liability is included in other long-term liabilities as of December 31, 2013 and as of September 30, 2014, on the balance sheets.

4. Inventories

       Inventories consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  December 31    
 
 
  September 30,
2014
 
 
  2012   2013  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Raw materials

  $ 1,259   $ 2,563   $ 2,413  

Work-in-process

    453     181     39  

Finished products

    1,805     1,997     1,886  
               

Total inventories

  $ 3,517   $ 4,741   $ 4,338  
               
               

F-22


Table of Contents


AVINGER, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

5. Property and Equipment, Net

       Property and equipment, net, consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  December 31    
 
 
  September 30,
2014
 
 
  2012   2013  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Computer software

  $ 254   $ 314   $ 320  

Computer equipment

    620     775     807  

Machinery and equipment

    2,493     2,840     2,909  

Furniture and fixtures

    430     535     542  

Leasehold improvements

    622     653     655  

Equipment held by customers

    1,169     2,534     1,264  
               

    5,588     7,651     6,497  

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

    (1,597 )   (2,813 )   (3,582 )

Add: Construction-in-progress

        20      
               

  $ 3,991   $ 4,858   $ 2,915  
               
               

       Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, was $772,000 and $1,501,000, respectively, and $1,081,000 (unaudited) and $1,132,000 (unaudited) for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively. Amortization of capital leased assets included in depreciation for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, was $13,000 and $16,000, respectively, and $11,000 (unaudited) and $13,000 (unaudited) for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively. Property and equipment includes certain equipment that is leased to customers and located at customer premises. The Company retains the ownership of the leased equipment and has the right to remove the equipment if it is not being utilized according to expectations. Depreciation expense relating to the leased equipment held by customers of $14,000, $425,000, $284,000 (unaudited) and $314,000 (unaudited) was recorded in cost of revenues during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, and the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively. The net book value of this equipment was $1,003,000, $2,216,000 and $976,000 (unaudited) at December 31, 2012 and 2013, and at September 30, 2014, respectively.

F-23


Table of Contents


AVINGER, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

6. Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

       Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  December 31    
 
 
  September 30,
2014
 
 
  2012   2013  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Accrued professional services

  $ 58   $ 132   $ 1,068  

Accrued consulting fees

    360     20     63  

Accrued travel expenses

    169     150     204  

Accrued sales, use and other taxes

    36     91     76  

Accrued clinical trial costs

    271     23     181  

Accrued interest payable

        571     1,086  

Sales return allowance

    235     88     76  

Accrued warranty

    11     105     147  

Other accrued liabilities

    297     276     558  
               

  $ 1,437   $ 1,456   $ 3,459  
               
               

7. Borrowings

       On April 18, 2013, the Company entered into a Credit Agreement ("Agreement") with PDL BioPharma, Inc. ("PDL") whereby PDL agreed to loan up to $40,000,000. Contemporaneous with the execution of the Agreement the Company borrowed an initial $20,000,000 ("Term Note"). Under the terms of the Agreement, if the Company achieved certain net revenue milestones prior to September 30, 2014, the Company would be eligible to borrow an additional amount between $10,000,000 and $20,000,000 (net of fees) at the Company's election. The Company did not achieve the net revenue milestones and accordingly, there are no additional available funds to borrow under the Agreement.

       The Term Note matures on April 18, 2018, has a stated interest rate of 12.0% per annum and can be prepaid by the Company at any time. A fee of 1.0% ($200,000) of the original principal amount is payable upon maturity or prepayment in full of the Term Note, and is being amortized into the Term Note. The Company pays interest-only through the first ten quarters and, thereafter, will commence repayment of principal in equal installments including accrued and unpaid interest, payable each quarter. Under the terms of the Agreement, for the first eight quarterly interest payments, or through 2015, on the Term Note the Company may elect to convert an amount of interest, up to 1.5% per annum, into additional loans, referred to as paid-in-kind, or PIK, loans. The PIK loans will accrue, be capitalized and compounded, and added to the aggregate principal balance of the Term Note. In addition to the interest and principal payments, the Company also pays a royalty, referred to as Assigned Interests, equal to 1.8% of the Company's quarterly net revenues. Upon prepayment of the Term Note, the Company's obligations relating to Assigned Interests continue, and will be payable

F-24


Table of Contents


AVINGER, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

7. Borrowings (Continued)

through the maturity date at a reduced rate of 0.9% of the quarterly net revenues, subject to certain quarterly minimum mandatory amounts as follows (in thousands), which are payable quarterly:

Year Ending December 31,
  Mandatory
Minimum
Quarterly
Payment
 

2014

  $ 176  

2015

    305  

2016

    305  

2017

    305  

2018

    310  
       

  $ 1,401  
       
       

       The Term Note grants PDL a security interest in substantially all current and future assets of the Company and contains customary affirmative covenants and customary negative covenants limiting the Company's ability to, among other things and for so long as any amounts are due and owing under the Agreement, dispose of assets, undergo a change in control, merge or consolidate, enter into certain transactions with affiliates, make acquisitions, incur debt, incur liens, pay dividends, repurchase stock and make investments, in each case subject to certain exceptions. Additionally, even if the Term Note is prepaid, until there are no further obligations relating to Assigned Interests, it must comply with certain affirmative covenants and negative covenants limiting its ability to, among other things, undergo a change in control and dispose of assets, in each case subject to certain exceptions. The Agreement and the security interest agreement also contain customary events of default including, among others, payment defaults, breaches of covenants, bankruptcy and insolvency events, cross defaults with certain material indebtedness, defaults upon the entry of certain judgments against the Company, and breaches of representations and warranties. Upon an event of default, all obligations may become immediately due and payable and the stated interest rate would likely be increased to a default rate of 14.0% per annum.

       The Company incurred fees and legal expenses of $519,000 in connection with the Agreement, which have been recorded as deferred financing costs on the accompanying balance sheets and are amortized using the effective interest method. The Company also paid $200,000 in fees to PDL upon origination of the Term Note, which is reflected as a discount on the debt and is being accreted over the life of the Term Note. The Company calculated an effective interest rate of 27.2% upon origination of the Term Note based on its best estimate of future cash outflows. The Company reviews its estimate of forecasted Assigned Interests payable each quarter and revisions to estimated cash flows are reflected using the retrospective method. Under the retrospective method, the Company computes a new effective interest rate based on the original carrying amount, actual cash flows to date, and remaining estimated cash flows over the maturity of the Term Note. The new effective interest rate, 18.8% (unaudited) as of September 30, 2014, is then used to adjust the carrying amount to the present value of the revised estimated cash flows, discounted at the new effective interest rate. For the year ended December 31, 2013 and the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, the

F-25


Table of Contents


AVINGER, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

7. Borrowings (Continued)

Company incurred interest expense of $2,492,000, $1,767,000 (unaudited) and $2,618,000 (unaudited), respectively. The Company is required to provide audited annual financial statements to PDL. The Company was not in compliance with this covenant and obtained a waiver from PDL to provide the 2012 and the 2013 audited financial statements by November 15, 2014. As the Company has cured this default prior to the extended due date, the Term Note has been classified as a long-term liability on the balance sheet.

       Principal and PIK loan repayments of the Term Note as of December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014 are as follows (in thousands):

Period Ending December 31,
  December 31, 2013   September 30, 2014  
 
   
  (unaudited)
 

2014

  $   $  

2015

    2,000     2,000  

2016

    8,000     8,000  

2017

    8,000     8,000  

2018

    2,000     2,000  
           

    20,000     20,000  

Add: Paid-in-kind interest

    217     452  
           

    20,217     20,452  

Less: Amount representing debt discount

    (165 )   (129 )
           

    20,052     20,323  

Less: Current portion of long-term borrowings

         
           

Long-term borrowings, net of current portion

  $ 20,052   $ 20,323  
           
           

8. Convertible Notes

       On October 29, 2013, the Company entered into a Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement (the "Convertible Note Agreement"), as amended in May 2014, with certain existing convertible preferred stockholders, third-parties and employees for the issuance of convertible notes for up to an aggregate principal amount of $25,000,000. Under the terms of the Convertible Note Agreement, the Company issued convertible notes in October and November 2013 for total proceeds of $13,472,000, an additional $4,220,000 in May 2014, and an additional $500,000 in July 2014. The convertible notes bear interest at a rate of 30-day LIBOR, plus 6% per annum subject to a minimum internal rate of return of 20%. The notes will mature and the accrued interest thereon will become payable on the earlier of: (i) October 29, 2018, (ii) an event of default, or (iii) a change of control event.

       The principal and accrued interest on the notes are convertible, at the option of the holder, upon a future issuance of the Company's convertible preferred stock or common stock (the "Equity Financing") into that same stock at a conversion price equal to 85% of the price paid by other investors in the financing event. If the holder does not elect to convert the notes upon the closing of an Equity Financing, and such financing raises net proceeds of at least $20,000,000, the Company may

F-26


Table of Contents


AVINGER, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

8. Convertible Notes (Continued)

repay the notes at 125% of the outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest. Upon a change of control, the Company will repay the holder, at the election of such holder, a payment equal to the greater of (i) 125% of the outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest, (ii) an amount equal to the return the holders of Series D preferred stock would be entitled to receive in such change of control, or (iii) the amount providing the investor with a 20% minimum internal rate of return, provided that in the event that the change of control includes any contingent payments based on future performance, the amount due and payable under clause (ii) will be recalculated at the time each installment or contingent payment is made.

       In conjunction with the issuance of the convertible notes, the Company issued warrants to purchase up to the number of shares of common stock equal to 15% of the principal amount of the convertible notes divided by an exercise price per share equal to the lesser of $39.15 per share, or the price per share paid by the investors in the first bona fide preferred stock financing subsequent to the date of the convertible notes. Upon the Series E Convertible Preferred Stock issuance in September 2014, the exercise price per share was fixed at $12.60 per share and the Company issued warrants to purchase a total of 216,547 shares of common stock. The warrants are immediately exercisable and expire upon the earlier of September 2019, the closing of the Company's IPO or upon the consummation of a change of control of the Company. The estimated fair value of the warrants upon issuance, of $1,000, was based on an option pricing model. The Company recorded the fair value of the warrants at issuance as a debt discount and as a warrant liability. The debt discount is being accreted using the effective interest method as additional interest expense over the term of the convertible notes.

       The convertible notes have redemption features that were determined to be compound embedded derivatives requiring bifurcation and separate accounting. The fair value of the compound embedded derivative upon issuance was determined to be a liability of $179,000. The fair value of these derivative instruments was recognized as an additional discount and as a derivative liability on the balance sheets upon issuance of the convertible notes. The compound embedded derivative associated with the convertible notes requires periodic re-measurements to fair value while the instruments are still outstanding.

       Through September 30, 2014, the Company incurred total debt issuance costs of $93,000 (unaudited) in connection with the issuance of the convertible notes. The deferred issuance costs will be amortized over the term of the convertible notes.

       In September 2014, in connection with the issuance of the Series E Convertible Preferred Stock, $7,794,000 of the outstanding convertible notes and accrued interest thereon was converted into shares of Series E Convertible Preferred Stock (Note 11). Upon the conversion of the convertible notes, the Company recorded a loss from the extinguishment of the debt in the amount of $892,000 (unaudited) which is reflected in other income (expense), net in the statement of operations and comprehensive loss.

       The Company's accrued interest associated with the convertible notes amounted to $433,000 and $1,881,000 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014, respectively, based on the minimum internal rate of return of 20%.

F-27


Table of Contents


AVINGER, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

9. Capital Leases

       Capital lease obligations consist of leased office equipment. As of December 31, 2012 and 2013, and as of September 30, 2014, the aggregate amount of capital leases recorded within property and equipment, net, on the accompanying balance sheet is $25,000, $29,000 and $16,000 (unaudited), respectively. The current portion of the capital lease obligations is included in accrued liabilities and the balance included within other long-term liabilities represents the long-term portion.

       The future minimum lease payments as of December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014, are as follows (in thousands):

Period ending December 31,
  December 31,
2013
  September 30,
2014
 
 
   
  (unaudited)
 

2014

  $ 21   $ 5  

2015

    12     12  

2016

    2     2  
           

Total minimum payments

    35     19  

Less: Amount representing future interest

    4     2  
           

Present value of minimum lease payments

  $ 31   $ 17  
           
           

10. Commitments and Contingencies

Lease Commitments

       The Company's operating lease obligations primarily consist of leased office, laboratory, and manufacturing space under a non-cancelable operating lease that expires in November 2016. The lease agreement includes two renewal provisions allowing the Company to extend this lease for additional periods of three years each. In addition to the minimum future lease commitments presented below, the lease requires the Company to pay property taxes, insurance, maintenance, and repair costs. The lease includes a rent holiday concession and escalation clauses for increased rent over the lease term. Rent expense is recognized using the straight-line method over the term of the lease. The Company records deferred rent calculated as the difference between rent expense and the cash rental payments. In connection with the facility lease, the landlord also provided incentives of $369,000 to the Company in the form of leasehold improvements. These amounts have been reflected as deferred rent and are being amortized as a reduction to rent expense over the term of the Company's operating lease. Rent expense was $1,003,000 and $922,000 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, and $691,000 (unaudited) and $691,000 (unaudited) for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

F-28


Table of Contents


AVINGER, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

10. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

       The future minimum lease payments as of December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014, are as follows (in thousands):

Period ending December 31,
  December 31,
2013
  September 30,
2014
 
 
   
  (unaudited)
 

2014

  $ 1,092   $ 275  

2015

    1,125     1,125  

2016

    1,060     1,060  
           

Total minimum payments

  $ 3,277   $ 2,460  
           
           

Purchase Obligations

       Purchase obligations consist of agreements to purchase goods and services entered into in the ordinary course of business. The Company had noncancellable commitments to suppliers for purchases totaling $1,316,000 and $535,000 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014, respectively.

Indemnification

       In the normal course of business, the Company enters into contracts and agreements that contain a variety of representations and warranties and may provide for indemnification of the counterparty. The Company's exposure under these agreements is unknown because it involves claims that may be made against it in the future, but have not yet been made. To date, the Company has not been subject to any claims or been required to defend any action related to its indemnification obligations.

       In accordance with the Company's amended and restated certificate of incorporation and its amended and restated bylaws, the Company has indemnification obligations to its officers and directors, subject to some limits, with respect to their service in such capacities. The Company has also entered into indemnification agreements with its directors and certain of its officers. To date, the Company has not been subject to any claims, and it maintains director and officer insurance that may enable it to recover a portion of any amounts paid for future potential claims. The Company's exposure under these agreements is unknown because it involves claims that may be made against it in the future, but have not yet been made. The Company believes that the fair value of these indemnification obligations is minimal, and accordingly, it has not recognized any liabilities relating to these obligations for any period presented.

Legal Proceedings

       The Company was not party to any legal proceedings at December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014. The Company assesses, in conjunction with its legal counsel, the need to record a liability for litigation and contingencies. Reserve estimates are recorded when and if it is determined that a loss-related matter is both probable and reasonably estimable.

F-29


Table of Contents


AVINGER, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

10. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

       On February 15, 2014, the Company entered into an engagement letter with a financial advisor which provided for such firm to serve as its placement agent and for the Company to make certain payments to them in connection with its Series E Convertible Preferred Stock financing. After the entry into such engagement letter, the financial advisor did not provide the level of service the Company was expecting and was not responsible for introducing the Company to any of the Series E Convertible Preferred Stock investors. The former financial advisor is asserting that it is entitled to compensation for the sale of securities to all new investors in the Company's Series E Convertible Preferred Stock financing following the date the Company signed the engagement letter. On October 20, 2014, the Company received an invoice for a transaction fee of $1,000,000 and reimbursement of the former financial advisor's out-of-pocket expenses. The Company has determined that approximately $685,000 should be accrued in the financial statements as of September 30, 2014. A corresponding liability and additional Series E Convertible Preferred Stock issuance costs are reflected in the accompanying balance sheet as of September 30, 2014. See Note 17.

11. Convertible Preferred Stock

       At December 31, 2013, convertible preferred stock authorized and outstanding consisted of the following (in thousands except share amounts):

Series
  Shares
Authorized
  Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
  Carrying
Value
  Preferential
Liquidation
Value
 

Series A

    326,595     326,591   $ 6,183   $ 6,212  

Series A-1

    225,235     225,235     6,649     3,243  

Series B

    755,516     755,486     27,272     27,538  

Series C

    561,448     561,423     22,397     22,485  

Series D

    800,000     722,367     37,153     37,708  
                   

    2,668,794     2,591,102   $ 99,654   $ 97,186  
                   
                   

       As of December 31, 2013, the rights, privileges, and preferences of the Company's Series A, Series A-1, Series B, Series C and Series D Convertible Preferred Stock (together, "Convertible Preferred Stock") were as follows:

Conversion

       Shares of Convertible Preferred Stock are convertible into shares of common stock at the holders' option at any time or automatically (i) immediately prior to the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering in which the offering price per share is not less than $104.40 and the aggregate gross proceeds received by the Company are not less than $25,000,000 or (ii) upon receipt by the Company of a written request for such conversion from the holders of the majority of the Convertible Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting as a single class and on an as-converted basis. Each share of Series A, Series A-1, Series B, Series C, and Series D Convertible Preferred Stock is convertible into the number of fully paid, non-assessable shares of common stock that results from dividing the original issue price per share of $19.0215, $14.40, $36.45, $40.05, and $52.20, respectively, by the conversion price in effect for each series of Convertible Preferred Stock at the time of conversion. At

F-30


Table of Contents


AVINGER, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

11. Convertible Preferred Stock (Continued)

December 31, 2013, the conversion prices of the Series A, Series A-1, Series B, Series C, and Series D Convertible Preferred Stock were $19.0215, $14.40, $36.45, $40.05, and $52.20 per share, respectively. Upon any increase or decrease of the conversion price for any series of Convertible Preferred Stock, the conversion rate for such series shall be appropriately increased or decreased. The shares are subject to adjustment upon a recapitalization, including upon any stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, reorganization, recapitalization, or other similar events. If the Company issues or sells shares of common stock for an effective price that is lower than the applicable conversion price of a series of Convertible Preferred Stock, the conversion price of the affected series of Convertible Preferred Stock will be reduced pursuant to a defined adjustment formula.

Dividends

       Holders of Series A, Series A-1, Series B, Series C, and Series D Convertible Preferred Stock are entitled to receive dividends, when, as, and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets at the time legally available therefor, at the dividend rate of $1.5219, $1.17, $2.916, $3.204, and $4.176 per share, per annum, respectively (subject to adjustment from time to time for recapitalization), payable in preference and priority to any declaration or payment of any distribution on common stock of the Company in such calendar year. No distributions shall be made with respect to the common stock unless dividends on the Convertible Preferred Stock have been declared in accordance with the preferences stated herein and all declared dividends on the Convertible Preferred Stock have been paid or set aside for payment to the Convertible Preferred Stock holders. The right to receive dividends on shares of Convertible Preferred Stock is not cumulative, and no right to dividends shall accrue to holders of Convertible Preferred Stock by reason of the fact that dividends on said shares are not declared or paid. Payment of any dividends to the holders of Convertible Preferred Stock shall be on a pro rata, pari passu basis in proportion to the dividend rates for each series of Convertible Preferred Stock. As long as any of the Convertible Preferred Stock is issued and outstanding, the Company may not declare or pay dividends without first obtaining the approval of the holders of more than sixty percent (60%) of the outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred Stock. Since inception, no dividends have been declared or paid.

Voting

       Each holder of shares of Convertible Preferred Stock is entitled to voting rights equivalent to the number of shares of common stock into which the respective shares of Convertible Preferred Stock are convertible. Certain financing, merger or acquisition, disposition or liquidation and recapitalization transactions require the vote of a majority of the shares of the outstanding Convertible Preferred Stock, as does any amendment to the Company's certificate of incorporation.

       The holders of common stock and Series A Convertible Preferred Stock shall each be entitled to elect one member of the Board of Directors. The holders of Series B, Series C, and Series D Convertible Preferred Stock voting together shall be entitled to elect one member of the Board of Directors. The holders of common and Convertible Preferred Stock voting together as a single class on an as-converted-into-common-stock basis shall be entitled to elect one member of the Board of Directors.

F-31


Table of Contents


AVINGER, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

11. Convertible Preferred Stock (Continued)

Liquidation Preference

       In the event of a liquidation or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of Convertible Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive their liquidation preference on a pari passu basis, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Company to the holders of common stock, plus any declared or accrued but unpaid dividends on such shares, or such lesser amounts as approved by the holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred Stock. The remaining assets shall be distributed among the holders of the common stock on a pro rata basis based on the number of shares of common stock held by them.

       Shares of Convertible Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to be converted into shares of common stock in order to participate in any distribution as shares of common stock without first foregoing participation in such distribution as Convertible Preferred Stock.

       If assets are insufficient to make payments in full to all holders of Convertible Preferred Stock, then the entire assets of the Company legally available for distribution will be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Convertible Preferred Stock.

Redemption

       The convertible preferred shares do not have redemption rights in favor of the Company or the holder thereof.

       In September 2014, the Company issued a total of 1,668,896 shares of Series E Convertible Preferred Stock at $12.60 per share for cash proceeds of $11,860,000, and pursuant to the conversion of outstanding convertible promissory notes in the amount of $7,794,000, at 85% of the issuance price, or $10.71 per share. At September 30, 2014, convertible preferred stock authorized and outstanding consisted of the following (unaudited and in thousands except share amounts):

Series
  Shares
Authorized
  Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
  Carrying
Value
  Preferential
Liquidation
Value
 

Series A

    326,595     326,591   $ 6,183   $ 6,212  

Series A-1

    225,235     225,235     6,649     3,243  

Series B

    755,516     755,486     27,272     27,538  

Series C

    561,448     561,423     22,397     22,485  

Series D

    800,000     722,367     37,153     37,708  

Series E

    1,676,190     1,668,896     20,115     84,112  
                   

    4,344,984     4,259,998   $ 119,769   $ 181,298  
                   
                   

F-32


Table of Contents


AVINGER, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

11. Convertible Preferred Stock (Continued)

       As of September 30, 2014, the rights, privileges, and preferences of the Company's Series A, Series A-1, Series B, Series C, Series D and Series E Convertible Preferred Stock were as follows:

Conversion

       Shares of Series A, Series A-1, Series B, Series C, Series D and Series E Convertible Preferred Stock are convertible into shares of common stock at the holders' option at any time or automatically (i) immediately prior to the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering in which the offering price per share is not less than $25.20 and the aggregate gross proceeds received by the Company are not less than $50,000,000 or (ii) upon receipt by the Company of a written request for such conversion from the holders of the majority of the Series A, Series A-1, Series B, Series C, Series D and Series E Convertible Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting as a single class and on an as-converted basis. Each share of Series A, Series A-1, Series B, Series C, Series D, and Series E Convertible Preferred Stock shall be convertible into the number of fully paid, non-assessable shares of common stock that results from dividing the original issue price per share of $19.0215, $14.40, $36.45, $40.05, $52.20 and $12.60, respectively, by the conversion price in effect for Series A, Series A-1, Series B, Series C, Series D and Series E Convertible Preferred Stock at the time of the conversion. Upon any increase or decrease of the conversion price for the Series A, Series A-1, Series B, Series C, Series D and Series E Convertible Preferred Stock, the conversion rate for such series shall be appropriately increased or decreased.

       The issuance price of the Series E Convertible Preferred Stock was lower than the conversion price of previously issued Convertible Preferred Stock. Accordingly, the conversion prices of the affected series of Convertible Preferred Stock was reduced pursuant to a defined adjustment formula which will result in the issuance of an increased number of shares of common stock upon conversion of such series of Convertible Preferred Stock. At September 30, 2014, the adjusted conversion prices of the Series A, Series A-1 Series B, Series C and Series D Convertible Preferred Stock were $16.553, $13.506, $28.043, $30.417 and $38.427 per share, respectively. At September 30, 2014, the conversion price of the Series E Convertible Preferred Stock was $12.60 per share. As of September 30, 2014, the increased number of shares of common stock upon conversion of each series of Convertible Preferred Stock and the Series E Convertible Preferred Stock is as follows (unaudited):

Series
  Actual Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
  As Converted
Shares Issued
And
Outstanding
  Additional
Shares Due to
Anti-Dilution
Adjustment
 

Series A

    326,591     375,296     48,705  

Series A-1

    225,235     240,143     14,908  

Series B

    755,486     981,966     226,480  

Series C

    561,423     739,237     177,814  

Series D

    722,367     981,285     258,918  

Series E

    1,668,896     1,668,896      
               

    4,259,998     4,986,823     726,825  
               
               

F-33


Table of Contents


AVINGER, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

11. Convertible Preferred Stock (Continued)

       The shares are subject to adjustment upon a recapitalization, which shall mean any stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, reorganization, recapitalization, or other similar events.

Dividends

       The holders of Series E Convertible Preferred Stock are entitled to receive dividends at the rate of $1.008 per share per annum when and if declared by the Board of Directors. After payment of the aforementioned preferential amount to the holders of the Series E Convertible Preferred stock, the holders of Series A, Series A-1, Series B, Series C, and Series D Convertible Preferred Stock are entitled to receive dividends, when, and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets at the time legally available therefor, at the dividend rate of $1.5219, $1.17, $2.916, $3.204, and $4.176 per share, per annum, respectively, on a pari passu basis (subject to adjustment from time to time for recapitalization), payable in preference and priority to any declaration or payment of any distribution on common stock of the Company in such calendar year. No distributions shall be made with respect to the common stock unless dividends on the Series A, Series A-1, Series B, Series C, Series D and Series E Convertible Preferred Stock have been declared in accordance with the preferences stated herein and all declared dividends on the Series A, Series A-1, Series B, Series C, Series D and Series E Convertible Preferred Stock have been paid or set aside for payment to these stockholders. The right to receive dividends on shares of Series A, Series A-1, Series B, Series C, Series D and Series E Convertible Preferred Stock is not cumulative, and no right to dividends accrues to holders of Series A, Series A-1, Series B, Series C, Series D and Series E Convertible Preferred Stock by reason of the fact that dividends on said shares are not declared or paid. As long as any of the Series A, Series A-1, Series B, Series C, Series D and Series E Convertible Preferred Stock is issued and outstanding, the Company may not declare or pay dividends without first obtaining the approval of the holders of more than sixty percent (60%) of the outstanding shares of Series A, Series A-1, Series B, Series C, Series D and Series E Convertible Preferred Stock. Since inception, no dividends have been declared or paid.

Voting

       Each holder of shares of Series A, Series A-1, Series B, Series C, Series D and Series E Convertible Preferred Stock is entitled to voting rights equivalent to the number of shares of common stock into which the respective shares are convertible and votes together as one class with the common stock, except as provided by law or under the Company's certificate of incorporation. Certain financing, acquisition, disposition, and recapitalization transactions require the vote of a majority of the shares of the outstanding Series A, Series A-1, Series B, Series C, Series D and Series E Convertible Preferred Stock.

Liquidation Preference

       In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of Series E Convertible Preferred Stock are entitled to receive a per share liquidation preference in the amount of $50.40 plus all declared and unpaid dividends on such shares prior and in preference to any distribution or payment is made to the holders of the Series A, Series A-1, Series B, Series C, and Series D Convertible Preferred Stock. If upon the liquidation,

F-34


Table of Contents


AVINGER, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

11. Convertible Preferred Stock (Continued)

dissolution or winding up of the Company, the assets are insufficient to make payments in full to the holders of Series E Convertible Preferred Stock, then the entire assets of the Company legally available for distribution will be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Series E Convertible Preferred Stock.

       After payment of the full Series E liquidation preference, the holders of the Series A, Series A-1, Series B, Series C and Series D Convertible Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive a per share liquidation preference on a pari passu basis in the amount of $19.0215, $14.40, $36.45, $40.05, and $52.20, respectively, plus all declared and unpaid dividends on such shares, prior and in preference to any distribution or payout of any of the assets of the Company to the holders of common stock. If assets are insufficient to make payments in full to all holders of Series A, Series A 1, Series B, Series C, and Series D Convertible Preferred Stock, then the entire assets of the Company legally available for distribution will be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Series A,
Series A-1, Series B, Series C, and Series D Convertible Preferred Stock.

       The remaining assets shall be distributed among the holders of the common stock on a pro rata basis based on the number of shares of common stock held by them.

       Shares of Series A, Series A-1, Series B, Series C, Series D and Series E Convertible Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to be converted into shares of common stock in order to participate in any distribution as shares of common stock without first foregoing participation in such distribution as Series A, Series A-1, Series B, Series C, Series D and Series E Convertible Preferred Stock.

Redemption

       The convertible preferred shares do not have redemption rights in favor of the Company or the holder thereof.

2012 Preferred Stock Plan

       The 2012 Preferred Stock Plan (the "2012 Plan") was adopted on July 19, 2012. The 2012 Plan was established to allow employees the opportunity to participate in the Series D Convertible Preferred Stock issuance. Under the 2012 Plan, 126,435 shares were authorized for issuance. In September 2012, the Company granted 19,952 fully vested options to purchase shares of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock at $52.20 per share. In September 2012, 10,267 of the options were exercised, the remaining options to purchase 9,685 shares expired unexercised at that time and were returned to the 2012 Plan. As of December 31, 2012 and 2013, and September 30, 2014, there were 116,168 shares available for grant and no options were outstanding under the 2012 Plan.

       On November 3, 2014, the Company's Board of Directors approved the termination of the 2012 Plan effective immediately.

F-35


Table of Contents


AVINGER, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

11. Convertible Preferred Stock (Continued)

2014 Preferred Stock Plan

       In August 2014, the Company's Board of Directors adopted the 2014 Preferred Stock Plan (the "2014 Plan"). The 2014 Plan provides for the grant of ISOs and NSOs to purchase shares of Series E Convertible Preferred Stock. ISOs may be granted only to Company employees (including officers and directors who are also employees). NSOs may be granted to Company employees, consultants and directors. ISOs and NSOs may be granted with exercise prices at not less than 100% of the fair value of the Series E Convertible Preferred Stock on the date of grant. Pursuant to the 2014 Plan, the exercise price of ISOs granted to a stockholder, who, at the time of grant, owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of the stock of the Company, shall be not less than 110% of the fair market value per share of stock on the date of grant. The Company's Board of Directors determines the expiration of the options but in no case will options be exercisable more than ten years from the date of grant. Under the 2014 Plan, 88,888 shares were authorized for issuance. In August 2014, the Company granted 58,438 fully vested options to purchase shares of Series E Convertible Preferred Stock at $12.60 per share. In September 2014, 52,173 of the options were exercised. As of September 30, 2014, there were 30,450 shares available for grant and 6,265 options were outstanding under the 2014 Plan. The remaining options to purchase 6,265 shares expired in October 2014.

12. Stockholders' Deficit

Common Stock

       At December 31, 2013 the Company's certificate of incorporation, as amended and restated, authorizes the Company to issue 3,762,452 shares of common stock with $0.001 par value. Holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders. Common stockholders are entitled to dividends when and if declared by the Board of Directors, subject to the preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding shares of Series A, Series A-1, Series B, Series C, Series D and Series E Convertible Preferred Stock. No dividends have been declared to date.

       In September 2014, the Company amended and restated its certificate of incorporation, to authorize the Company to issue 7,111,111 shares of common stock with $0.001 par value. At September 30, 2014, 242,983 shares of common stock (unaudited) were issued and outstanding.

Restricted Stock

       In May 2012, the Company entered into two Restricted Stock Purchase Agreements with two individuals in return for certain intellectual property ("IP") and ongoing consulting services. 1,666 shares of common stock were issued under each Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement for a total of 3,332 shares at a fair market value of $14.85 per share for a total purchase price of $49,500. The shares are subject to repurchase at cost, or $14.85 per share, with 20% being released from the repurchase option at the date of assignment of the IP and 1/48th of the remaining 80% being released monthly thereafter. Stock compensation expense of $49,500, representing the intrinsic value of the shares was recorded to consulting expense in 2012. Since it was not possible to value the IP, this

F-36


Table of Contents


AVINGER, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

12. Stockholders' Deficit (Continued)

noncash compensation expense was calculated at the fair market value of the shares of $14.85 per share.

       As of December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014, a total of 1,249 and 749 (unaudited) shares, respectively, were subject to repurchase, at cost, under the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreements.

Common Stock Warrants

       In connection with the issuance of the Company's Series E Convertible Preferred Stock in September 2014, the Company issued warrants, to each investor who purchased shares of Series E Convertible Preferred Stock, to purchase up to the number of shares of common stock equal to:

    50% of the number of shares of the Company's Series E Convertible Preferred Stock purchased on or prior to September 2, 2014.

    25% of the number of shares of the Company's Series E Convertible Preferred Stock purchased after September 2, 2014.

       In connection with the issuance of the Company's Series E Convertible Preferred Stock in September 2014, the Company issued warrants, to the holders of the outstanding convertible notes, to purchase up to the number of shares of common stock equal to:

    50% of the number of shares of the Company's Series E Preferred Stock purchased through the conversion of an outstanding convertible note on or prior to September 15, 2014.

    25% of the number of shares of the Company's Series E Preferred Stock purchased through the conversion of an outstanding convertible note after September 15, 2014.

       As of September 30, 2014, the Company issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 834,421 (unaudited) shares of common stock. The warrants are immediately exercisable, at an exercise price per share of $12.60, and expire upon the earlier of September 2, 2019 or upon the consummation of a change of control of the Company. The Company determined that these common stock warrants meet the requirements for equity classification. Accordingly, the common stock warrants were recorded at their allocated fair value of $129,000 (unaudited) within stockholders' deficit.

2009 Stock Plan

       The Avinger, Inc. 2009 Stock Plan, as adopted March 25, 2009 (the "2009 Plan"), provides for the grant of incentive stock options ("ISOs") and nonstatutory stock options ("NSOs") to purchase common shares. ISOs may be granted only to Company employees (including officers and directors who are also employees). NSOs may be granted to Company employees, consultants and directors. ISOs and NSOs may be granted with exercise prices at not less than 100% of the fair value of the common stock on the date of grant. Pursuant to the 2009 Plan, the exercise price of ISOs granted to a stockholder, who, at the time of grant, owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of the stock of the Company, shall be not less than 110% of the fair market value per share of common stock on the date of grant. The Company's Board of Directors determines the vesting schedule of the options. Options granted generally vest over four years and expire ten years from the date of grant.

F-37


Table of Contents


AVINGER, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

12. Stockholders' Deficit (Continued)

       Activity under the 2009 Plan is set forth below:

 
   
  Options Outstanding  
 
  Shares
Available for
Grant
  Number of
Shares
  Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
  Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(in thousands)
 

Balance at December 31, 2011

    85,097     299,915   $ 10.03   $ 1,447  

Additional shares reserved

    111,111                  

Granted

    (128,086 )   128,086   $ 17.94        

Exercised

        (26,682 ) $ 7.35        

Cancelled

    88,166     (88,166 ) $ 10.48        
                       

Balance at December 31, 2012

    156,288     313,153   $ 13.45   $ 2,226  

Granted

    (272,308 )   272,308   $ 20.29        

Exercised

        (12,183 ) $ 7.89        

Cancelled

    174,538     (174,538 ) $ 14.13        

Shares repurchased

    2,593       $ 14.85        
                       

Balance at December 31, 2013

    61,111     398,740   $ 16.07   $  

Additional shares reserved (unaudited)

    213,764                  

Granted (unaudited)

    (7,777 )   7,777   $ 20.25        

Exercised (unaudited)

        (2,291 ) $ 7.48        

Cancelled (unaudited)

    87,493     (87,493 ) $ 16.36        
                       

Balance at September 30, 2014 (unaudited)

    354,591     316,733   $ 16.15   $ 2  
                       
                       

       Additional information related to the status of options as of December 31, 2013 is summarized as follows:

Options Outstanding and Vested as of December 31, 2013  
Options Outstanding   Options Vested  
Exercise
Price
  Options
Outstanding
  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
  Number
Exercisable
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 
$ 4.05     7,174     5.65   $ 4.05     7,174   $ 4.05  
$ 4.95     40,069     6.59   $ 4.95     37,075   $ 4.95  
$ 12.60     79,334     7.26   $ 12.60     58,743   $ 12.60  
$ 14.85     68,783     8.34   $ 14.85     35,316   $ 14.85  
$ 20.25     181,119     9.51   $ 20.25     6,038   $ 20.25  
$ 22.05     22,261     9.08   $ 22.05     12,306   $ 22.05  
                               
        398,740     8.45   $ 16.07     156,652   $ 11.94  
                               
                               

F-38


Table of Contents


AVINGER, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

12. Stockholders' Deficit (Continued)

       Additional information related to the status of options as of September 30, 2014 (unaudited) is summarized as follows:

Options Outstanding and Vested as of September 30, 2014 (unaudited)  
Options Outstanding   Options Exercisable  
Exercise
Price
  Options
Outstanding
  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
  Number
Exercisable
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 
$ 4.05     4,928     4.69   $ 4.05     4,928   $ 4.05  
$ 4.95     24,971     5.62   $ 4.95     24,968   $ 4.95  
$ 12.60     70,163     6.79   $ 12.60     63,396   $ 12.60  
$ 14.85     59,249     7.49   $ 14.85     42,652   $ 14.85  
$ 20.25     146,070     8.56   $ 20.25     46,721   $ 20.25  
$ 22.05     11,352     8.00   $ 22.05     6,932   $ 22.05  
                               
        316,733     7.66   $ 16.15     189,597   $ 14.11  
                               
                               

       The weighted-average grant date fair value of stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, and the nine months ended September 30, 2014 was $8.55, $7.20, and $0.45 (unaudited) per share, respectively. As of December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014, the aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding and vested was none and $2,000 (unaudited), respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised was $332,000 and $153,000 during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively, and none (unaudited) during the nine months ended 2014. The aggregate intrinsic value was calculated as the difference between the exercise prices of the underlying options and the estimated fair value of the common stock on the date of exercise. Because of the Company's net operating losses, the Company did not realize any tax benefits from share-based payment arrangements for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014.

Early Exercise of Options

       Stock options granted under the Company's stock option plan may provide option holders the right to elect to exercise unvested options in exchange for restricted common stock. Unvested shares in the amounts of 2,593 at December 31, 2012, none at December 31, 2013, and none (unaudited) at September 30, 2014, were subject to a repurchase right held by the Company at the original issuance price in the event the optionee's service is terminated either voluntarily or involuntarily. As of December 31, 2012 and 2013, and September 30, 2014, the liability amount was $38,500, none, and none (unaudited), respectively.

13. Stock-Based Compensation

       The Company estimates the fair value of stock-based compensation on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Black-Scholes model determines the fair value of stock-based payment awards based on the fair market value of the Company's common stock on the date of grant

F-39


Table of Contents


AVINGER, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

13. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

and is affected by assumptions regarding a number of complex and subjective variables. These variables include, but are not limited to, the fair value of the Company's common stock, and the volatility over the expected term of the awards. The Company has opted to use the "simplified method" for estimating the expected term of options, whereby the expected term equals the arithmetic average of the vesting term and the original contractual term of the option. Due to the Company's limited operating history and a lack of company specific historical and implied volatility data, the Company has based its estimate of expected volatility on the historical volatility of a group of similar companies that are publicly traded. When selecting these public companies on which it has based its expected stock price volatility, the Company selected companies with comparable characteristics to it, including enterprise value, stage of development, risk profile, and position within the industry as well as selecting companies with historical share price information sufficient to meet the expected life of the stock-based awards. The historical volatility data was computed using the daily closing prices for the selected companies' shares during the equivalent period of the calculated expected term of the share-based payments. The Company will continue to analyze the historical stock price volatility and expected term assumptions as more historical data for the Company's common stock becomes available. The risk-free rate assumption is based on the U.S. Treasury instruments with maturities similar to the expected term of the Company's stock options. The expected dividend assumption is based on the Company's history of not paying dividends and its expectation that it will not declare dividends for the foreseeable future.

       As stock-based compensation expense recognized in the financial statements is based on awards ultimately expected to vest, it has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, over the service period to the extent that actual forfeitures differ, or are expected to differ, from prior estimates. Forfeitures are estimated based on estimated future employee turnover and historical experience. The fair value for the Company's employee stock options was estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes valuation model with the following average assumptions:

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2012   2013   2013   2014  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Expected term (years)

    6.9     6.9     6.8     7.0  

Expected volatility

    48.7 %   52.1 %   50.9 %   50.0 %

Risk-free interest rate

    1.2 %   1.4 %   1.1 %   2.1 %

Dividend rate

                 

       As of December 31, 2012 and 2013, the total unamortized compensation expense related to stock-based awards granted to employees and directors was $1,442,000 and $1,528,000, which is expected to be amortized over the next 2.82 and 2.70 years, respectively. As of September 30, 2014, the total unamortized compensation expense related to stock-based awards granted to employees and directors was $774,000 (unaudited), which is expected to be amortized over the next 2.03 years.

F-40


Table of Contents


AVINGER, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

13. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

       Total stock-based compensation expense recognized, before taxes, during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, and the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, is as follows (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2012   2013   2013   2014  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Cost of revenues

  $ 51   $ 62   $ 55   $ 46  

Research and development expenses

    123     165     113     127  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    275     427     344     336  
                   

  $ 449   $ 654   $ 512   $ 509  
                   
                   

14. Income Taxes

       For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, the Company's provision for income taxes consisted of state income tax expense of $9,000 and $11,000, respectively.

       A reconciliation of the statutory U.S. federal rate to the Company's effective tax rate is as follows (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2012   2013  

Tax at federal statutory rate

  $ (11,507 ) $ (13,563 )

State taxes, net of federal benefit

    10     11  

Permanent differences

    235     298  

Change in valuation allowance

    11,648     13,450  

Research credits

    (377 )   (179 )

Other

        (6 )
           

Provision for taxes

  $ 9   $ 11  
           
           

F-41


Table of Contents


AVINGER, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

14. Income Taxes (Continued)

       Significant components of the Company's net deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 consist of the following (in thousands):

 
  As of December 31,  
 
  2012   2013  

Deferred tax assets:

             

Federal, state, and foreign net operating losses

  $ 25,770   $ 40,807  

Research and other credits

    1,455     1,771  

Fixed assets

        2  

Other

    861     1,391  
           

Total deferred tax assets

    28,086     43,971  

Less: Valuation allowance

    (27,988 )   (43,915 )
           

Deferred tax liabilities:

             

Fixed assets

    (98 )    

Interest

        (56 )
           

Net deferred tax assets

  $   $  
           
           

       The valuation allowance increased by $13,675,000 and $15,927,000 during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

       As of December 31, 2013, the Company had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $104,464,000, which begin to expire in 2027, and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $99,681,000, which begin to expire in 2014.

       As of December 31, 2013, the Company had federal research and development credit carryforwards of approximately $1,494,000, which expire in the years 2027 through 2033, and state research and development credit carryforwards of approximately $1,569,000. The state research and development credit can be carried forward indefinitely.

       Federal and state tax laws impose substantial restrictions on the utilization of the net operating loss, and credit carryforwards in the event of an ownership change as defined in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. Accordingly, the Company's ability to utilize these carryforwards may be limited as a result of such ownership change. Such a limitation could result in the expiration of carryforwards before they are utilized.

       The Company had unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $592,000 and $919,000, as of December 31, 2012 and 2013, of which $462,000 and $759,000, respectively, would affect the effective tax rate if recognized, before consideration of the valuation allowance.

F-42


Table of Contents


AVINGER, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

14. Income Taxes (Continued)

       A reconciliation of the unrecognized tax benefits from January 1, 2012 through December 31, 2013 is as follows (in thousands):

 
  As of December 31,  
 
  2012   2013  

Balance at beginning of year

  $ 430   $ 592  

Additions based on tax positions related to current year

    162     165  

Additions for tax positions of prior years

        162  
           

Balance at end of year

  $ 592   $ 919  
           
           

       The Company does not expect a significant change to its unrecognized tax benefits over the next twelve months. The unrecognized tax benefits may increase or change during the next twelve months for items that arise in the ordinary course of business.

       The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various state jurisdictions. In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to examination by taxing authorities throughout the nation. The Company is not currently under audit by the Internal Revenue Service or other similar state and local authorities. All tax years remain open to examination by major taxing jurisdictions to which the Company is subject.

15. Related-Party Transactions

       The Company entered into an agreement with JBS Consulting, LLC ("JBS Consulting") regarding the use of a private aircraft owned by JBS Consulting for company business-related travel by the Company's directors, officers and employees. Dr. John B. Simpson, the Company's founder and CEO, is the president and managing officer of JBS Consulting. Pursuant to the agreement, JBS Consulting will be reimbursed for the cost of first class airfare for all flights in connection with company business-related travel by Dr. John B. Simpson and the cost of coach airfare for all flights in connection with company business-related travel by other directors, officers, and employees. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, and the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, JBS Consulting provided private plane service to the Company totaling approximately $611,000, $568,000, $544,000 (unaudited) and none (unaudited), respectively.

       During the year ended December 31, 2013, and the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, the Company purchased marketing services from Recreation, Inc., a brand strategy and design agency headquartered in San Francisco, California for $107,000, none (unaudited) and $542,000 (unaudited), respectively. John D. Simpson, the Company's Vice President of Sales and a member of the Company's Board of Directors, is the Chief Executive Officer of Recreation, Inc. and is the son of Dr. John B. Simpson, the Company's founder and Chief Executive Officer. As of December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014, amounts due to Recreation, Inc., included in accounts payable, were $56,000 and $53,000 (unaudited), respectively.

F-43


Table of Contents


AVINGER, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

15. Related-Party Transactions (Continued)

       During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, and the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, Baysinger Search & Associates, Inc. (Baysinger), a company whose management includes the wife of the Company's then-Vice President of Sales, provided recruiting services to the Company totaling approximately $140,000, $146,000, $116,000 (unaudited) and none (unaudited).

       From October 2013 through July 2014, the Company entered into convertible notes with certain investors, including existing stockholders, some members of the Board of Directors and their affiliated companies and some members of management for a total aggregate principal amount of $18,192,000 (Note 8) and issued warrants to purchase shares of the Company's common stock at an exercise price of $12.60 per share. The issuance of $5,122,000 of the total aggregate principal amount of the convertible notes was considered a related-party transaction. As of December 31, 2013 and September 30, 2014, the carrying value of the related-party convertible notes was $4,719,000 and $5,695,000 (unaudited), respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2013 and the nine months ended September 30, 2014, the Company recognized $140,000 and $708,000 (unaudited), respectively, of interest expense related to the related-party convertible notes within interest expense in the Company's statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

16. 401(k) Plan

       The Company has a qualified retirement plan under section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code ("IRC") under which participants may contribute up to 100% of their eligible compensation, subject to maximum deferral limits specified by the IRC. The Company may make a discretionary matching contribution to the 401(k) plan, and may make a discretionary employer contribution to each eligible employee each year. Eligible employees vest in the Company's contributions over a graded six year schedule. To date, the Company has made no contributions to the 401(k) plan.

17. Subsequent Events (unaudited)

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation

       In November 2014, the Company amended and restated its certificate of incorporation to increase the total number of shares authorized for issuance from 11,456,095 to 23,720,322 shares. Under the terms of the amended certificate of incorporation, the number of shares of common stock available for issuance was increased to 15,555,555 shares and the number of shares designated as Series E Convertible Preferred Stock was increased to 4,150,403.

       In January 2015, the Company's Board of Directors approved that immediately prior to the consummation of the Company's IPO, the Company will file an amended and restated certificate of incorporation that authorizes 100,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share.

F-44


Table of Contents


AVINGER, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

17. Subsequent Events (unaudited) (Continued)

2009 Stock Plan

       In November 2014, the Company's Board of Directors increased the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance under the 2009 Plan by 736,994 shares, from 721,901 shares to 1,458,895 shares.

       In December 2014, the Company's Board of Directors increased the number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance under the 2009 Plan by 1,624,036 shares, from 1,458,895 shares to 3,082,931 shares.

       In December 2014, the Company's Board of Directors approved the grant of options to purchase 1,874,160 and 838,250 shares of common stock under the 2009 Plan at an exercise price of $4.50 and $4.95 per share, respectively. Pursuant to the terms of the 2009 Plan, the exercise price of ISOs granted to a stockholder, who, at the time of grant, owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of the stock of the Company, shall be not less than 110% of the fair market value per share of common stock on the date of grant. Accordingly, certain of the Company's options to purchase common stock were priced at $4.95 per share.

       On January 14, 2015, the Company's Board of Directors approved the termination of the 2009 Stock Plan effective immediately prior to consummation of the Company's IPO.

2014 Preferred Stock Plan

       In November 2014, the Company's Board of Directors approved the grant of 396 fully-vested options to purchase shares of Series E Convertible Preferred Stock at $12.60 per share. The options were fully exercised in November 2014.

       In December 2014, the Company's Board of Directors approved the grant of 396 fully-vested options to purchase shares of Series E Convertible Preferred Stock at $12.60 per share. The options were fully exercised in December 2014.

       On January 14, 2015, the Company's Board of Directors approved the termination of the 2014 Preferred Stock Plan effective immediately prior to consummation of the Company's IPO.

Series E Convertible Preferred Stock Issuance

       In November 2014, the Company issued a total of 353,672 shares of Series E Convertible Preferred Stock pursuant to the conversion of outstanding convertible promissory notes in the amount of $3,788,000, at 85% of the issuance price, or $10.71 per share.

       In connection with the issuance of the Company's Series E Convertible Preferred Stock in November 2014, the Company issued common stock warrants to each investor who acquired shares of Series E Convertible Preferred Stock equal to 50% of the number of shares of the Company's Series E Convertible Preferred Stock acquired by such investor. The 176,835 warrants to purchase

F-45


Table of Contents


AVINGER, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

17. Subsequent Events (unaudited) (Continued)

common stock are immediately exercisable, at an exercise price per share of $12.60, and expire upon the earlier of September 2, 2019 or upon the consummation of a change of control of the Company.

       In December 2014, the Company amended its Series E Convertible Preferred Stock Purchase agreement to provide for the issuance of common stock warrants to each investor who purchased shares of Series E Convertible Preferred Stock equal to 50% of the number of shares of the Company's Series E Convertible Preferred Stock purchased by such investor. As with the common stock warrants previously issued, any new common stock warrants are immediately exercisable, at an exercise price of $12.60 per share, and expire upon the earlier of September 2, 2019 or upon consummation of a change in control of the Company. This amendment had no impact on the common stock warrants previously issued to Series E Convertible Preferred Stock investors as of September 30, 2014.

       In October 2014 and January 2015, the Company issued a total of 1,139,530 shares of Series E Convertible Preferred Stock at $12.60 per share for total cash proceeds of $14,358,000.

       In connection with the issuances of the Company's Series E Convertible Preferred Stock in December 2014 and January 2015, the Company issued common stock warrants to each investor who acquired shares of Series E Convertible Preferred Stock equal to 50% of the number of shares of the Company's Series E Convertible Preferred Stock acquired by such investor. The warrants to purchase 569,758 shares of common stock are immediately exercisable, at an exercise price per share of $12.60, and expire upon the earlier of September 2, 2019 or upon the consummation of a change in control of the Company.

       Upon conversion of the Convertible Preferred Stock to common stock, an additional 487,992 shares of common stock will be issued due to anti-dilution adjustments triggered by the issuances of Series E Convertible Preferred Stock from October 2014 through January 2015.

       In January 2015, the Company amended its Series E Convertible Preferred Stock Purchase agreement to provide for the issuance of common stock warrants to each investor who purchased shares of Series E Convertible Preferred Stock equal to 70% of the number of shares of the Company's Series E Convertible Preferred Stock purchased by such investor. As with the common stock warrants previously issued, any new common stock warrants are immediately exercisable, at an exercise price of $12.60 per share, and expire upon the earlier of September 2, 2019 or upon consummation of a change in control of the Company. As a result of this amendment, the Company issued additional warrants to purchase 632,381 shares of common stock to investors who previously acquired shares of Series E Convertible Preferred Stock from September 2014 through January 2015.

Legal Proceedings

       In December 2014, the Company and its former financial advisor agreed to amend and to terminate their engagement letter, effective immediately. Pursuant to the terms of the amended engagement letter, the Company agreed to pay the former financial advisor a transaction fee of $650,000, which shall be paid in four equal quarterly installments starting on December 31, 2014, and

F-46


Table of Contents


AVINGER, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

17. Subsequent Events (unaudited) (Continued)

ending on September 30, 2015 and $35,000 for reimbursement of the former financial advisor's out-of-pocket expenses, which were due upon execution of the amendment. The Company had accrued approximately $685,000 in the financial statements as of September 30, 2014 for this matter. A corresponding liability and additional Series E Convertible Preferred Stock issuance costs were reflected in the accompanying balance sheet as of September 30, 2014.

2015 Equity Incentive Plan

       In January 2015, subject to the approval of the Company's stockholders, the Company's Board of Directors adopted the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan ("2015 Plan"). The 2015 Plan provides for the grant of ISOs to employees and for the grant of NSOs, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance units and performance shares to employees, directors and consultants. A total of 1,320,000 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance pursuant to the 2015 Plan. In addition, the shares reserved for issuance under the 2015 Plan will also include shares reserved but not issued under the 2009 Plan, plus any share awards granted under the 2009 Plan that expire or terminate without having been exercised in full or that are forfeited or repurchased. In addition, the number of shares available for issuance under the 2015 Plan will also include an annual increase on the first day of each fiscal year beginning in fiscal 2016, equal to the lesser of:

    1,690,000 shares;

    5.0% of the outstanding shares of common stock as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year; or

    An amount as determined by the Board of Directors.

2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

       In January 2015, subject to the approval of the Company's stockholders, the Company's Board of Directors adopted the 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan ("ESPP") under which eligible employees are permitted to purchase common stock at a discount through payroll deductions. 500,000 shares of common stock are reserved for issuance and will be increased on the first day of each fiscal year, commencing in 2016, by an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 493,000 shares (ii) 1.5% of the outstanding shares of common stock as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year; or (iii) an amount as determined by the Board of Directors. The price of the common stock purchased will be the lower of 85% of the fair market value of the common stock at the beginning of an offering period or at the end of a purchase period. The ESPP was effective upon adoption by the Company's Board of Directors but will not be in use until the completion of the IPO. The ESPP is intended to qualify as an "employee stock purchase plan" within the meaning of Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

F-47


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


Table of Contents


PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

       The following table sets forth all expenses to be paid by the registrant, other than estimated underwriting discounts and commissions, in connection with this offering. All amounts shown are estimates except for the registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and The NASDAQ Stock Market listing fee.

 
  Amount
to be Paid
 

SEC registration fee

  $ 8,635  

FINRA filing fee

    11,750  

The NASDAQ Stock Market listing fee

    25,000  

Printing and engraving

    300,000  

Legal fees and expenses

    1,450,882  

Accounting fees and expenses

    1,600,000  

Blue sky fees and expenses

    10,000  

Transfer agent and registrar fees

    13,500  

Miscellaneous

    150,000  
       

Total

  $ 3,569,767  
       
       

Item 14.    Indemnification of Officers and Directors.

       Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, provides, in effect, that any person made a party to any action by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of ours may, and in certain cases must, be indemnified by us against, in the case of a non-derivative action, judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement, and reasonable expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by him as a result of such action, and in the case of a derivative action, against expenses (including attorneys' fees), if in either type of action he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to our best interests. This indemnification does not apply, (i) in a derivative action, to matters as to which it is adjudged that the director, officer, employee or agent is liable to us, unless upon court order it is determined that, despite such adjudication of liability, but in view of all the circumstances of the case, he is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for expenses, and, (ii) in a non-derivative action, to any criminal proceeding in which such person had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

       Article VIII of our current amended and restated certificate of incorporation and Article VIII of the amended and restated certificate of incorporation that our board of directors has approved and we expect our stockholders to approve in connection with this offering will provide for the indemnification of directors to the fullest extent permissible under Delaware law.

       Article V of our current bylaws, as amended, and Article VIII of the amended and restated bylaws that our board of directors has approved and we expect our stockholders to approve in connection with this offering will provide for the indemnification of officers, directors and third parties acting on our behalf if such person acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in and not opposed to our best interest and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, the indemnified party had no reason to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

II-1


Table of Contents

       We have entered into indemnification agreements with certain of our directors, executive officers and others, in addition to indemnification provided for in our bylaws. Prior to the completion of this offering, we expect to enter into new indemnification agreements with each of our directors, executive officers and certain other officers, which will contain similar provisions.

       The Underwriting Agreement (Exhibit 1.1 hereto) provides for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our executive officers and directors, and by us of the underwriters for certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act.

       We have purchased and intend to maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer against any loss arising from any claim asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, subject to certain exclusions. Prior to the completion of this offering, we will procure additional insurance to provide coverage to our directors and officers against loss arising from claims relating to, among other things, public securities matters.

       See also the undertakings set out in response to Item 17 herein.

Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

       We have issued and sold the following securities since January 1, 2012:

    1.
    From January 2012 through December 2014 we granted options to purchase 3,120,571 shares of our common stock with exercise prices ranging from $4.50 to $22.50 per share, 2,410 of which were exercised at $14.85 per share and 277 of which were exercised at $20.25 per share.

    2.
    From June 2012 through November 2012, we issued and sold to 41 accredited investors an aggregate of 712,100 shares of Series D preferred stock (convertible into an aggregate of 712,100 shares of common stock as of the issuance of the Series D preferred stock) at a purchase price per share of $52.20.

    3.
    In September 2012, we granted options to purchase 19,952 shares of our Series D preferred stock at $52.20 per share, 10,267 of which were exercised at $52.20 per share.

    4.
    From October 2013 through July 2014, we issued convertible promissory notes to 43 accredited investors in an aggregate principal amount of $18,192,224 with an interest rate of the 30-day LIBOR plus 6%. In connection therewith, we issued warrants to purchase 216,547 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $12.60.

    5.
    From September 2014 through January 2015 we issued and sold to 80 accredited investors an aggregate of 3,108,355 shares of Series E preferred stock (convertible into an aggregate of 3,108,355 shares of common stock) at a purchase price per share of $12.60 or, for purchasers who were investing by converting their promissory notes, at a price per share of $10.71. In connection therewith, we issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 2,175,797 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $12.60 per share.

    6.
    From August 2014 through November 2014, we granted options to purchase 58,834 shares of our Series E preferred stock at $12.60 per share, 53,743 of which were exercised at $12.60 per share. In connection therewith, we issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 37,598 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $12.60 per share.

       The sales of the above securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act with respect to items 2, 4 and 5 above in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, or Regulation D promulgated thereunder, with respect to items 3 and 6 above in reliance on Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving a

II-2


Table of Contents

public offering or transactions pursuant to compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under such Rule 701 and with respect to item 1 above in reliance on both section 4(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 701 promulgated under section 3(b) of the Securities Act. The recipients of securities in each such transaction represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the share certificates and warrants issued in such transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us, to information about us.

Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

    (a)
    Exhibits.

Exhibit
Number
  Exhibit Title
  1.1 Form of Underwriting Agreement.

 

3.1


Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the registrant (Delaware) as currently in effect.

 

3.2


Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the registrant (Delaware) to be effective upon closing of the offering.

 

3.3


Bylaws of the registrant as currently in effect.

 

3.4


Bylaws of the registrant to be effective upon the closing of the offering.

 

3.5


Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the registrant (Delaware) filed November 20, 2014.

 

3.6


Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the registrant (Delaware).

 

3.7

 

Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the registrant (Delaware) to be filed prior to effectiveness of this offering.

 

4.1

 

Specimen Common Stock certificate of the registrant.

 

5.1

 

Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation.

 

10.1


Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and executive officers.

 

10.2


2009 Stock Plan and Form of Option Agreement thereunder.

 

10.3


2014 Preferred Stock Plan.

 

10.4


2015 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

10.5


Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement.

 

10.6


Form of Stock Option Agreement.

 

10.7


2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

 

10.8


Executive Incentive Compensation Plan.

 

10.9


Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement dated September 2, 2014 by and among the registrant and certain stockholders.

 

10.10


Lease Agreement, dated July 30, 2010, by and between the registrant and HCP LS Redwood City, LLC for office space located at 400 and 600 Chesapeake Drive, Redwood City, California.

II-3


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Exhibit Title
  10.11 First Amendment to Lease Agreement dated September 30, 2011 by and between registrant and HCP LS Redwood City, LLC.

 

10.12


Credit Agreement dated April 18, 2013 by and between registrant and PDL Biopharma.

 

10.13


Security Agreement dated April 18, 2013 by and between registrant and PDL BioPharma.

 

10.14


Employment Letter dated November 5, 2014 by and between registrant and John B. Simpson.

 

10.15


Employment Letter dated April 2, 2014 by and between registrant and John D. Simpson.

 

10.16


Employment Letter dated December 29, 2010 by and between registrant and Matthew B. Ferguson.

 

10.17


Employment Letter dated November 28, 2011 by and between registrant and Sougata Banerjee.

 

10.18


Change of Control and Severance Agreement dated March 1, 2012 by and between registrant and John B. Simpson.

 

10.19


Change of Control and Severance Agreement dated March 1, 2012 by and between registrant and Matthew B. Ferguson.

 

10.20


Change of Control and Severance Agreement dated March 1, 2012 by and between registrant and Sougata Banerjee.

 

10.21


Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement dated October 29, 2013 by and between registrant and holders of convertible promissory notes.

 

10.22


Amendment No. 1 to the Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement dated May 6, 2014 by and between registrant and holders of convertible promissory notes.

 

10.23


Employment Letter dated December 17, 2014 by and between registrant and Jeffrey M. Soinski.

 

23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

 

23.2

 

Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (See Exhibit 5.1).

 

24.1


Power of Attorney.

Previously filed.
    (b)
    Financial Statement Schedules.

       All other schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

Description
  Balance at
Beginning
of Year
  Additions   Deductions   Balance at
End of Year
 

Allowance for doubtful accounts receivable:

                         

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2012

  $ 30   $ 36   $ 12   $ 54  

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2013

  $ 54   $ 45   $ 79   $ 20  

Allowance for sales returns:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2012

  $   $ 235   $   $ 235  

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2013

  $ 235   $ 310   $ 457   $ 88  

II-4


Table of Contents

Item 17.    Undertakings.

       The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

       Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

       The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

       (1)   For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

       (2)   For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-5


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

       Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this amendment to registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Redwood City, State of California, on the 28th day of January, 2015.

    AVINGER, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ JEFFREY M. SOINSKI

Jeffrey M. Soinski
Chief Executive Officer

       Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this amendment to registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

Signature
 
Title
 
Date
/s/ JEFFREY M. SOINSKI

Jeffrey M. Soinski
  Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer); Director   January 28, 2015

/s/ MATTHEW B. FERGUSON

Matthew B. Ferguson

 

Chief Financial Officer and Chief Business Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

January 28, 2015

*

Donald A. Lucas

 

Director

 

January 28, 2015

*

John B. Simpson, Ph.D., M.D.

 

Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors; Director

 

January 28, 2015

*

James B. McElwee

 

Director

 

January 28, 2015

*

James G. Cullen

 

Director

 

January 28, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

II-6


Table of Contents

Signature
 
Title
 
Date
*

Thomas J. Fogarty
  Director   January 28, 2015
*By:   /s/ JEFFREY M. SOINSKI

Jeffrey M. Soinski
Attorney-in-fact
       

II-7


Table of Contents


EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
Number
  Exhibit Title
  1.1 Form of Underwriting Agreement.

 

3.1


Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the registrant (Delaware) as currently in effect.

 

3.2


Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the registrant (Delaware) to be effective upon closing of the offering.

 

3.3


Bylaws of the registrant as currently in effect.

 

3.4


Bylaws of the registrant to be effective upon the closing of the offering.

 

3.5


Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the registrant (Delaware) filed November 20, 2014.

 

3.6


Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the registrant (Delaware).

 

3.7

 

Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the registrant (Delaware) to be filed prior to effectiveness of this offering.

 

4.1

 

Specimen Common Stock certificate of the registrant.

 

5.1

 

Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation.

 

10.1


Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and executive officers.

 

10.2


2009 Stock Plan and Form of Option Agreement thereunder.

 

10.3


2014 Preferred Stock Plan.

 

10.4


2015 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

10.5


Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement.

 

10.6


Form of Stock Option Agreement.

 

10.7


2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

 

10.8


Executive Incentive Compensation Plan.

 

10.9


Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement dated September 2, 2014 by and among the registrant and certain stockholders.

 

10.10


Lease Agreement, dated July 30, 2010, by and between the registrant and HCP LS Redwood City, LLC for office space located at 400 and 600 Chesapeake Drive, Redwood City, California.

 

10.11


First Amendment to Lease Agreement dated September 30, 2011 by and between registrant and HCP LS Redwood City, LLC.

 

10.12


Credit Agreement dated April 18, 2013 by and between registrant and PDL Biopharma.

 

10.13


Security Agreement dated April 18, 2013 by and between registrant and PDL BioPharma.

 

10.14


Employment Letter dated November 5, 2014 by and between registrant and John B. Simpson.

 

10.15


Employment Letter dated April 2, 2014 by and between registrant and John D. Simpson.

Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Exhibit Title
  10.16 Employment Letter dated December 29, 2010 by and between registrant and Matthew B. Ferguson.

 

10.17


Employment Letter dated November 28, 2011 by and between registrant and Sougata Banerjee.

 

10.18


Change of Control and Severance Agreement dated March 1, 2012 by and between registrant and John B. Simpson.

 

10.19


Change of Control and Severance Agreement dated March 1, 2012 by and between registrant and Matthew B. Ferguson.

 

10.20


Change of Control and Severance Agreement dated March 1, 2012 by and between registrant and Sougata Banerjee.

 

10.21


Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement dated October 29, 2013 by and between registrant and holders of convertible promissory notes.

 

10.22


Amendment No. 1 to the Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement dated May 6, 2014 by and between registrant and holders of convertible promissory notes.

 

10.23


Employment Letter dated December 17, 2014 by and between registrant and Jeffrey M. Soinski.

 

23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

 

23.2

 

Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (See Exhibit 5.1).

 

24.1


Power of Attorney.

Previously filed.



Exhibit 3.7

 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

TO

THE AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

AVINGER, INC.

 

Avinger, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Corporation ”), hereby certifies as follows:

 

1.                                       The name of the Corporation is Avinger, Inc., and the original Certificate of Incorporation of this Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on March 8, 2007.

 

2.                                       This Certificate of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Certificate of Amendment ”) has been duly adopted in accordance with Section 242 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “ DGCL ”) and further amends the provisions of the Corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Restated Certificate ”).

 

3.                                       The terms and provisions of this Certificate of Amendment have been duly approved by written consent of the required number of shares of outstanding stock of the Corporation pursuant to Subsection 228(a) of the DGCL.

 

4.                                       Section 1(b) of Article V of the Restated Certificate is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

 

Conversion Price ” shall mean $0.3449811 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock, $0.2931018 per share for the Series A-1 Preferred Stock, $0.5406269 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock, $0.5810393 per share for the Series C Preferred Stock, $0.7174307 per share for the Series D Preferred Stock, and $0.28 per share for the Series E Preferred Stock (each subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations and as otherwise set forth elsewhere herein).”

 

5.                                       The first paragraph of Section 6 of Article V of the Restated Certificate is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

 

Amendments and Changes . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, as long as any of the Preferred Stock shall be issued and outstanding, the Corporation shall not, without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent as provided by law) of the holders of at least sixty percent (60%) of the outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, which approval, in the case of subsection (a), shall include the affirmative consent of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock:”

 

6.                                       A new Article IX of the Restated Certificate is hereby appended to the Restated Certificate to read in its entirety as follows:

 

ARTICLE IX

 

Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee or agent of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or the

 



 

Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, (iv) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, or (v) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each such case subject to said Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants therein.  Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article IX.”

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, AVINGER, INC. has caused this Certificate of Amendment to be signed by its President and Chief Executive Officer this 28 th  day of January, 2015.

 

 

AVINGER, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey M. Soinski

 

 

Jeffrey M. Soinski

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

[ Signature Page to Certificate of Amendment of Avinger, Inc. ]

 




Exhibit 4.1

GRAPHIC

ZQ|CERT#|COY|CLS|RGSTRY|ACCT#|TRANSTYPE|RUN#|TRANS# . COMMON STOCK PAR VALUE $0.001 COMMON STOCK THIS CERTIFICATE IS TRANSFERABLE IN CANTON, MA, JERSEY CITY, NJ AND COLLEGE STATION, TX Shares * * 000000 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * 000000 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * 000000 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * 000000 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * 000000 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * Certificate Number ZQ00000000 AVINGER, INC. INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE ** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David THIS CERTIFIES THAT Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander MR. SAMPLE & MRS. SAMPLE & David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample Sample **** Mr. AlexandeMr DaviRd Sam.ple S**** MAr. AleMxandePr DavLid SEample *&*** Mr. AMlexanRder DaSvid S.ampSle ***A* Mr.MAlexanPder DLavidESample **** Mr. Alexander **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Sample **** Mr. Sample is the owner of **000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares*** *000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares**** 000000**Shar*es****0*000Z00**SEhareRs****00O0000**ShHares**U**0000N00**SDhares*R***000E000**DShares**T**000H000**SOhares*U***000S000**AShareNs****00D0000**Shares****0 00000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****00 0000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000 000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****0000 00**Shares****0Z0000E0**ShRares***O*000000*H*ShareUs****0N00000D**SharRes****0E0000D0**ShareAs****0N00000D**SharesZ****00E0000R**SharOes****0*000*00**Shares****00000 0**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000 **Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000* *Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000** Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**S FULLY-PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OF Avinger, Inc. (hereinafter called the “Company”), transferable on the books of the Company in person or by duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. This Certificate and the shares represented hereby, are issued and shall be held subject to all of the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, and the By-Laws, as amended, of the Company (copies of which are on file with the Company and with the Transfer Agent), to all of which each holder, by acceptance hereof, assents. This Certificate is not valid unless countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar. Witness the facsimile seal of the Company and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers. DATED DD-MMM-YYYY COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED: COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A. TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR, FACSIMILE SIGNATURE TO COME President 2007 DELAWARE FACSIMILE SIGNATURE TO COME By Secretary AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE CUSIP Holder ID Insurance Value Number of Shares DTC Certificate Numbers 1234567890/1234567890 1234567890/1234567890 1234567890/1234567890 1234567890/1234567890 1234567890/1234567890 1234567890/1234567890 Total Transaction XXXXXX XX X XXXXXXXXXX 1,000,000.00 123456 12345678 123456789012345 PO BOX 43004, Providence, RI 02940-3004 Num/No. Denom. Total 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 MR A SAMPLE DESIGNATION (IF ANY) ADD 1 ADD 2 ADD 3 ADD 4 CUSIP 053734 10 9

 

 

GRAPHIC

. AVINGER, INC. THE COMPANY WILL FURNISH WITHOUT CHARGE TO EACH SHAREHOLDER WHO SO REQUESTS, A SUMMARY OF THE POWERS, DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES AND RELATIVE, PARTICIPATING, OPTIONAL OR OTHER SPECIAL RIGHTS OF EACH CLASS OF STOCK OF THE COMPANY AND THE QUALIFICATIONS, LIMITATIONS OR RESTRICTIONS OF SUCH PREFERENCES AND RIGHTS, AND THE VARIATIONS IN RIGHTS, PREFERENCES AND LIMITATIONS DETERMINED FOR EACH SERIES, WHICH ARE FIXED BY THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF THE COMPANY, AS AMENDED, AND THE RESOLUTIONS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY, AND THE AUTHORITY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS TO DETERMINE VARIATIONS FOR FUTURE SERIES. SUCH REQUEST MAY BE MADE TO THE OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY OR TO THE TRANSFER AGENT. THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS MAY REQUIRE THE OWNER OF A LOST OR DESTROYED STOCK CERTIFICATE, OR HIS LEGAL REPRESENTATIVES, TO GIVE THE COMPANY A BOND TO INDEMNIFY IT AND ITS TRANSFER AGENTS AND REGISTRARS AGAINST ANY CLAIM THAT MAY BE MADE AGAINST THEM ON ACCOUNT OF THE ALLEGED LOSS OR DESTRUCTION OF ANY SUCH CERTIFICATE. (Cust) (Minor) (State) (Cust) and not as tenants in common (Minor) (State) PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE For value received, hereby sell, assign and transfer unto (PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE) Shares of the common stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the within-named Company with full power of substitution in the premises. Dated: 20 Signature: Signature: Notice: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the certificate, in every particular, without alteration or enlargement, or any change whatever. The IRS requires that we report the cost basis of certain shares acquired after January 1, 2011. If your shares were covered by the legislation and you have sold or transferred the shares and requested a specific cost basis calculation method, we have processed as requested. If you did not specify a cost basis calculation method, we have defaulted to the first in, first out (FIFO) method. Please visit our website or consult your tax advisor if you need additional information about cost basis. If you do not keep in contact with us or do not have any activity in your account for the time periods specified by state law, your property could become subject to state unclaimed property laws and transferred to the appropriate state. Signature(s) Guaranteed: Medallion Guarantee Stamp THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (Banks, Stockbrokers, Savings and Loan Associations and Credit Unions) WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM, PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15. The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations: TEN COM - as tenants in common UNIF GIFT MIN ACT - ............................................Custodian ................................................ TEN ENT - as tenants by the entireties under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act......................................................... JT TEN - as joint tenants with right of survivorship UNIF TRF MIN ACT - ............................................Custodian (until age ................................) .............................under Uniform Transfers to Minors Act ................... Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

 



Exhibit 5.1

 

January 28, 2015

 

Avinger, Inc.

400 Chesapeake Drive

Redwood City, CA 94063

 

Re:                              Registration Statement on Form S-1

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

This opinion is furnished to you in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333- 201322 ), as amended (the “ Registration Statement ”), filed by Avinger , Inc . (the “ Company ”) with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, of 5,307,691 shares (including 692,307 shares issuable upon exercise of an option granted to the underwriters by the Company) of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Shares ”), to be issued and sold by the Company. We understand that the Shares are to be sold to the underwriters for resale to the public as described in the Registration Statement and pursuant to an underwriting agreement, substantially in the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, to be entered into by and among the Company and the underwriters (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”).

 

We are acting as counsel for the Company in connection with the sale of the Shares by the Company. In such capacity, we have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such documents, corporate records, certificates of public officials and other instruments as we have deemed necessary for the purposes of rendering this opinion.  In our examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity with the originals of all documents submitted to us as copies, the authenticity of the originals of such documents and the legal competence of all signatories to such documents.

 

We express no opinion herein as to the laws of any state or jurisdiction other than the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (including the statutory provisions and all applicable judicial decisions interpreting those laws) and the federal laws of the United States of America.

 

On the basis of the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the Shares to be issued and sold by the Company have been duly authorized and, when such Shares are issued and paid for in accordance with the terms of the Underwriting Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

We consent to the use of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, and we consent to the reference of our name under the caption “Legal Matters” in the prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement.

 

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

/s/ Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.

 

WILSON SONSINI GOODRICH & ROSATI

 

Professional Corporation

 




Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

       We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to the use of our report dated November 6, 2014 (except for the last paragraph in Note 1, as to which the date is January XX, 2015), in Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement (Form S-1 No. 333-201322) and related Prospectus of Avinger, Inc. for the registration of 4,615,384 shares of its common stock.

Ernst & Young LLP
Redwood City, California

       The foregoing consent is in the form that will be signed upon the effectiveness of the reverse stock split described in the last paragraph of Note 1 to the financial statements.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Redwood City, California
January 28, 2015